Manual Alimentadores Vibratorios

Schenck Process Australia Pty Ltd
ABN 91 073 312 437 www.schenckprocess.com.au
PASS - Service you can rely on

Fast, comprehensive, anywhere in the world
Quality and reliability are the cornerstones of our company’s

philosophy. That is why we consider a comprehensive service
concept simply par for the course, from strict quality control,
installation and commissioning through to seamless support
across the entire product life cycle.
During office hours, service specialists from all divisions are

on hand to analyze problems and failures. Look at
www.schenckprocess.com.au for your nearest
Schenck Process Location.
Are you looking for individual, perfect-fit service solutions?

Then our service system PASS is the ticket. It covers the
entire service spectrum, from simple inspections through to
full service. Interested?
Then find out more about the individual components at
www.schenckprocess.com/en/service.
Service:
In House Support (Monday through Friday from at least 8 a.m.
to 5 p.m. AEST)
Service specialists are available for technical assistance to
answer your questions or assist you in trouble shooting.
Heavy Industry
Phone: +(56) 2 2998 9900
Light Industry
Phone: +(56) 2 2998 990061, +(56) 2 9886 6800
Spare Parts and Components

Phone: +(56) 2 2998 9900
[email protected]
© by Schenck Process Australia Pty Ltd, 65 Epping Road, North Ryde, 2113 NSW, (www.schenckprocess.com.au). A
subsidiary of Schenck Process GmbH, 64293 Darmstadt, Germany (www.schenckprocess.com).
All intellectual property rights associated with any design,

drawings and any other forms of documentation remain the
property of Schenck Process Australia Pty Ltd. Any
reproduction of this documentation, regardless of method,
without prior permission by Schenck Process Australia in
writing, even by excerpt, is prohibited.
Subject to change without prior notice.
Note: The Original Instruction Manual is in English
FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031-SDF304048D- Page No: 2

IOMrevA.docx
This document is confidential and it is made available as a confidential disclosure on the understanding that it shall not be
shown to, discussed with, or transmitted to third parties without the written approval of Schenck Process Australia Pty Ltd
SYDNEY HUNTER VALLEY MELBOURNE PERTH BRISBANE MACKAY ROCKHAMPTON

65 Epping Road 5 Elwell Close 570 – 572 Somerville Rd 862 Cockburn Road Suite No 2.05, 303 Coronation Dr Unit 8, 20 Caterpillar Dr 197 Richardson Road
North Ryde NSW 2113 Beresfield NSW 2322 Sunshine VIC 3020 Henderson WA 6166 Milton QLD 4064 Paget, Mackay Qld 4740 North Rockhampton QLD 4701
Ph: + 61 2 9886 6800 Ph: + 61 2 9043 8400 Ph: + 61 3 9300 8000 Ph: + 61 8 9494 6777 Ph: + 61 7 3511 4300 Ph: + 61 7 4952 7100 Ph: + 61 7 4930 1400
Fax:+ 61 2 9878 4400 Fax: + 61 2 4088 7047 Fax: + 61 3 9312 1263 Fax:+ 61 8 9437 4177 Fax: + 61 7 3511 7999 Fax: + 61 7 4952 1837 Fax: + 61 7 4922 0679
Schenck Process Vibrating Feeder

Installation Operation and Maintenance Manual
Contents
Part 1 Installation and Commissioning
Part 2 Operation
Part 3 Maintenance
Part 4 Drawing List
Part 5 Reference
Part 6 Appendices

IOMrevA.docx
Schenck Process Vibrating Feeder

Installation Operation and Maintenance Manual
Table of Contents
Section Title Page
Introduction 7
a) Preface 7
b) How to use this manual 8
c) Occupational Health and Safety 9
d) Safety 10
d.1) Safety Notes 10
d.2) Signal Words for Safety Warnings 11
d.3) Signal Words for Application Notes 12
d.4) Five Safety Rules of Electrical Engineering 12
d.5) Damaged / Defective Electrical Components 12
Part 1 Installation and Commissioning 13
Equipment Function 14
Support Structure 14
Equipment Function – Exciter Driven Feeder 15
Equipment Configuration Summary 16
Installation 18
General Receipt, Storage and Handling 18
Exciter Lifting and Handling 20
Tertiary Oxide Screen FeederDF6 Series Exciter Storage and Transport 21
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder DF5 Series Exciter Storage and Transport 26
Extended Storage Procedures 31
Post Installation Preservation Procedures 33
Isolation Frame Assembly and Installation 35
Isolation Frame Damper Installation 37
Isolation Frame Base Plate Installation 38
Exciter Driven Feeder Assembly and Installation (Base Mounted) 39
Alignment Tolerances 42
Exciter Preparation 43
Plug Weight Configuration 45
Plug Weight Installation 46
Plug Weight Removal 47
Exciter Installation 48
Installation Lubrication 53
Electric Motor Installation 53
Exciter Universal Joint Drive Shaft Installation 54
Universal Joint Drive Exciter Drive Shaft Offset 57
Field Mount Universal Joint Drive Shaft Lay Motor Coupling 58
Field Mount Universal Joint Drive Shaft Exciter Coupling 59
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Swing Segment Alignment 60
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Exciter Phasing 62
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Intermediate Shaft Installation 64
Field Mount Intermediate Shaft Exciter Coupling 68
Dust Housing Installation 69
Condition Monitoring Equipment Installation 70
Commissioning 71
Commissioning of Exciter Driven Vibrating Feeders 71
Equipment Testing and Monitoring 74
Measuring the Feeder Stroke 75
Exciter Driven Feeder Commissioning Checklist 76

IOMrevA.docx
Part 2 Operation 85
Operational Safety 86
Operational Safety precautions 86
Functional Description 86
Operating Procedure 87
Feeder and Exciter Start-up procedures 87
Electric Motor Operation 87
Operational Maintenance 87
Vibrating Feeder Operation 88
Equipment Operating Condition 89
Material movement over the Feeder 90
Shutdown Procedures 91
Recovery 91
Part 3 Maintenance 92
Maintenance Safety 93
Maintenance Safety Procedures 93
Maintenance of Vibrating Feeders 95
Vibrating Feeder Component Description 95
Vibrating Feeder Maintenance 97
Electric Motor Maintenance 98
Isolation Frame removal procedure. 99
Isolation Frame return procedure 101
Liner Lifting Procedure 102
Liner removal 104
Liner replacement 105
Spring removal and replacement- Base Mounted Feeder 106
Cleaning 107
Material Safety Data Sheet 107
Lubrication 108
Exciter lubrication 108
Drive System Lubrication 112
Preventative Maintenance 113
Stress and Corrosion Points 113
Exciter Driven Feeder Maintenance Schedules 114
Fault Finding/Diagnosis 117
Spare Parts 119
Recommended Spare Parts 119
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Commissioning, 12 Months Operation and
Insurance Spares 119
Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder Commissioning, 12 Months Operation and
Insurance Spares 120
Part 4 Drawing List 121
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Drawing List 122
Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder Drawing List 134
Part 5 Reference 145
Warranty Period 146
Warranty (Defects Liability) Period 146
Warranty Statement 147
Warranty (Defects Liability) Statement 147
Glossary of Terms 148

IOMrevA.docx
Index 150
Part 6 Appendices 152
Appendix A Release Certificate A
Appendix B ENG-SMS-510 - Schenck Process Australia Vibrating Screens & Feeders B
Appendix C Electric Motor Manual C
Appendix D Electric Motor List D
Appendix E Instrument List E
Appendix F Material Safety Data Sheets F
Appendix G Lubrication Schedule G

IOMrevA.docx
Introduction
a) Preface
Thank you for purchasing Schenck Process equipment. We are keen to assist you in receiving the maximum
productive benefit from your new equipment and also to minimise the long term cost of maintenance and operation.
Schenck Process believes that the delivery of a new machine is not the end of a contract but the beginning of a
relationship with the customer. To maintain this relationship Schenck Process must ensure customer satisfaction is
complete.
Queries on new equipment, process development, technical matters, service exchange, Exciter and Vibrator
Motors, spare parts and maintenance should be directed to Peruvian representative:
Mauricio Jimenez
Country Manager
Schenck Process Austral S.A.

Av Antonia Lopez de Bello 114, Of 301
Recoleta, Santiago
CHILE
Direct Phone : +(56) 2 2998 9933
Office Phone : +(56) 2 2998 9900
Mobile : +(56) 9 8838 0851
[email protected]
www.schenckprocess.com
Schenck Process has skilled Technicians and Engineers available for installation, commissioning, maintenance
inspections, on-site service and machine refurbishments. Please contact our “Service and Process Solutions”
(S&PS) department should you require our services.
Vibrating equipment is normally used with material transport chutes that contain confined spaces. Great care should
be taken when working in confined spaces. Always check site specific safety requirements before starting work and
ensure all procedures are followed throughout the course of the job.
We recommend that you take the time to read this manual and reference documents in detail before handling, storing
and installing the equipment. Please feel free to contact one of our offices if you are unsure of any matters discussed
in this manual.
Please keep this manual in a safe place that makes it available to all users of the equipment. We advise you keep
spare parts on hand at “Start-up” and maintenance. When ordering parts please quote the Feeder model number,
serial number, part numbers and the description provided on the drawings included in this manual. This will allow us
to correctly identify the part you require, speeding up the delivery process. If in doubt as to the items required, please
contact our “Service and Process Solutions” (S&PS) department and we will assist you in identifying the parts
required.
Schenck Process generally stocks parts that are typically required for routine maintenance and consumable items.
However, many parts have been specifically tailored to meet your requirements and in this case we may not have
these components in stock.
Correct installation and commissioning is vital to the long-term performance of any machine. Modification or
alteration to the equipment, including the use of non-genuine spares without prior written approval from Schenck
Process Australia will void the equipment warranty and may result in catastrophic failure of the equipment,
personnel injury or death for which Schenck Process Australia will not be responsible.
To assist our customers Schenck Process can provide the following services:
• Service Exchange Components.
Where it is possible to repair components, such as Exciters and/or Vibrator Motors, we offer a service exchange
programme. This allows the end user to replace their Exciter and Vibration Motors with the minimum down time

IOMrevA.docx
and at a pre-agreed cost structure. All Schenck Process service exchange components are supplied with a
warranty. Only genuine parts made to the correct specifications are used.
• Spares and Service Frequent Buyer Programmes
A Service and Supply contract can be negotiated where an agreed discount applies for larger or regular purchases
of spares and services. This benefits the customer through reduced prices, genuine parts and regular inspections.
• Inspection and Maintenance Services
Schenck Process also offers Inspection and Maintenance services. This service is provided to maximise the
service life of components and to provide timely notice of potential problems allowing maintenance to be performed
in a timely manner. .
b) How to use this manual

This document is the “Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual” and is a component of the operating
instructions for your product.
This document is a fixed component of your product.
The Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual contains information, procedures, data, spares and drawings
of a standard nature relating to this Equipment design.
It should always be stored in the immediate area of the equipment and should be made available to the personnel
handling the equipment. If you pass this equipment onto others, please also pass on this documentation and the
entire operating instructions.

IOMrevA.docx
c) Occupational Health and Safety

This manual does not contain specific information regarding National or State laws and regulations regarding your
Company and personal legal obligation to Occupational, Health and Safety laws and/or requirements for
Environmental protection.
Specific information and compliance can include but not be limited to;
Risk assessment of machine installation, machine, associated equipment, machine operation,
maintenance, modifications to existing plant or after necessary “control measures” are put into
place where applicable
Training and registration of maintenance personnel to maintain the equipment in a fit and proper
state to perform the task as designed
The collation and storage of all plant maintenance and modification records
Isolation of system energy including surrounding equipment during plant maintenance and
inspection
“Lock-out” and / or “tag out” of system energy to prevent entanglement, engulfment or accident
Training and registration of operational personnel
Permit system to “enter confined spaces”
Permit system for the “Authority to work”
Development of process and equipment specific Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)
Schenck Process Australia Pty Ltd recommends that your company seeks the advice of the relevant State or National
authority regarding the applicable information and requirements, company OH&S manager, or an independent OH&S
consultant.

IOMrevA.docx
d) Safety
d.1) Safety Notes
Follow the safety regulations listed below to avoid personal injury and material damage.
Also pay attention to:
• Safety instructions given in order-specific documentation.
• Safety instructions relating to mechanical components.
• Instructions and safety tips for parts manufactured by sub-suppliers or that are not part of
Schenck Process scope of delivery.
Observe all applicable codes of practice when performing installation, commissioning and service work.
Intended Application
The Feeder system and its connected mechanical components are exclusively designed for Feeding tasks.
Any use beyond that is considered not intended.
Sources of Risk
If the system has been correctly installed and commissioned, it should not pose any danger during Feeding
operations. Hazards may arise when the system is used incorrectly.
The Feeding system can be part of a more complex plant. The system operating company is fully
responsible for the operating safety of the system.
Personnel
Preparation, assembly, commissioning, operation, maintenance and servicing may only be carried out by
qualified personnel.
All persons working on the Feeding system are required to observe the safety hints and know the parts of the
technical documentation relevant to their work.
The operating company is responsible for instructing its operators to observe all regulations and instructions
given.
Changing Parameters
The Feeding system's functionality is determined by parameters. Only personnel familiar with the device's
mode of operation may alter these parameters after written approval of Schenck Process.
Incorrectly set parameters may cause injury or material (Equipment) damage. Furthermore, they may also
cause considerable disruption to Feeding operations.
Password
Passwords safeguard the Condition Monitoring parameters against unauthorized alteration. The Feeder
System operating company must ensure that the password is handled safely.

IOMrevA.docx
Acknowledging Event Messages

Condition Monitoring warning messages may be acknowledged only after the cause of the fault has been
remedied.
Ensure that any connected peripheral devices are functioning correctly before acknowledging an event. Any
connected control systems in particular must be in a safe state.
Service and Maintenance

• All warning and instruction signs on the Feeder and associated equipment must be observed.
• The measuring system must be shut down before work is performed on mechanical equipment or
peripheral devices (control systems in particular). Take appropriate action to ensure that the
measuring system cannot be inadvertently restarted.
• Before performing work on the electrical equipment, disconnect the power supply (pull the plug).
• The devices may only be operated in the casings provided, as there would otherwise be a risk of
coming into contact with live parts.
Moisture and Humidity

All Condition Monitoring parts, electrical components in particular, must be protected from moisture and
humidity when the housing is opened e.g. maintenance and service. In other respects the protection classes
of the housing must be observed.
Design Modifications
Schenck Process assumes no liability or guarantee for any design modifications made to the Feeding system
or additional components fitted to it that were not supplied by Schenck Process. This especially applies to
alterations which could affect the operating safety of the Feeding system.
Replacing Components
If parts must be replaced in the course of a repair, only original spare parts from Schenck Process may be
used. Using other spare parts renders the warranty invalid.
d.2) Signal Words for Safety Warnings

Potential dangers will always exist when working with technical devices. Dangers will arise if the machine:
• is incorrectly installed
• is started up incorrectly
• is operated by untrained personnel or
• is repaired by unqualified personnel
The following signal words throughout this manual indicate inherent dangers that may arise when handling
this machine:
DANGER
This signal word indicates a danger that can immediately cause the most severe injuries up to
and including death.
Follow all instructions to prevent this from occurring.
WARNING
This signal word indicates a danger that can cause serious injuries up to and including death.
CAUTION
This signal word indicates a danger that can cause slight or medium injuries.

IOMrevA.docx
d.3) Signal Words for Application Notes

Signal words for information.
NOTICE
Signal word that contain important information
Follow all preventative instructions.
NOTICE
Signal words that are informative.
d.4) Five Safety Rules of Electrical Engineering

These fives safety rules must be followed in the order shown before work is begun on electrical systems.
Once the work is finished, they are to be applied in reverse order.
DANGER
Electric shock from live components.
There is a danger of life from an electric shock.
– Take all possible precautions to ensure safety before work is begun on live components. Observe,
among other things, the following:
1. Disconnect the components.
2. Secure them against inadvertent restart.
3. Ensure that the components have been de-energized.
4. Above 1 KV: earth and bypass the cables.
5. Cover or shield adjacent, live components.
d.5) Damaged / Defective Electrical Components
DANGER
Live damaged or defective components
– Always have qualified personnel ensure that the components are neither damaged nor defective.
1. Qualified personnel must immediately replace or, if possible, repair damaged or defective electrical
components.

IOMrevA.docx
Ph: + 61 2 9886 6800 Ph: + 61 2 9043 8400 Ph: + 61 3 9300 8000 Ph: + 61 8 9494 6777 Ph: + 61 7 3511 4300 Ph: + 61 7 4952 7100 Ph: + 61 7 4930 1400

IOMrevA.docx
Equipment Function
Support Structure
The Feeder support structures should be designed in accordance with Australian Standard AS4100 or
AS3990, as appropriate or other recognised national design codes to suit the static and dynamic loads
shown on the Installation Drawing.
The dynamic loads shown on the Installation Drawing are fully reversing loads that are superimposed on
the static loads. Transient loads will occur during shutdown of the equipment with a magnitude of 8 – 10
times the normal running dynamic loads and for approximately 20 – 40 load cycles below 300 rpm.
The structure design shall include an allowance for live load due to material impacting on and flowing
through chute work.
The Feeder Assembly will not cross-brace or stabilise the support structure.
In base mounted applications, it is essential that the Feeder Base Plates be securely bolted to the
supports as described on the Installation Drawing: a nominal packing allowance is shown to provide
against the need to lower the equipment in the structure as well as for levelling.
Client supports for suspended Feeder suspension and safety beams shall be rated to the static and
dynamic loads as stared on the Installation drawing.
Support columns, beams and end connections shall be rigid and restrained against lateral buckling and
overturning.
When the support beams have been selected for normal strength requirements, their natural frequencies
should be calculated. Care should be taken to ensure all additional weights that are rigidly mounted on
the beams are taken into account when calculating natural frequencies. Where doubt exists as to the
degree of attachment, calculations should include the extreme case(s). Wherever possible, select
members so that their natural frequencies are above the exciter speed stated in Release certificates and
Installation Drawing.
Example
Exciter Speed = 800 RPM (example speed)

(Refer to Release certificate & Installation drawing for your correct speed)
Frequency in Hertz – 800/60 = 13.3 Hz (Nominal Frequency)
In all cases Schenck Process recommends that the natural frequencies of the entire structure shall differ
from the Exciter speed by at least 50%.
From the above example
Exciter Nominal Frequency = 13.3 Hz
Allowable frequency;
1.5 X 13.3 Hz = 19.95 Hz (50% above Exciter frequency)
0.5 X 13.3 Hz = 6.65 Hz (50% below Exciter frequency)

IOMrevA.docx
Equipment Function – Exciter Driven Feeder

Schenck Process Feeders are conveying machines that have a variable drive speed. Changing the
drive speed changes the conveying speed.
Feeders are used to discharge crushed material from Surge Bins and Hoppers at a controlled rate. As
the material moves along the Feeder it is distributed evenly across the Feeder Pan and to a Schenck
Process Vibrating Screens.
In this application, the Vibrating Feeder is combined with an Isolation Frame (or “Counter Mass Frame”)
which is non retractable.
An Isolation Frame is a massive frame, pre-filled with concrete, mounted on springs and dampers. It is
used to support the Feeder i.e.; the Feeder Springs mount onto the top of the Isolation Frame. The use
of a correctly designed and maintained Isolation Frame will considerably reduce the dynamic load
transmitted to the support structure.
The Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder has multiple Exciter mechanisms and Tertiary Oxide Screen
Feeder has one Exciter mechanism that produces the vibrating motion and in turn convey the product.
All Exciters must function for correct Feeder operation. Each Feeder has one Electric Motor that drives
the Exciters. Refer to Electric Motor manufactures manual for more information.
The Direct Force (DF) Exciter is used to produce Linear Motion by use of two shafts equipped with
eccentric masses (Swing Segments) which are geared to counter-rotate at the same speed. Counter-
rotation of the eccentric masses produces a linear oscillating force in a constant direction along the so
called “Line of Stroke” of the Feeder.
An important characteristic of the DF Exciter is that the magnitude of the force produced can be
incrementally adjusted by changing the eccentric mass. The eccentric mass is changed by the addition
or removal of Plug Weights in the Swing Segments.
The Feeder motion is caused by an Exciter mechanism using rotated unbalanced weights.
The so called “Static Moment” of an Exciter is the measure of Exciter capability independent of the
operating speed. The Exciter “Working Moment” is sometimes mentioned; “Working Moment” is twice
the static moment.
DANGER
Injury when working on operating equipment during installation, maintenance, repair or
cleaning.
Personal injury from fall from stationary or operating equipment, struck by moving parts or being
crushed by material
– Prior to working on equipment:
1. Isolate Electrical supply to Drive and Material feed according to site safety procedures.
2. Ensure there is no trapped Feed material in Feed Chutes that could fall during work.
3. Ensure Equipment is at a complete stop before commencing any work.
DANGER
Damage due to incorrect usage of equipment
Rapid structural damage of the machine will occur.
– Equipment will only function correctly with Springs (Isolation Frame, and Dampers if supplied) are
correctly installed
1. Do not operate the Feeder without the Isolation Frame Dampers attached if supplied.
2. Do not alter the number of Springs under either the Feeder or Isolation Frame without the prior
written approval of Schenck Process.

IOMrevA.docx
Equipment Configuration Summary

Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Configuration Summary
Equipment Description Diverging Feeder
Model Number SDF304048
Design Configuration
Design Throughput 4000 t/h Max
Maximum Lump Size 377 mm
Bulk Density 1790 - 2860 kg/m3
Feeder Transport Width – Feed End 3000 mm
Feeder Transport Width – Discharge
4000 mm
End
Feeder Transport Length 5024 mm
Motor Speed Range 650 - 950 rpm
Exciter Model Number DF504S
Number of Exciters per Machine 2
Exciter Angle 30 Degrees to the Horizontal
Exciter Speed Refer to latest Release Certificates in Part 6
Plug Weight Settings Refer to latest Release Certificates in Part 6
X=With; O=Without Plug Weight; H= Plug Weight Inner Segment only
Feeder Slope Feed Discharge
10 Deg. 10 Deg.
Liner Details Liner
Pan Liner Length 1132.7 mm
Pan Liner Width 3924.9 mm
Pan Liner Thickness 30 mm
Pan Liner material Bisalloy 500
Actual Stroke Refer to latest Release Certificates in Part 6
Installed Motor Power 55 kW
Spring Data Feed End Discharge End

Quantity per Feeder 6 each corner 5 each corner
Quantity per Isolation Frame 7 each corner 6 each corner
Part Number 000-300705-01 000-300705-01
Damper Data Feed End Discharge End

Part Number 000-310004-01 000-310004-01
Condition Monitoring System Schenck Process Condition Monitoring System

IOMrevA.docx
Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder Configuration Summary
Equipment Description Diverging Pan Feeder
Model Number SDF304048
Design Configuration
Design Throughput 1200 t/h Max
Maximum Lump Size 50 mm
Bulk Density 1790 - 2860 kg/m3
Feeder Transport Width – Feed End 3000 mm
Feeder Transport Width – Discharge
4000 mm
End
Feeder Transport Length 5024 mm
Motor Speed Range 650 - 900 rpm
Exciter Model Number DF601S
Number of Exciters per Machine 1
Exciter Angle 30 Degrees to the Horizontal
Exciter Speed Refer to latest Release Certificates in Part 6
Plug Weight Settings Refer to latest Release Certificates in Part 6
X=With; O=Without Plug Weight; H= Plug Weight Inner Segment only
Feeder Slope Feed Discharge
10 Deg. 10 Deg.
Liner Details Liner
Pan Liner Length 1132.7 mm
Pan Liner Width 3934.9 mm
Pan Liner Thickness 25 mm
Pan Liner material Bisalloy 500
Actual Stroke Refer to latest Release Certificates in Part 6
Installed Motor Power 37 kW
Spring Data Feed End Discharge End

Quantity per Feeder 5 each corner 4 each corner
Part Number 000-300705-01 000-300705-01
Damper Data Feed End Discharge End

Part Number 000-310004-01 000-310004-01
Condition Monitoring System Schenck Process Condition Monitoring System

IOMrevA.docx
Installation
General Receipt, Storage and Handling
DANGER
Danger of Crushing from suspended loads
Incorrect lifting of equipment can cause serious injury and even death.
– Refer to Manuals supplied, Lifting Calculation documents (if supplied) and Install Drawings for
weights of machine components, Lift Positions and Sling lengths.
1. Use correct lifting equipment and procedures suited to the load as defined by applicable standards,
laws and work practices.
2. Ensure lifting equipment is correctly rated to the load and lift conditions.
3. Only suitably qualified personnel shall handle lifting of the Machine.
⇨ All lifting equipment must be in a serviceable condition and comply to all applicable standards to
ensure a safe lift.
These instructions and all drawings supplied should be thoroughly examined before opening shipping
containers or beginning installation of each Feeder. The packing lists describe the contents of each
container in detail. Check the container contents after delivery and reseal to minimise loss and damage
of items, particularly from water damage. Open again only as items are needed during installation.
Rubber or polyurethane coated components such as Feeder Pans, Side Plates or Cross Beams, must
be protected from direct sunlight, temperature extremes, large daily temperature variations and
mechanical damage.
Regardless of packing materials the equipment should be placed on a level base to protect it from direct
contact with the ground. Short term protection should be provided by a waterproof tarpaulin. Long-term
protection requires more substantial covering or regular replacement of tarpaulins.
Feeders are normally supplied with Exciters mounted and the complete Feeder is covered. If Exciters
are supplied boxed, store Exciter mechanisms inside a dry area and use corrosion preventative
measures described in Section 1.4.2.
Care must be taken to avoid supporting or lifting the Feeder in a manner that would cause twisting or
would damage the rubber coating (where supplied) on the Cross Beams and Side Plates.
Care must be taken not to distort the Feeder sides. Always use a Spreader beam to attach slings to the
Lifting Lugs included in the Feeder and Isolation Frame design.
Feeders are supplied mounted on steel Transport Beams. Schenck Process recommends the Feeder is
STRICTLY OBSERVE
Do not support the Feeder on the bottom edge of the Side Plates
This will cause damage to Corrosion preventing coatings on equipment
stored on the Transport Beams until required for installation into the plant structure. Transport Beams
should be removed before lifting the Feeder for installation. The bolt holes on the Feeder are to be
sealed as per clause 1.4.1.8.
The bolt transport holes on the Screen and Isolation Frame are filled in either of the following methods to
prevent corrosion:
• Fill Transport holes with bolts.
o Seal in and around fasteners during assembly using Sikaflex or Silastic.
o Finish with a smooth surface of Sikaflex or Silastic flush with Screen sideplates or
rubber lining.
• Fill Transport hole with discs provided by Schenck Process.
o Two discs per transport holes are required; one for each face of the side plate.
o Seal under each all head of disc with a small bead of Sikaflex or Silastic.
o Insert spigot in the hole and tap disc in place until plug is hard against sideplate.
o Place a 5mm bead of Sikaflex or Silastic around the perimeter of the disc head.
o Fully fill in any cavities between disc and side plates or rubber lining.
o Completely fill cavity over disc to be flush with Screen sideplates or rubber lining.
IOMrevA.docx
o Use a trowel to smooth off Sikaflex or Silastic ensuring a good sealing bond to the
sealant plug and sideplate or rubber lining surface.

IOMrevA.docx
Exciter Lifting and Handling

The DF Exciter housing includes “cast-in” lifting lugs in eight locations: these are intended to be used for
lifting and handling only of the DF Exciter including the transport shaft locking components.
DANGER
ensure a safe lift.
Observe the following when lifting or handling Exciters:

• Use any two of the eight cast in lifting lugs for lifting and handling appropriate to the orientation
required – see Figure 1.4.2-1.
• A minimum of two lifting lugs to be used with correctly selected load rated shackles in each of
the lugs.
• Slings shall be positioned and adjusted so that the exciter shafts’ axis are maintained
approximately horizontal for all lifting operations.
• Length of each sling leg (measured from lug to hook) shall be a minimum of 600mm and the
included angle between sling legs shall not exceed 90 degrees.
• Exciter will not be used to lift other components.
• Remove all components such as Exciter beams with the exception of Exciter Transport Clamps
when lifting or handling Exciters.
2
2
1
2
1
2 2
Feeder Mounted Exciter lift holes with Feeder

Exciter lift lugs with overhead Transport Clamp
Swing Segment Clamp
Figure 1.4.2-1: Exciter Lifting Hole Locations

IOMrevA.docx
Tertiary Oxide Screen FeederDF6 Series Exciter Storage and Transport

DF Exciters are provided with Exciter Segment Clamps that prevent movement of the Exciter Shafts
during delivery and possible damage to the bearings from impact and vibration. They are to be left in
place until immediately before Exciter Installation as described in Clause 1.4.16.
The Exciter Segment Clamps shall be used whenever an Exciter is transported to prevent damage to the
Exciter Bearings and Gears.
NOTICE
Feeder Exciters have Energised and De-energised positions.
Observe and maintain correct de-energised Swing Segment position – see Figure 1.4.3-2
De-energised Position Energised Position

Figure 1.4.3-1: DF 6 Series Feeder Exciter Swing De-energised and Energised position
Single Exciter ‘transit position’ with overhead Feeder Mounted Exciter – De-Energised Position
Transport Clamp with Feeder Swing Segment Clamp
Figure 1.4.3-2: DF 6 Series Exciter Swing Segment positions
DANGER
Unrestrained movement of rotating Exciter Swing Segments during Exciter movement.
Crush injury of Hands and Body parts
– Prior to moving the Exciter or removing moving the Exciter Swing Segment clamps:
1. Brace Swing Segments in the De-energised position to prevent rotation with site approved work
methods to prevent rotation after removing Clamps.
2. Removal of M12 Transport Clamp End Bolt (9) without prior loosening of M16 Exciter Segment
Clamp Rod Nut (12) may result in unexpected rotation of the segments
Ensure the Feeder Exciter Segment Clamps are installed as shown in Figure 1.4.3-2 to prevent
Segments rotating unexpectedly, (i.e. leave Feeder Exciter Segment Clamps in place for transport
around site).

IOMrevA.docx
The Feeder Exciter Swing Segment Clamp must be removed after installation of DF Exciter onto the
Feeder prior to installation.
Secure DF6 Series Exciter using the Feeder Exciter Segment Clamps (see Figure 1.4.3-2, when
returning Exciter to Schenck Process for repair or service exchange (contact Schenck Process for
details of Service Exchange Program).

IOMrevA.docx
11 10 9 2 6
7
13 12
14
11 10 9
1
7
11 10 9
Figure 1.4.3-3: Feeder DF6 Series Exciter Transport Clamps
Item Description Qty per Assembly

1 DF6 Series Exciter Swing Segments N/A
2 DF6 Series Transport Clamp End Bracket L.H 2
3 DF6 Series Transport Clamp End Bracket R.H 2
4 DF6 Series Transport Clamp Blade Carrier 2
5 DF6 Series Exciter Segment Clamp Blade 2
6 Exciter Segment Clamp Blade Pin 2
7 Exciter Segment Clamp Rod 4
8 Segment Clamp Rod Pin 8
9 M12 Transport Clamp End Bolt 8
10 M12 Transport Clamp End Nylock Nut 8
11 M12 Transport Clamp End Washer 8
12 M16 Exciter Segment Clamp Rod Nut 8
13 M16 Exciter Segment Clamp Rod Washer 8
14 Exciter Segment Clamp Blade Pin R-Clip 2
Before removing both Feeder Exciter Swing Segment Clamps, ensure Swing segments clamped in the
de-energised position (see Figure 1.4.3-2).
Removal of Feeder Exciter Segment Clamps (Ref Figure 1.4.3-3)
Lift the Exciter Segment Clamp Blade (5) away from the Swing Segment and shaft

IOMrevA.docx
1) Loosening the lower M16 Locking Nuts (12) below both Transport Clamp Brackets (2)
and (3).
2) Tighten the upper M16 Locking Nuts (12) above both Transport Clamp Brackets (2) and
(3) lifting the Exciter Segment Clamp Blade (5) up.
3) The Exciter Segment Blade (5) will lift away from the Exciter Swing Segments (1) allowing
the Exciter Segment Blade (5) to pivot freely about the Exciter Segment Clamp Blade Pin
(6).
WARNING
Manual handling of heavy equipment
– Prior to Removing the Feeder Exciter Transport Clamps.
1. Use site approved work methods to handle mass of 35kg.
With the both Transport End Clamp Brackets (2) and (3) and Transport Blade Carrier (4)
supported, remove Transport Clamp End Bracket Bolts (9), Nut (10) and Washer (11).
Remove Transport End Clamp Brackets (2) and (3) and Transport Blade Carrier (4).
Store all Feeder Exciter Swing Segment Clamp components for future use.
Installation of Feeder Exciter Segment Clamps.
DANGER
– Prior to moving the Exciter
1. Position Swing Segments in the de-energised position with site approved work methods.
2. Brace Swing Segments in the De-energised position to prevent rotation.
Ensure the Feeder Exciter Swing Segments are in the de-energised position before installing
the Swing Segment Clamps. – see Figure 1.4.3-2
Preassemble the Feeder Exciter Clamps before installation
Mounting the Transport Clamp Blade assembly (4) to both Transport Clamp Brackets (2) and
(3).
1) Ensure the Exciter Segment Blade (5) can pivot freely about the Exciter Segment Clamp
Blade Pin (6).
2) Install lower Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Rod Nut (12) and Washer (13) into Exciter
Swing Segment Clamp Rod (7).
3) Ensure the Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Rod Nuts (12) and Washers (13) are wound
fully down on the Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Rod (7) allowing clearance of the Clamp
Blade (5) over the Exciter Swing Segment during installation.
4) Assemble the Transport Clamp Blade assembly (4) to both Transport Clamp Brackets
angles (2) and (3) as shown in in Figure 1.4.3-3.
5) Install upper Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Rod Nut (12) and Washer (13) into Exciter
Swing Segment Clamp Rod (7) above the Transport Clamp Brackets (2) and (3).
6) Ensure the Transport Clamp Blade assembly (4) is in the uppermost position.
WARNING
With the both Transport End Clamp Brackets (2) and (3) and Transport Blade Carrier (4)
supported, mount the Transport Clamp End Bracket Bolts (9), Nut (10) and Washer (11) onto
the Exciter as shown in in Figure 1.4.3-3.
Tighten the Transport Clamp End Bracket Nut (10) as per Part 6 Appendix B - ENG-SMS-510 -
Schenck Process Australia Vibrating Screens & Feeders.
IOMrevA.docx
Repeat procedures 1.4.3.8 c) to e) for the second Feeder Exciter Transport Clamp mounted to
the opposite side of the Exciter.
Clamp the Swing Segment and shaft in position with the Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Blade
(5).
1) Loosen the upper Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Rod Nuts (12) and Washers (13) away
from the top of the Transport Clamp End Bracket angles (2) and (3).
2) Wind up the lower Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Rod Nut (12) and Washer (13) against
the underside of the Transport Clamp End Bracket angles (2) and (3) until the Exciter
Swing Segment Clamp Blade (5) is touching both Swing Segment and Shaft.
3) Repeat procedure for Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Blade (5) on opposite side of the
Exciter.
4) Evenly torque lower Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Rod Nut (12) to 65Nm.
5) Check the Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Blade (5) is firmly contacting both Swing
Segment and Shaft. No rotation of either shaft should be possible.
OBSERVE
Clamp Blade should be in firm contact with the Swing Segment and adjacent Swing Segment
Shaft when the Segment Clamp is correctly positioned.
DF Exciters are treated with a corrosion inhibitor before delivery. When stored in a dry room in a
temperate climate protection lasts approximately 6 months. When stored in humid locations the
protection period is reduced. This can be as short as 3 months in some tropical climates. For longer
storage refer to Schenck Process document SMS930.
The Corrosion Preventative Agent used is compatible with Mineral Oil lubricants. Check with Schenck
Process for advice regarding specific combinations of Synthetic Lubricant and Corrosion Preventative
Agent. If any doubt exists, flush Exciters before first commissioning Oil fill and change oil after 50 hours
of operation.
NOTICE
If any doubt exists with Corrosion Prevention Agent compatibility in service, remove Agent,
flush Exciters before first commissioning Oil fill and change oil after 50 hours of operation.
Refer to Clause 1.4.5 for long term Exciter preservation procedures including Corrosion Preventative
measure.

IOMrevA.docx
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder DF5 Series Exciter Storage and Transport
DF Exciters are provided with Exciter Segment Clamps that prevent movement of the Exciter Shafts
during delivery and possible damage to the bearings from impact and vibration. They are to be left in
place until immediately before Exciter Installation as described in Clause 1.4.16.
The Exciter Segment Clamps shall be used whenever an Exciter is transported to prevent damage to the
Exciter Bearings and Gears.
NOTICE
Feeder Exciters have Energised and De-energised positions.
Observe and maintain correct de-energised Swing Segment position – see Figure 1.4.4-2
De-energised Position Energised Position

Figure 1.4.4-1: DF5 Series Feeder Exciter Swing De-energised and Energised position
Single Exciter ‘transit position’ with overhead Feeder Mounted Exciter – De-Energised Position
Transport Clamp with Feeder Swing Segment Clamp
Figure 1.4.4-2: DF5 Series Exciter Swing Segment positions
DANGER
– Prior to moving the Exciter or removing moving the Exciter Swing Segment clamps:
1. Brace Swing Segments in the De-energised position to prevent rotation with site approved work
methods to prevent rotation after removing Clamps.
2. Removal of M16 Transport Clamp End Bolt (8) without prior loosening of M16 Hex Nuts (9A &
9B) may result in unexpected rotation of the segments
Ensure the Feeder Exciter Segment Clamps are installed as shown in Figure 1.4.4-3 to prevent
Segments rotating unexpectedly, (i.e. leave Feeder Exciter Segment Clamps in place for transport
around site).
IOMrevA.docx
The Feeder Exciter Swing Segment Clamp must be removed after installing DF Exciter onto the Feeder
prior to operation.
Secure DF Exciter using overhead transport Clamps (see Figure 1.4.4-2), when returning Exciter to
Schenck Process for repair or service exchange (contact Schenck Process for details of Service
Exchange Program).
Before removing both Feeder Exciter Swing Segment Clamps, ensure Swing segments are restrained
and presented in the de-energised position (see Figure 1.4.4-2).

IOMrevA.docx
6 8 10
2A
11
9B 10
9A 10
2B
8 10
9B 10
9A 10
Figure 1.4.4-3: Feeder DF5 Series Exciter Transport Clamps

Item Description Qty per Assembly
1 Exciter Swing Segments N/A
2A Transport Clamp End Bracket - Top 1
2B Transport Clamp End Bracket - Bottom 1
3 Transport Clamp Blade Carrier 2
4 Exciter Segment Clamp Blade 2
5 Exciter Segment Clamp Blade Pin 2
6 Exciter Segment Clamp Rod 4
7 Segment Clamp Rod Pin 8
8 M16 Transport Clamp End Bolt 8
9A M16 Hex Nut - Upper 4
9B M16 Hex Nut - Lower 4
10 M16 Flat Washer 12
11 Exciter Segment Clamp Blade Pin R-Clip 4
Removal of Feeder Exciter Segment Clamps (Ref Figure 1.4.4-3)
Lift the Exciter Segment Clamp Blade (5) away from the Swing Segment and shaft
1) Loosening the lower M16 Locking Nuts (9) below both Transport Clamp Brackets (2).
IOMrevA.docx
NOTICE
Removal of M16 Transport Clamp End Bolt (8) without prior loosening of M16 Hex Nuts (9A &
9B) may result in damage to the threaded holes in the exciter housing.
2) Tighten the upper M16 Locking Nuts (9) above both Transport Clamp Brackets (2) lifting
the Exciter Segment Clamp Blade (4) up.
3) The Exciter Segment Blade (4) will lift away from the Exciter Swing Segments (1) allowing
the Exciter Segment Blade (4) to pivot freely about the Exciter Segment Clamp Blade Pin
(4).
WARNING
With the both Transport End Clamp Brackets (2)) and Transport Blade Carrier (3) supported,
remove Transport Clamp End Bracket Bolts (8) and Washer (10).
Remove Transport End Clamp Brackets (2) and Transport Blade Carrier (3).
Store all Feeder Exciter Swing Segment Clamp components for future use.
Installation of Feeder Exciter Segment Clamps
DANGER
1. Position Swing Segments in the de-energised position with site approved work methods.
2. Brace Swing Segments in the De-energised position to prevent rotation.
Ensure the Feeder Exciter Swing Segments are in the de-energised position before installing
the Swing Segment Clamps. – see Figure 1.4.4-2.
Preassemble the Feeder Exciter Clamps before installation
Mounting the Transport Clamp Blade assembly (3) to both Transport Clamp Brackets (2).
1) Ensure the Exciter Segment Blade (4) can pivot freely about the Exciter Segment Clamp
Blade Pin (5).
2) Install lower Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Rod Nut (9) and Washer (10) into Exciter
Swing Segment Clamp Rod (6).
3) Ensure the Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Rod Nuts (9) and Washers (10) are wound
fully down on the Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Rod (6) allowing clearance of the Clamp
Blade (5) over the Exciter Swing Segment during installation.
4) Assemble the Transport Clamp Blade assembly (3) to both Transport Clamp Brackets
angles (2) as shown in in Figure 1.4.4-3.
5) Install upper Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Rod Nut (9) and Washer (10) into Exciter
Swing Segment Clamp Rod (6) above the Transport Clamp Brackets (2).
6) Ensure the Transport Clamp Blade assembly (3) is in the uppermost position.
WARNING
With the both Transport End Clamp Brackets (2) and Transport Blade Carrier (3) supported,
mount the Transport Clamp End Bracket Bolts (8) and Washer (10) onto the Exciter as shown in
in Figure 1.4.4-3.

IOMrevA.docx
Tighten the Transport Clamp End Bracket Bolt (8) as per Part 6 Appendix B - ENG-SMS-510 -
Schenck Process Australia Vibrating Screens & Feeders
Repeat procedures 1.4.4.8 c) to e) for the second Feeder Exciter Transport Clamp mounted to
the opposite side of the Exciter.
Clamp the Swing Segment and shaft in position with the Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Blade
(4).
1) Loosen the upper Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Rod Nuts (9) and Washers (10) away
from the top of the Transport Clamp End Bracket angles (2).
2) Wind up the lower Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Rod Nut (9) and Washer (10) against
the underside of the Transport Clamp End Bracket angles (2) and (3) until the Exciter
Swing Segment Clamp Blade (4) is touching both Swing Segment and Shaft.
3) Repeat procedure for Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Blade (4) on opposite side of the
Exciter.
4) Evenly torque lower Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Rod Nut (9) to 65Nm.
5) Check the Exciter Swing Segment Clamp Blade (4) is firmly contacting both Swing
Segment and Shaft. No rotation of either shaft should be possible.
OBSERVE
Clamp Blade should be in firm contact with the Swing Segment and adjacent Swing Segment
Shaft when the Segment Clamp is correctly positioned.
DF Exciters are treated with a corrosion inhibitor before delivery. When stored in a dry room in a
temperate climate protection lasts approximately 6 months. When stored in humid locations the
protection period is reduced. This can be as short as 3 months in some tropical climates. For longer
storage refer to Schenck Process document SMS930.
The Corrosion Preventative Agent used is compatible with Mineral Oil lubricants. Check with Schenck
Process for advice regarding specific combinations of Synthetic Lubricant and Corrosion Preventative
Agent. If any doubt exists, flush Exciters before first commissioning Oil fill and change oil after 50 hours
of operation.
NOTICE
If any doubt exists with Corrosion Prevention Agent compatibility in service, remove Agent,
flush Exciters before first commissioning Oil fill and change oil after 50 hours of operation.
Refer to Clause 1.4.5 for long term Exciter preservation procedures including Corrosion Preventative
measure.

IOMrevA.docx
Extended Storage Procedures

Feeder and Isolation Frame storage.
Feeders and Isolation Frames should be stood on a hardstand. The best option for this is
concrete; a tarred area would also be acceptable. Road base is not preferred and grassed or
soft fields are unacceptable.
Feeder and Isolation Frames should be stored on an elevated waterproof membrane to
minimise release of ground moisture into the packages and to prevent pooling of water under
the equipment.
Surfaces where the Exciters mount to the Feeder body should be protected by bolt-on sheet
metal covers with sealant to prevent mechanical damage and corrosion.
For storage periods up to 3 months, all rubber and polyurethane surfaces should be coated with
a protective substance (e.g. UV resistant water based acrylic paint such as ‘Solarguard’, subject
to confirmation with Schenck Process).
For storage periods greater than 3 months rubber and polyurethane surfaces should be covered
with a durable UV resistant membrane, sheet metal or wood.
Shrink wrap or plastic wrap Isolation Frames and Feeder bodies for storage once the Vibrator
Motor or Exciter and Drive components have been removed and exposed surfaces treated as
stated above in clause c)
To ensure that the Feeders and Isolation Frames are installed “as new” into the plant after
standing for 18 months to 2 years, it is recommended that the plastic wrapping should be
stripped off every 6 months, and all checks conducted at this time. Especially important for
inspections would be the mating surfaces for the Vibrator Motors or Exciters and bearings in
terms of their condition. To inspect these areas will require the plastic to be completely
removed.
Long Term Storage of Boxed and Packaged Components
• All Storage boxes shall be close jointed export quality construction.
• All Storage boxes shall have waterproof linings or shrink wrapped after packing.
• Boxes shall be stored on pallet, timber gluts or alternative method to ensure elevation and
protection from moisture ingress.
• An acceptable alternative to boxing are that the parts described as above as “boxed” may be
packed at the works inside a shipping container and stored “as packed”.
Long Term Exciter Storage
• Exciters should be removed, (including ancillaries such as mounting fasteners) and stored
separately to the Feeder body with Exciter Segment clamps fitted and tight for transport to and
from storage locations.
• If the Exciter is stored outside, it must be packed in a “Storage Box” as described in Section
1.4.5.2.
• If Exciter is stored in a weatherproof indoor environment, packaging is not required unless it is
desirable to keep associated items together.
• All Exciters should be anti-corrosion treated with “vapour phase inhibitor” (VPI) prior to extended
storage. Mix in accordance with Product Specific Instructions and add the normal Exciter
service volume of oil and VPI mixture.
• If storage is expected to be longer than 3 months loosen the Exciter Segment Clamps.
DANGER
Corrosion prevention treatment procedure for Boxed Exciters (not installed on Feeder)
1) Remove Exciter from shrink wrap and packaging.
2) Place the Exciter upright (mounting flange vertical) over a catch pan so that any residual oil can
drain.
3) Remove both Fill (Top) and Drain (Bottom) Plugs from the Exciter to remove existing oil. Wait
until oil no longer drips.
4) Replace the Bottom Plugs using new Seal Washers and leave the Top Plugs open.

IOMrevA.docx
5) Add VPI (eg: Mobile Arma 524 or Shell VSI 8235) in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions. Fill Exciter to operating volume.
6) Replace Top Plug using new Seal Washers.
7) Refer to “Exciter Storage and Transport” section in Product Installation, Operation and
Maintenance Manual for instruction on removing and assembling the Exciter Segment Clamp.
8) Remove Exciter Segment Clamps and rotate Exciter Shafts several times by hand. If the
Exciter Shafts cannot be rotated, it should be “rocked” to allow oil to coat the contact patch of
Bearings and Gears.
9) Replace Exciter Segment Clamps.
10) Re-Box and shrink wrap Exciters after adding the new VPI mix.
Drive Components
• Drive assemblies shall be boxed separately to the Feeder body.
• Vibrator Motors packaging shall be dust and moisture proof with the addition of a suitable
moisture absorbing desiccant. Site practices for storage of electrical equipment shall also be
observed.
• Drive Assembly consisting of Electric Motor, Motor Base and Drive Shaft assembly will be
plastic covered and exposed metal threads ‘Denso’ taped as a complete assembly or
individually if shipped as components. Electric Motor packaging shall be dust and moisture
proof with the addition of a suitable moisture absorbing desiccant. Site practices for storage of
electrical equipment should also be observed.
• Drive shafts and Intermediate shafts should receive protective coatings on couplings. These
should also be plastic covered and metal surfaces ‘Denso’ taped and be boxed separately to the
Feeder body. Ensure shaft coupling including pins are “Denso” taped.
Other Components.
• Rubber components, springs, spring base plates and Dampers should be boxed separately to
the Feeder body.
• Store rubber component in a cool dry area away from direct light. Remove Vee belts from Drive
& store in loose triple coils. Always avoid tying Vee belts with thin string.
Condition Monitoring System
• Packaging of the Condition Monitoring cabinet and components should be dust and moisture
proof with the addition of a suitable moisture absorbing desiccant. Site practices for storage of
electrical equipment shall also be observed.
• Condition Monitoring cabinets and components should be preferably stored under cover.
Storage in extreme climates
• Schenck Process recommends storage of all components indoors where the ambient
temperature drops below freezing (00C).
• Take appropriate precautions to guard against condensation inside packages where the
ambient temperature cycles above and below freezing (00C).

IOMrevA.docx
Post Installation Preservation Procedures

Post Installation Preservation of Feeders and Isolation Frames
• Feeders, Feeders and Isolation Frames should be cleaned regularly to reduce the damage due
to the build-up of environmental contaminants.
• Where fitted, Feeder Pans Liners should be inspected for deterioration every three (3) months.
• Where equipment is exposed, all rubber and polyurethane surfaces should be coated with a
protective substance (e.g. UV resistant water based acrylic paint such as ‘Solarguard’, subject
to confirmation with Schenck Process) or covered by a continuous membrane.
• For exposed storage for periods greater than 3 months, rubber and polyurethane surfaces
should be covered with a durable UV resistant continuous membrane.
• Inspect Springs and Dampers every three (3) months for corrosion and deterioration. Should a
spring require replacement it is advised to replace all springs in that set prior to operation.
Post installation Preservation procedure for Exciters.
• Package Exciters and Vibratory Motors with temporary plastic covers and ‘Denso’ tape exposed
metal surfaces when not in service with Exciter Segment Clamps removed.
• If possible the equipment should be run for 4 hours per month.
• Exciters’ oil should be drained and Exciter re-treated with VPI at 6 monthly intervals. When
stored in humid locations, the protection period is reduced. This can be as short as 3 months in
some tropical climates.
• Post installation VPI Preservation procedure for Exciters.
1) Remove temporary plastic covers from Exciter.
2) Remove both Fill (Top) and Drain (Bottom) Plugs from the Exciter to remove existing oil. Wait
until oil no longer drips.
3) Replace the Bottom Plugs using new Seal Washers and leave the Top Plugs open.
4) Add VPI (eg: Mobile Arma 524 or Shell VSI 8235) in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions. Fill Exciter to operating volume.
5) Replace Top Plug using new Seal Washers.
6) Refer to “Exciter Storage and Transport” section in Product Installation, Operation and
Maintenance Manual for instructions on removing and assembling the Exciter Segment Clamp.
DANGER
1. Brace Swing Segments to prevent rotation
7) Remove Exciter Segment Clamps and rotate Exciter Shafts several times by hand. If the
Exciter Shafts cannot be rotated, it should be “rocked” to allow oil to coat the contact patch of
Bearings and Gear.
8) Replace Exciter Segment Clamps.
9) Replace temporary plastic covers and ‘‘Denso’ tape.
Drive and other Components
• Vibrator Motors or Drive assemblies and Exciters shall be protected by additional ‘temporary’
plastic protective covers and ‘‘Denso’ tape.
• Drive Shafts should receive protective coatings on couplings.
• Feeder Dust Seal membrane and rubber parts not installed if possible.
• If installed, inspect Condition Monitoring components and cabling for deterioration. Site
practices for electrical equipment should also be observed.
Maintenance Runs
• Feeders should be operated for a minimum of 4 hours per month as a ‘maintenance run’.
• Check Exciter or Vibrator Motor mounting Bolt torque prior to any “maintenance run” if the
storage period exceeds 6 months.

IOMrevA.docx
• Vibrator Motor or Drive Assembly and Exciter’s additional ‘temporary’ plastic protective covers
and ‘‘Denso’ tape should be replaced/made to an acceptable standard after every ‘maintenance
run’.
• Check oil levels in Exciters before each maintenance run.

IOMrevA.docx
Isolation Frame Assembly and Installation
DANGER
weights of machine components, Lift Positions, Spreader Beam and Sling lengths.
ensure a safe lift.
NOTICE
Do not lift Equipment incorrectly or without suitable lifting equipment
Damage to Equipment
– For Feeder Lifting mass refer to the Installation Drawings (and lifting information if provided)
1. The equipment must be lifted with a Spreader Beam for protection from side-loading and
distortion.
2. Adhering to the Sling lengths will maintain the maximum “Sling Angles” as stated in the Lifting
Calculation.
3. Refer to Sling capacities and Sling information as not to exceed maximum “Sling Angles” and
rating for the mass lifted.
4. Set the Slings lengths from the Spreader Beam to maintain the Isolation Frame at the intended
installation angle.
Refer to Installation Drawings to confirm Isolation Frame Mounting position and clearances are correct.
See Section 4.2.1 Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Drawing List.
Identify component parts and fasteners from the Isolation Frame Assembly drawing.
Take note of the mass of the Isolation Frame assembly and ensure adequate and stable support during
assembly.
The Isolation Frame Side Frames are generally pre-filled with concrete. Check this mass as noted on
the Isolation Frame drawing and Lifting calculations (if provided).
Support the Side Frames approx. 300mm above a reasonably level surface at the centre distance shown
on the assembly drawing and shim each Side Frame level within +/-2mm. Ensure that the End Flanges
are in line side-to-side.
Position the Cross Beams between the Side Frames and attach each end with the Bolts snug tight only.
Check that each Side Frame is vertical, (Spring centre distance should be checked for both top and
bottom Spring locations).
Check that the Assembly is square both in Plan view and End view (diagonals equal within +/- 3mm).
Check that the Spring mounting regions are level side-to-side (i.e. lie in the same plane) before fully
tightening Bolts in accordance with Part 6 Appendix B.
Check the Bolt tension of each Bolt (in accordance with Part 6 Appendix B) and paint exposed threads
of the Bolt to indicate each Bolt fully tightened and checked.
Mount the Spring Base Plates on the support structure using temporary plain Nuts. Level the Base
Plates by use of shims so that the top of all Base Plates lie within 3mm of the same plane. Do not grout
or fit Self Locking Nuts at this stage.
Position the Spring Grommets on the Spigots to be used. Refer to the Installation Drawing for Spring
locations to be used.
NB: additional “spare” Spring locations have been as provided not all locations require springs.

IOMrevA.docx
Fit Springs into position on the grommets on the Spring Base Plates.
Side View
Figure 1.4.7-1: Lifting Sling Permissible Angle
Lift the Feeder using a Spreader Beam and slings attached to the lifting lugs provided (refer to
Installation Drawing). Adjust the slings to avoid twisting the Feeder and to maintain the Feeder at the
intended installation angle with a maximum included slings angle as indicated in Figure 1.4.7-1.
Referring to the Installation Drawing and “Lifting Calculations (if supplied)”; lift the assembled frame at
the four lifting lugs with a Spreader Beam as shown in Figure 1.4.7-2. Set the Slings lengths to maintain
the Isolation Frame at the intended installation angle or as stated in the Lifting calculations if supplied.
Adhering to the Sling lengths will maintain the maximum “Sling Angles” as stated in the Lifting
Calculations.

IOMrevA.docx
3
5
2 2
1 2
Figure 1.4.7-2: Isolation Frame Lifting Lugs

Item Description
1 Isolation Frame
2 Isolation Frame Lifting Lugs
3 Spreader Beam
4 Isolation Frame Slings
5 Vertical Sling
Lower the Isolation Frame onto the Springs. Do not fit Dampers at this stage. The Dampers are fitted
after the Feeder is secured in position.
DANGER
Crushing of Fingers and Hands in Springs Grommets and Spring Bases
Injury or severing of Finger or Hands.
– Do not adjust Spring Positions by Hand while equipment is being positioned.
1. Use suitable work methods to keep Hands clear if Springs require positioning.
Check that the Feeder Spring mounting locations on top of the Isolation Frame are level and at the
correct height. Refer to Installation drawing, Section 4.2.1 Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Drawing
List Adjust height by Shims between the Base Plates and Floor.
Isolation Frame Damper Installation

The Isolation Frame Dampers are installed only after the Feeder assembly is installed. Refer to Section
Vibrating Feeder Assembly and Installation.
Fit the Isolation Frame Dampers as per the Installation Drawing. Fully tighten and check tightness in
accordance with Part 6 Appendix B. Paint exposed threads to indicate bolts have been checked and are
correct.

IOMrevA.docx
Isolation Frame Base Plate Installation

The Isolation Frame Base plates are secured with Self-locking nuts after the Feeder assembly is
installed; refer to Section Vibrating Feeder Assembly and Installation.
Remove the plain nuts from the Isolation Frame Spring Base Plate Bolts and replace these with Self-
locking nuts. Fully tighten and check torque in accordance with Part 6 Appendix B. Paint exposed
threads to indicate bolts have been checked and are correct.

IOMrevA.docx
Exciter Driven Feeder Assembly and Installation (Base Mounted)
Danger
cleaning.
crushed by material
1. Isolate Electrical supply to Vibrator Motor, Exciter Drive Motor and Material feed according to site
safety procedures.
DANGER
weights of machine components, Lift Positions, Spreader Beam and Sling lengths.
ensure a safe lift.
NOTICE
Damage to Equipment
– For Feeder Lifting mass please refer to the Installation drawings (and lifting information if provided)
distortion.
2. Adhering to the Sling capacities and Sling information as not to exceed maximum “rating for the
mass lifted
3. Refer to Sling capacities and Sling information as not to exceed maximum “Sling Angles” for the
mass lifted.
4. Set the Slings lengths from the Spreader Beam to maintain the equipment at the intended
installation angle
Refer to Installation Drawings to confirm Drive position and clearances are correct. See Part 4 Drawing
List.
Feeders are shipped with the Vibratory Motors or Exciters shop-fitted.
Identify Spring Base plate, Spring Grommets and Springs.
If Isolation Frame is not required, mount spring base plates on the support structure using temporary
plain nuts and level by use of shims so that the top of the base plates lie in the same plane within 5 mm.
Do not fit self-locking nuts at this stage
Install the Spring Grommets onto the Spigots of the Feeder Base Plates on top of the support structure
or previously installed Isolation Frame in the positions shown in the Installation Drawing. See Part 4
Drawing List.
Install the Spring Grommets onto the Spigots of the Feeder Wedge Brackets in the positions shown on
the Installation Drawing. Then place the Springs onto the Base Plate Grommets on top of the support
structure or Isolation Frame. N.B. “Spare” Spring locations are provided in some cases. Refer to the
Installation Drawing. See Part 4 Drawing List.

IOMrevA.docx
Remove Transport beams by:

1) Rig the equipment ready to lift as described in clause 1.4.10.8 and 1.4.10.9.
2) Remove Nuts and Washers from the Transport Beam fasteners.
NOTICE
Transport Beam Nuts are always on the outside of the Beam.
3) Use crane to take load off Transport Beam Bolts but not lift the equipment.
4) Remove Transport Bolts, Washers and Spacers using a hammer and small diameter drift.
5) Lift equipment.
6) Retain all fasteners and assemble back onto Transport Beam for future use.
Lift the Feeder using Spreader Beam with slings attached to the lifting lugs provided (refer to Installation
Drawing). Adjust the slings to avoid twisting the Feeder and to maintain the Feeder at the intended
installation angle with a Vertical slings angle as indicated in Figure 1.4.10-1.
Lift the Feeder with the Spreader Beam and slings at the four lifting lugs as shown in Figure 1.4.10-1.
Refer to information in Lifting documents if supplied
5
6
4
2 3
Figure 1.4.10-1: Feeder Lifting Lugs and Transport Beams

Item Description
1 Feeder Pan Assembly
2 Feeder Lifting Lugs
3 Feeder Transport Beams - (Remove before Feeder installation)
4 Feeder Pan Wing –Transparent for clarity
5 Lifting Slings (Vertical)
6 H – Type Lifting Spreader Beam

IOMrevA.docx
DANGER
Lower the Feeder onto the Springs.
Install the Drive Assembly in accordance with Section 1.4.18, and with the Drive Assembly drawing from
Section 4.2.1 Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Drawing List.
DANGER
Multiple Exciters operating out of alignment (Synchronization or Phase)
Rapid and catastrophic Feeder failure will occur if multiple Exciters operate out of alignment.
On multiple Exciter equipment an Intermediate Shaft connects one Exciter to another. The Exciter
Swing Segments must be aligned prior to the installation of the Intermediate Shafts. Alignment of the
Exciter Swing Segments is described in Section 1.4.23.
Mount the Intermediate Shaft in accordance with Section 1.4.25.
Confirm that the Exciter mechanisms are in correct alignment and free to rotate.
Mount and align the Drive Shaft in accordance with
Section 1.4.19 - Exciter Universal Joint Drive Shaft Installation and Section 1.4.20 - Universal Joint Drive
Exciter Drive Shaft
Identify the Guards from the Assembly drawing. These may be static guards supported by surrounding
equipment and structures or mounted on the Exciters. Refer to Feeder Assembly Drawing in Section
4.2.1 Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Drawing List.
Lift the Guards into position. Mount Guards using self-locking nuts or ‘Loctite’ Grade 242 for bolts fitted
into tapped holes. Refer to “Lift Equipment” Observation Notes”.
Remove any Cross Beam and Pan Support protection fitted for transit.
Check tightness of Pan Supports. Retention bolts in accordance with Part 6 Appendix B. Progressively
paint exposed threads to indicate bolts have been checked and are correct.
Refer to Section 3.3.6, 3.3.7 and 3.3.8 for Pan Liner Information.
Refer to the Installation Drawing to check the alignment of the Feeder. Check the static inclination along
the Feeder Pan (refer Installation Drawing for inclination) and across the Feeder Pan (horizontal within
4mm is required). Correct by use of shims under the spring base plates. See Section 4.2.1 Secondary
Oxide Screen Feeder Drawing List.
Check that all Spring heights on each side of the Feeder are equal within 4 mm.
Check using a spirit level that the Springs are vertical within 5mm.
Check that all static operating clearances are per the Installation Drawing. See Section 4.2.1 Secondary
Oxide Screen Feeder Drawing List.
If Isolation frame is not required Remove plain nuts from spring base plate bolts and replace with self
locking nuts and fully tighten, in accordance with Part 6 Appendix B. Check tightness and paint exposed
bolt threads to indicate checked and correct.
If an Isolation frame is installed, Dampers and Base Plate require final installation after the Feeder
Assembly is installed. Refer to sections 1.4.8- Isolation Frame Damper Installation and 1.4.9- Isolation
Frame Base Plate Installation.
Follow procedures in clause 1.4.1.8 to prevent corrosion in the Transport Beam mounting bolt holes.

IOMrevA.docx
Alignment Tolerances
Area Criteria Tolerance
Isolation Frame Spring Base Plate Longitudinal pitch Nom ± 3mm
Position In longitudinal / transverse Direct Transverse pitch Nom ± 3mm
Diagonal Nom ± 3mm
Directions as stated on Installation Drawing
Height - See Section 1.4.11.1 -
Location Priorities
Feeder Spring Base Plate Longitudinal pitch Nom ± 3mm
Position In longitudinal / transverse Direct Transverse pitch Nom ± 3mm
Diagonal Nom ± 3mm
Directions as stated on Installation Drawing
Height - See Section 1.4.11.1 -
Location Priorities
Spring – Under Isolation Frame Top faces of all Springs in that Within 4mm
corner
Top faces of all Springs from left Within 4mm
hand to right hand side
Spring – Under Feeder Top faces of all Springs in that Within 4mm
corner
Top faces of all Springs from left Within 4mm
hand to right hand side
Spring Hanger Rods– Hanging Feeder Each Spring length Within 4mm
Pan transverse height Within 5mm
Sling Angle – Hanging Feeder Vertical 0 - 50
Suspension & Safety beams In feed direction 00
Spring - All Vertical Within 5mm
Drive Motor shaft axis relative to Exciter Nom ± 10mm
shaft axis in unloaded condition Nom ± 5mm from Dimension
as per Installation drawing stated on drawing
(vertical plane).Lay shaft axis
below center of Exciter shaft
Motor shaft axis relative to Exciter Nom ± 10mm- to 10mm
shaft axis in unloaded condition towards Discharge
as per Installation drawing
(Horizontal plane).Lay shaft axis
longitudinal direction to center of
Exciter Shaft
Table 1.4.11-1: Alignment Tolerances
Feeder location Priorities

Follow the location priorities listed below to achieve correct Feeder alignment:
1) Height of the Feeder should be set to clear all static items – refer to minimum static clearances
as stated on the Installation Drawing. See Section 4.2.1 Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder
Drawing List.
2) Level across Feeder Pan– refer to Longitudinal/Transverse pitch and Diagonal Tolerances.
3) Equal Feeder Compression from Side to Side – Refer to Spring Vertical Tolerance.

IOMrevA.docx
Exciter Preparation
The Directed Force (DF) Exciter is used to produce Linear Motion by use of two shafts equipped with
Eccentric masses (Swing Segments) that are geared to counter-rotate at the same speed. Counter-
rotation of the Eccentric masses produces a force in a constant direction, the so called “Line of Stroke”
of the Feeder.
An important characteristic of the DF Exciter is that the magnitude of the force produced can be
incrementally adjusted by changing the Eccentric mass. The Eccentric mass is changed by the addition
or removal of Plug Weights in the Swing Segments.
All DF Exciters are supplied with separate Plug Weights that must be installed as per site requirement
listed in the release certificates. Place an equal number of Plug Weights in the same pattern in all
paired Swing Segments on any single Feeder.
DANGER
Differing Plug weights in all Exciter Swing Segment on any single Feeder
Rapid and catastrophic Exciter and Feeder failure will occur if:
1. Number of Plug Weights are not equal in each pair of corresponding Swing Segment
2. Plug weight pattern is not the same for each pair of corresponding Swing Segment
If multiple Exciters are used on each Feeder, it is essential that all Exciters are aligned as per Section
1.4.23.
DANGER
Refer to Table 3.4.1-5 for Exciter maximum service temperature. The temperatures quoted are for
exciters in good condition. Service temperature should be monitored by the operator using an oil
immersion temperature probe and the Equipment shut down if the temperature exceeds that specified in
Table 3.4.1-5. High exciter operating temperatures can result from degradation of exciter bearings and
gears. Abnormal exciter temperatures (a sudden or trending increase in temperature than cannot be
explained by an increase in ambient temperature) should be investigated by vibration analysis and if
degradation of the bearings or gears is found, the entire exciter should be replaced and returned to
Schenck Process for refurbishment. If temperatures above maximum service temperature are
experienced, consult Schenck Process.
DANGER
Overheating Exciter and Bearing Failure
Rapid and catastrophic Exciter and Screen failure will occur if:
1. DO NOT use higher oil viscosity in an exciter with unexplained temperature increase and
possibly degraded bearings or gears.
2. DO NOT use an improvised source of cooling (such as water) in an attempt to extend the life of
an exciter with degraded bearings or gears
Drive Motors are sized so that operating speed is quickly achieved. Motors must be connected for direct
on-line (DOL) starting.
Refer to Appendix for Release Certificates for the allowable operating speed.
DANGER
Changes to Drive Motor Power, Exciter operating speed or Plug Weight Settings
Rapid structural damage of the machine if it is not operated as designed
– Do not change the Drive Motor Power, Exciter operating speed the Feeder or Plug Weigh settings
without the prior written approval of Schenck Process Engineers.
Remove Exciter Segment Clamps as per Section 1.4.3.1.

Install the Plug Weights in accordance with Section 1.4.14.
Remove Plug Weights, if necessary, in accordance with Section 1.4.15.

IOMrevA.docx
Exciters are supplied without oil. Add oil before use and lubricate Exciters in accordance with Section
1.4.16.
NOTICE
Modification to Schenck Process exciters (including the addition of breathers) without prior
written approval from Schenck Process Australia will void Schenck Process warranty.

IOMrevA.docx
Plug Weight Configuration
DANGER
Changes Plug Weight Configurations
1. For correct Plug Weight configuration, always refer to Latest Release Certificate in Appendix.
2. Do not change the Drive Motor Power, Exciter operating speed the Feeder or Plug Weigh
settings without the prior written approval of Schenck Process Engineers.
DANGER
1. Number of Plug Weights are not equal in each Swing Segment
2. Plug weight pattern is not the same for each Swing Segment
Figure 1.4.13-1 shows the Plug Weight Configuration ‘example HOXOH’. Refer to the Release
certificate for your machine plug weigh configuration.
1
2
3
2
1
Figure 1.4.13-1: Example of Plug Weight Configuration

Item Designation Inner Segment Configuration Outer Segment Configuration
1 X With Plug Weight With Plug Weight
2 O Without Plug Weight Without Plug Weight
3 H With Plug Weight Without Plug Weight
4 P Lead Plug Weight (not shown) Lead Plug Weight (not shown)

IOMrevA.docx
Plug Weight Installation

1
7
6
2
3
4
Figure 1.4.14-1: Installation of Plug Weights
Item Description
1 Punch
2 Roll Pin
3 Exciter Swing Segment
4 Plug Weight
5 Roll Pin Hole – Plug Weight
6 Swing Segment Bore
7 Roll Pin Hole – Swing Segment
All DF Exciters are supplied with separate Plug Weights which must be installed in the patterns shown in
the Appendix – Release Certificate” using the method detailed in Figure 1.4.14-1 and the instructions
below. Place an equal number of Unbalanced Weights in the same pattern in all pairs of inner and outer
Swing Segments on any single Feeder.
1) Clean the Segment bores (6) and Plug Weights (4) free of paint, rust and dirt.
2) Check that the Roll Pin holes (5) and (7) are clean, free of paint, rust, dirt and does not have a
Pin in it already. Remove the Pin if it does.
3) Coat the Segment bore (6) and Plug Weight (4) with an Anti-seize compound such as “Devcon
Stop Seize Nickel”, “Molytec Copatec Anti-Seize Paste” or “SKF Anti-Fretting Paste”.
4) Start the Plug Weight (4) in the Segment bore (6) and align the Plug Weight so that the Roll Pin
hole (5) is in line with the Roll Pin hole (7) in the Segment.
5) Insert the Plug Weight (4) fully into the Segment (3). It should finish flush with each side.
6) Exactly align the Roll Pin holes (5) and (7); coat inside Roll Pin hole with Anti-seize compound.
7) Align the Roll Pin (2) so that the gap is in the direction of rotation and chamfered end points
towards Exciter shaft.
8) Drive in the Roll Pin (2) using a Punch (1) to a point just below the Segment surface.

IOMrevA.docx
Plug Weight Removal

Plug Weights may be removed as follows:
1) Drive the Roll Pin (2) into the Plug Weight using a Punch (1).
2) Remove the Plug Weight (4) and immediately drive out the Roll Pin (2).
3) In case the Plug Weight (4) is erroneously mounted with the Roll Pin (2) left in, a second Pin
can be driven in, but the Plug Weight (4) cannot be removed later.
4) Jammed Plug Weights can be loosened by light taps with a Hammer. Greater force can be
applied using a hydraulic Jack but this may damage the Bearings.
5) Use rust solvent to loosen Plug Weights. Never use heavy Hammer blows as this may damage
Exciter Bearings.
6) Drive the Roll-Pin (2) out of the Plug Weight (4).
DANGER
Damage to Exciter Bearing from heavy force on Swing Segments
Use of heavy force or striking the Exciter Swing segments and shafts will damage bearings causing
catastrophic Exciter failure.

IOMrevA.docx
Exciter Installation
For ‘Wet Feeder’ applications undertake additional processes as per SMS525.
Mounting area preparation prior to Installation of the Exciter.
1) Paint in excess of epoxy primer 50 micron DFT shall be removed from the bolt head region of
the Exciter Beam. This region may be inside the exciter beam.
2) Paint in excess of epoxy primer 50 micron DFT shall be removed from the region of the Exciter
Beam that contacts the exciter housing.
3) Paint in excess of epoxy primer 50 micron DFT shall be removed from all region of any spacer,
washer or packer that contacts the Exciter housing or Exciter Beam.
4) Thickness of epoxy primer in these areas is to be checked with a paint thickness gauge to
confirm that it is not in excess of 50 micron.
5) The mating face of the exciter shall be de-greased and lightly sanded with fresh 80 grit sanding
paper to produce a visible cross hatched pattern.
6) The region of the Exciter housing that contacts the fasteners shall be clean and dry.
Fastener preparation prior to Installation of the Exciter.
Fasteners shall be in accordance with Schenck Process Specifications and of the size stated on
the Feeder (or Feeder Assembly drawing).
Bolts shall not protrude through the nut by less than one thread or more than 10mm; the use of
a second washer under the bolt head is acceptable provided it is confirmed by direct visual
inspection to be clear of any welds or adjacent steps in the bolt region.
All Bolts shall be of property class (strength grade) 8.8 minimum.
On Feeders and Grizzlies, Schenck Process special nuts with integral washers shall be used.
Should Schenck Process special nuts not be available, preference shall be to use “Nyloc” Nuts.
“Conelok” nuts shall not be used.
On Wet Feeders, nuts of property class 8.8 minimum with hardened washers shall be used;
preference shall be to use “Nyloc” Nuts. “Conelok” nuts shall not be used.
Washers shall be flat, smooth, free from burrs and hardened to Rockwell C38-45.
Washer size shall be checked to confirm that the outside diameter fits easily into the machined
spot faces on the Exciter housing.
All fastener components shall be new and free from mechanical damage.
All fastener components shall be free from corrosion and residual damage caused previously by
corrosion.

IOMrevA.docx
Exciter Preparations and Location

Prior to positioning of the exciters onto the exciter beam, the mating faces shall be de-greased
with single direction wiping using a clean cloth and solvent.
Non-contact region -
Exciter Housing and Exciter
Beam machined surface
Exciter Sikaflex
Sealant
Machined Machined
Exciter Exciter
surfaces Beam
surface
Beam and
Exciter
contact
surfaces
Figure 1.4.16-1: Sikaflex Application Region
For Dry Feeder applications, a 5 mm bead of sealant (Sikaflex 255 or equivalent) shall be
deposited around the peripheral region of the machined surface on the Exciter housing that will
contact the Exciter Beam as shown as. See Figure 1.4.16-1.
The diameter 5 mm bead of sealant shall be on the surface that contacts the Exciter Beam and
5mm in from the edge as shown as orange. See Figure 1.4.16-1.
Figure 1.4.16-2: Exciter Bolt alignment tool
The exciter shall be guided onto the exciter beam using “Guide Bars” or the Exciter Bolt
Alignment Tool – See Figure 1.4.16-2. These are to be used through the bolt holes so that
there is a minimum of sliding as the surfaces come into contact.

IOMrevA.docx
Bolt Installation
1) Top of the bolt heads and washers of the Keeper plate fasteners are to be sealed with sikaflex
255 or equivalent.
2) Bolts shall be installed with the head engaged into the Keeper plate (located inside Exciter
Beam) so that the nut that is rotated to tighten the connection. See Figure 1.4.16-3.
1
4
6 7 8
Figure 1.4.16-3: Exciter Keeper Plate

Item Description
1 Exciter
2 Exciter Bolt
3 Exciter Nut
4 Exciter Washer
5 Keeper Plate
6 Keeper Bolt
7 Keeper Washer
8 Keeper Nut
3) The washer shall be assembled between the component that is rotated to tighten the connection
and the surface of the item.
4) For Dry Feeder application, prior to inserting the bolt into the Keeper plate and bolt hole, a
diameter 5mm bead of sealant (sikaflex 255 or equivalent) shall be placed at the junction of the
shank and the bolt head.
5) If a washer is to be used under the bolt head, sealant shall be placed under the washer in the
same manner. Note: Washers under Bolt heads are not used under Keeper plates.
6) After inserting the bolt through the bolt hole, a diameter 5mm bead of sealant (sikaflex 255 or
equivalent) shall be placed around the protruding bolt shank and into the bolt hole before the
washer is installed.
7) The washer and nut shall be installed “snug tight”.
8) All fastener assemblies shall be installed snug tight before any one bolt is tensioned.
Bolt Tensioning
• Bolts shall be installed and tensioned in accordance with Schenk Process Engineering SMS505
Specification.
• Tensioning sequence used shall be similar to :
o Figure 1.4.16-5 for Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder DF500 series Exciters
o Figure 1.4.16-6 for Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder DF600 Series Exciters

IOMrevA.docx
Re-tensioning Bolts
• Exciter bolts shall be re-tensioned after test running of the machine in accordance with Schenk
Process Engineering SMS505 Specification. See extract below.
• Bolts shall be Re-tensioned after 4 hours at 1/12th turn as specified in Part 6 Appendix B.
• If a machine must be dispatched without test running the Exciter Bolts shall be re-tensioned a
minimum of 4 hours after original tensioning.
Final Sealant application
1) After re-tensioning the nut and exposed portions of the bolt, washer and the Motor adjacent to
the fastener shall be de-greased.
2) All crevices in the fastener assembly shall be sealed with sikaflex 255 or equivalent.
3) A coating shall be applied to the entire exposed threads of the bolt, junction of the nut with the
washer, junction of the washer with the Exciter, around the junction of the bolt head with the
Keeper plate and around the nut keeper.
4) The entire periphery of the junction between the Exciter and the Drive Beam shall be sealed
with a continuous bead of sealant (sikaflex 255 or equivalent).
5) All Exciter Beam access hole covers shall be fitted to the Exciter Beam and side plates. On Wet
Feeders, a single continuous bead of sealant (Sikaflex 255 or equivalent) shall be applied
around the mating face of each cover.
6) Polyurethane access hole plugs require a single continuous bead of sealant (Sikaflex 255 or
equivalent) applied around the intersection of the base of the groove and the mounting face
(see Figure 1.4.16-4).
a) Clean down Poly Plug to remove any contaminants.
b) Abrade mating surfaces of plug to provide improved adhesion of the Sikaflex.
Lightly abrade sideplate surface not reducing DFT of the surface finish.
c) Cleaned down abraded surfaces with solvent to remove any contaminates.
d) Applied a single continuous 5mm bead of sealant (Sikaflex 255 or equivalent)
applied around the intersection of the base of the groove and the mounting face -
(see Figure 1.4.16-4).
e) Insert Poly Plug into the Sideplate hole.
f) Strike off any excess sealant to a smooth continuous fillet around the outside of the
plug.
NOTICE
To promote the curing process, gently spray the bead of sikaflex with potable water
g) Allowed Sikaflex to cure overnight

IOMrevA.docx
Apply a 5 mm bead of
Sikaflex at the intersection
of the groove base and
the mounting face
Figure 1.4.16-4: Application of Sikaflex to Polyurethane Access Hole Plugs

NOTICE
Access Hole Plugs are installed for the internal inspection and access of the Cross beams
and/or Exciter beams. If removed, the Access Hole Plug must be installed are re-sealed as
stated in clause 1.4.16.8. Failure to do so may lead to cracking of the side plate resulting from
slurry ingress and abrading of protective seal around the Access Hole Plug.
Bolt Tensioning Sequence
5 3 1 2 4 6
11 9 7 8 10 12
Figure 1.4.16-5: Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder DF500 Series Exciter Bolt Tensioning Sequence
7 5 3 1 2 4 6
13 11 9 8 10 12 14
Figure 1.4.16-6: Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder DF600 Series Exciter Bolt Tensioning Sequence

IOMrevA.docx
Installation Lubrication
Refer to Part 3, Section 3.4 for all Installation Lubrication information on the Exciter 3.4.1 and Drive
System 3.4.2.
Electric Motor Installation

Refer to Appendix for Electric Motor Installation Commissioning information.

IOMrevA.docx
Exciter Universal Joint Drive Shaft Installation
WARNING
Injury from free movement of drive shaft during transportation and installation
Personal injury to Hands or Fingers
–Prior to working on equipment:
1. Keep Hands or Fingers away from free moving Joints and Flange Yokes when handling and
installing Drive Shaft.
2. Ensure Drive and Companion shaft do not separate and crush Hands or Fingers in the tilting Flange
yoke.
2 Ensure Drive and Companion shaft do not separate and crush Hands or Fingers under
unsupported shafts.
NOTICE
Damage to Drive Shaft and Equipment from Mis-alignment
If a shaft assembly has accidentally been pulled completely apart, care must be taken when pushing
both Drive and Companion shafts back together again so the Yokes align.
Schenck Vibrating Feeder have one Electric Motor driving one or more Exciter Mechanisms that work
together to produce the Vibrating motion of the Equipment.
The Electric Motor is directly connected to the Exciter by the Splined Drive shaft. The direction of Drive
Shaft rotation is not important for the Exciter but will be defined if there is an Exciter Monitoring System
(Condition Monitoring) installed
The Drive Shaft is a Tubular Splined Shaft with a flexible Coupling at each end.
Danger
cleaning.
crushed by material
Tools required for Drive Shaft installation are: ▪

• 8mm Allen Key or 8mm In-Hex Socket for M12 Socket Head Cap Screws.
• 16 A/F Ring/Open End Spanner for M10 Nyloc Nuts.
• 19mm Allen Key or 19mm In-Hex Socket for M24 Socket Head Cap Screws.

IOMrevA.docx
9 1 11 10 4 12 6 7
2 3 14 13 10 11 14 5 9 8
Figure 1.4.19-1: Universal Joint Exciter Drive Shaft Assembly
Item Description
1 Exciter Coupling
2 M24 Safety Washer – Exciter Coupling
3 M24 Socket Head Screw Cap – Exciter Coupling
4 Universal Joint Drive Shaft Assembly
5 Lay Shaft Coupling
6 M12 Socket Set Screw – Lay Shaft Coupling
7 M12 Lock Nut – Lay Shaft Coupling
8 Lay Shaft Key
9 M10 Coupling Bolt
10 M10 Coupling Nyloc Nut
11 M10 Coupling Safety Washer
12 Drive Shaft
13 Companion Shaft
14 Flange Yokes
NOTE: For complete Drive Shaft Assembly Drawing, refer to DRAWING LIST: Part 4
The Exciter Coupling (1) and Lay Shaft Coupling (5) are normally workshop fitted to the Exciter and Lay
Shaft. These items must be in place in order to install the Exciter Drive Shaft. If these couplings are not
fitted, refer to Section 1.4.21 “Field Mount Lay Shaft coupling” and Section 1.4.22 “Field Mount Drive
Exciter Coupling” procedures.
Mount the Exciter Universal Joint Drive Shaft to Exciter and Lay Shaft Couplings with the following
procedure.

IOMrevA.docx
1) Remove any contamination from the mounting holes (5A) in the Exciter Coupling (5). Refer to
Figure 1.4.19-2.
2) Remove any contamination from the mounting holes (1A) in the Lay Shaft Coupling (1). Refer
to Figure 1.4.19-3.
5A
Figure 1.4.19-2: Universal Joint Drive Lay Shaft Coupling Tapped Holes
Item Description
5A Thread of Tapped Holes – Lay Shaft Coupling
3) Lift the Universal Joint Drive Shaft Assembly (4) into position with the heavier end toward the
Lay Shaft (Orientation as per Figure 1.4.19-1). Retain that end with supplied Bolts (9), Nyloc
Nut (10) and Safety Washer (11) into the mounting holes (5A).
1A
Figure 1.4.19-3: Universal Joint Drive Exciter Coupling Tapped Holes

4) Repeat Step 3 with the Exciter Coupling (1). Retain that end with supplied Bolts (9), Nyloc Nut
(10) and Safety Washer (11) into the mounting holes (1A) See Figure 1.4.19-3
5) Tighten Nyloc Nut (10) as per Part 6 Appendix B ENG-SMS-510 - Schenck Process Australia
Vibrating Screens & Feeders to retaining the Splined Shaft Assembly (4) onto the Exciter
Coupling (1) and the Lay Shaft Couplings(5).
Lubricate Splines at installation and thereafter according to Section 3.4.2 Drive System Lubrication”.
Use Lithium saponified Grease, penetration 2, liquefying temperature 175-185ºC (e.g. Mobil Grease
HP), or an equivalent as per Table – “Grease Chart”. Lubrication is via a Grease Nipple on the Female-
Splined Shaft.

IOMrevA.docx
Universal Joint Drive Exciter Drive Shaft Offset

Initial offset of the Exciter Drive Shaft (2) is determined by the Motor Mount dimensions on the
Installation Drawings and is based on the calculated operating loads of the Machine in a “no material
load” condition. Refer to the Installation drawing for the allowable offset. See Figure 1.4.20-1 “Drive
Shaft Offset” (X).
Figure 1.4.20-1: Universal Joint Drive Shaft Offset
Item Description
1 Lay Shaft Axis
2 Exciter Drive Shaft
3 Exciter Axis
X Refer to Installation drawing for recommended offset
During Loaded/Wet Commissioning, the Drive Shaft offset may exceed the maximum alignment
allowance shown in the Installation drawing. In this case, the Drive assembly/tower will require
adjustment for the Machine to operate within tolerance during normal working loads.
Adjusting the Drive Shaft Offset is achieved as follows (refer Drive Assembly Drawings - Section 4.2.1):
1) Observe carefully the offset of the Exciter Drive Shaft (2) while the Machine is operating with
normal Material loads and determine the Lay Shaft (1) base height change required achieving
alignment as above.
2) Adjust Exciter Drive Shaft alignment by adjusting the position Drive Assembly.
3) Height of the Lay Shaft is adjusted with the addition of Shims under the Lay Shaft Base Plate.
4) Transverse position of the Drive Assembly is adjusted by slotted mounting holes in the pedestal
(if applicable).
5) Check the position of the Guard to ensure there is clearance on all sides between the Guard,
Pulleys and Belts. Tighten the Lay Shaft base, and Guard Bracket positioning bolts as per Part
6 Appendix B - ENG-SMS-510 - Schenck Process Australia Vibrating Screens & Feeders and
tighten any Lock-Nuts securely.
Mount the Exciter Swing Segment Guards and Drive Shaft Guards as shown on the Installation Drawing.
Use self-Locking Nuts. For Bolts fitted into tapped holes, use “Loctite” grade 242.

IOMrevA.docx
Field Mount Universal Joint Drive Shaft Lay Motor Coupling

The Lay Shaft Coupling (2) connects the Universal Joint Drive Shaft (1) to the Lay Shaft and is normally
Workshop-fitted. Where the Lay Shaft Coupling needs to be Field-mounted, proceed as follows:
1 2
Figure 1.4.21-1: Field Mount Universal Joint Drive Shaft Motor Coupling
Item Description
1 Exciter Universal Joint Drive Shaft
3 M12 Socket Set Screw
4 M12 Locknut
5 Lay Shaft Key
1) Identify the Lay Shaft Coupling (2), Locking Screw (3), Lock Nut (4) and Lay Shaft Key (5) from
the Drive Shaft Assembly Drawing.
2) Fit the Key (5) to the Lay Shaft.
3) Coat the end of the Lay Shaft and the Bore of the Lay Shaft Coupling (2) with anti-seize
compound or lubricant.
4) Press the Lay Shaft Coupling (2) onto the Lay Shaft.
5) Install the Locking Screw (3) with a Lock Nut (4) and tighten as per Part 6 Appendix B ENG-
SMS-510 - Schenck Process Australia Vibrating Screens & Feeders.

IOMrevA.docx
Field Mount Universal Joint Drive Shaft Exciter Coupling

The Exciter Coupling (1) that connects the Universal Joint Drive Shaft (4) to the Exciter is normally
Workshop fitted to the Exciter. In the case where the Exciter Coupling needs to be Field-mounted,
proceed as follows:
1 2 3 4
Figure 1.4.22-1: Field Mount Universal Joint Drive Shaft Exciter Coupling
Item Description
1 Exciter Coupling
2 M24 Safety Washer
3 M24 Socket Head Cap Screw
4 Exciter Universal joint Drive Shaft
1) Identify the Exciter Coupling (1), Socket Head Cap-Screws (3) and Safety Washers (2) from the
Drive Shaft Assembly Drawing.
2) Identify and clean the bolting regions of the Coupling and Exciter Swing Segment to be free of
rust, scale, paint, oil or grease.
3) Position the Coupling (1) on the Swing Segment of the Exciter and retain with temporary M24
Bolts.
4) Replace the temporary M24 Bolts on the Exciter Coupling (1) with supplied Socket Head Cap-
Screws (3) and Safety Washers (2), securing with Loctite 242 and progressively tightening the
Cap Screw to a final torque of 710Nm.

IOMrevA.docx
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Swing Segment Alignment

The Exciter consists of two sets of identical swing segments, each driven in a counter rotating motion.
The motion of these swing segments are synchronised or indexed by the Drive Gears. The result is one
swing segment is moving in a mirrored opposite motion to the other.
When setting up multiple Exciters, the Swing Segments are aligned to be in the same positions. See
Figure 1.4.23-1.
Figure 1.4.23-1: Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Multiple Exciters – Swing Segments aligned
DANGER
Alignment of the Exciter is measured by the distance between the counter rotation Swing Segments on
one Exciter. This is compared to the same measurement of the corresponding Swing Segments on
adjacent Exciters. Each of these distances should be within 3mm of each other.
1) Alignment can be achieved by restraining one Exciter to prevent rotation and then rotating the
second Exciter until the Swing Segments are in the same position.
2) Measure the distance between the Machined Plug Weight holes in the Swing Segment of each
Exciter, normally the distance between the middle of the 5 holes in each segment. It may be
practical to measure to the edge of the Plug Weight holes - see Figure 1.4.23-2 .
3) Measurements of one Exciter should be equal to the other Exciter measurement within 3mm.
Best performance will be obtained when the Non-Drive Exciter is leading the Drive Side Exciter.
Note: “Leading” means the Exciter is rotated in the Drive direction compared to the other.

IOMrevA.docx
Figure 1.4.23-2: Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Swing Segment measurements

Table 1.4.23-1: Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Swing Segments
Item Description
1 Outer Swing Segment Plug Weight (Measure at inside face)
2 Corresponding Inner Swing Segment Plug Weight (Measure at outside face)
Table 1.4.23-2: Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Exciter Alignment

Intermediate Shaft Type
Number of Exciters Rubber Coupling – Distance Universal Joint Coupling -
see Figure 1.4.24-1 Distance see Figure 1.4.24-1
2 +/-2mm +/-2mm

IOMrevA.docx
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Exciter Phasing

Exciter Phasing is a deliberate modification of the “alignment” to provide a beneficial Exciter set-up.
DANGER
DANGER
1
3
5 4
Figure 1.4.24-1: Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Multiple Exciters Phasing
Item Description
1 Drive Exciter
2 Intermediate Shaft
3 Driven Exciter
4 Drive Exciter Connection
5 “Driven” - Exciter Connection
Phasing of Exciters is where a “Driven Exciter” is rotated and set in advance of the “Driving Exciter”. See
Table 1.4.24-1.
This is achieved by adjusting the Intermediate shaft (4) bolted connection (5) to the Driven Exciter Swing
Segment.
Observe and note direction of Drive rotation. Direction of Exciter Phasing is relative to this direction.
1) Rotate Coupling connection (4) on the Drive Exciter (1) in the same direction as the Drive
Rotation.
2) Rotate Coupling connection (5) in Driven Exciter (2) in the opposite direction as the Drive
Rotation.
3) The Driven Exciter Swing Segment should be 2mm in advance of the Drive Exciter.
4) Loctite and Tighten M24 Socket Head Cap Screws in Shaft (2) as described in Intermediate
Shaft Installation procedure. See clause 1.4.25.23.

IOMrevA.docx
3 1
5 2 4
Figure 1.4.24-2: Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Exciters Phasing - Intermediate Shaft position
Item Description
1 Drive Exciter
3 Driven Exciter
4 Drive Exciter Connection
5 “Driven” - Exciter Connection
Table 1.4.24-1: Exciter Phase Offset

No of Exciters Drive Exciter (1) Driven Exciter (3)
1 Datum Datum
2 Datum 0 – 2mm from Drive Exciter

IOMrevA.docx
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Intermediate Shaft Installation

Schenck Process Vibrating Feeder have one Electric Motor driving multiple Exciter mechanisms that
work together to produce the vibrating motion of the Feeder.
The Motor Vee Belt Drive is connected to the first Exciter by the Drive Shaft and further Exciters are
connected by Intermediate Shafts that transmit the Drive power from one Exciter to the next and ensure
that the Exciters are in alignment (i.e. are synchronised or “in phase”).
DANGER
Rapid structural damage of the machine
Schenck Intermediate Shafts are Tubular Shafts with a Flexible Rubber Element at each end.
Danger
cleaning.
crushed by material
1. Isolate Electrical supply to Vibrator Motors, Drive Motors and Material feed according to site safety
procedures.
Tools required for Intermediate Shaft installation are:

• 19mm Ring/Open End Spanner for M12 Hex Head Screws
• Shifting Spanner or 30mm A/F Spanner for 30A/F Shaft Coupling Pins
• 19mm Allen Key or 19mm In-Hex Socket for M24 socket Head Cap Screws
DANGER
Swing Segment alignment
If Exciters are not aligned rapid structural failure of the machine will occur.
– Alignment can be achieved by restraining one Exciter to prevent rotation and then rotating the
second Exciter until the Swing Segment are in the same position.
1. Measure the distance between the Machined Plug Weight holes in the Swing Segment as they
overlap.
2. Measurements should be equal within 3mm for each Exciter. Best performance will be obtained
when the Non-Drive Exciter is leading the Drive Side Exciter.
⇨“Leading” means the Exciter is rotated in the Drive direction

IOMrevA.docx
9 10
6 7 8 5
8 7 6
1 4 3 2 3 1
Figure 1.4.25-1: Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Intermediate Shaft Assembly
Item Description
1 Exciter Coupling
2 Rigid Shaft Assembly
3 Rubber Disc Coupling (Solid Coupling)
4 Exciter Coupling Pin
5 Shaft Coupling Pin
6 Bolts – Coupling Pin
7 Safety Washer – Coupling Pin
8 Flat Washer – Coupling Pin
9 Safety Washer – Exciter Coupling
10 Socket Head Cap Screw – Exciter Coupling
DANGER
Check and confirm that the Exciter Swing Segment are aligned from side to side and restrained in
position.
Ensure Exciter Coupling (1) is fitted to the Exciter Swing segment.

IOMrevA.docx
5A 5
4A 4
Figure 1.4.25-2: Intermediate Coupling Pins – Clean Thread
Item Description
4 Exciter Coupling Pin
4A Exciter Coupling Pin Thread
5 Shaft Coupling Pin
5A Shaft Coupling Pin Thread
Clean the Exciter Coupling Pins (4) and the Shaft Coupling Pins (5), taking care to remove
contamination from the M12 hole in each Coupling Pin, refer to Figure 1.4.25-2 - items (4A) and (5A).
Coat the Exciter Coupling Pins with Anti-seize compound. Do not get Anti-seize in the tapped holes
(4A).
Fit the Rubber Discs Coupling (3) onto each of the Exciter Coupling Pins (4).
Check again that all M12 holes in each Exciter Coupling Pin (4A) and Shaft Coupling Pins (5A) are
clean; prepare the hole with Loctite Primer.
Fit the Flat Washers (8), Safety Washers (7) and M12 Bolts (6) to secure Rubber Discs (3) snug tight.
Lift the Intermediate Shaft assembly (2) into position.
Check that the Shaft Coupling Pin holes on one side of the Intermediate Shaft are clean and prepare
hole with Anti-seize compound.
Insert 3 (three) Shaft Coupling Pins (5) through the Intermediate Shaft flange into Rubber Disc Coupling
(3) at one end.
Repeat steps 9) and 10) at the opposite end of the Intermediate Shaft Assembly (2).
Check to confirm that the Exciters are in phase as per step 1) and “Swing Segment alignment”
information. Adjust Exciter Coupling position if required.
IOMrevA.docx
Mark position of Exciter Coupling (1) on Exciter Swing Segment, scribe line on Segment and Coupling or
Pin punch both to indicate alignment.
Remove Intermediate Shaft Assembly (2) and Rubber Couplings (3).
Check alignment marks show Coupling is correctly located.
Reinstall Rubber Couplings (3) onto Exciter Coupling Pins (4). Repeat steps 3) to 12) with the additional
instruction of installing M12 bolts with Loctite.
Fit all Flat Washers (8), Safety Washers (7) and M12 Bolts (6), secure with Loctite and torque to 90 Nm.
Repeat for opposite end of the Intermediate Shaft.
Tighten Exciter Coupling Pin Bolts.
Loctite and fully tighten M24 Cap Screws (10) to a final torque of 710 Nm, attaching the Exciter Coupling
to the Exciter Swing Segment.

IOMrevA.docx
Field Mount Intermediate Shaft Exciter Coupling

Exciter Couplings that connect the Intermediate Shafts to the Exciters are normally Shop-assembled. In
the case where the Exciter Couplings need to be Field-mounted, proceed as follows.
4
3
2 1
Figure 1.4.26-1: Field Mount Intermediate Exciter Coupling
Item Description
2 Exciter Coupling
3 Socket Head Cap Screw
4 Safety Washer
Identify the Exciter Coupling (2), Socket Head Cap Screws and Safety Washers (4) from Intermediate
Shaft Assembly Drawing.
Check to confirm that the Exciters are in phase as per “Swing Segment alignment” information. Adjust
Exciter Coupling position if required.
Identify and clean the Bolting regions of the Exciter Coupling (2) and Exciter Swing Segment to ensure
they are free from Rust, Scale, Paint, Oil or Grease.
Position the Coupling (2) on the Swing Segment of one Exciter and retain with temporary M24 Bolts.
Repeat steps 1) to 4) above for the second Exciter Coupling.
Check that the three Coupling Pins in each Exciter Coupling (2) are in line.
Leave the temporary M24 Bolts snug tight in the Exciter Coupling (2) to allow Exciter alignment.
Check to confirm that the Exciters are in phase. Adjust Exciter Coupling position if required.
Mark position of Exciter Coupling (2) on Exciter Swing Segment, scribe line on Segment and Coupling or
Pin punch both to indicate alignment.
Remove Intermediate Shaft assembly (1).
Check alignment marks to show Coupling is correctly located.
Refer to Section 1.4.24 For Final Phase positions of the Exciter Coupling.
Replace the temporary M24 Bolts on the Exciter Coupling (2) with supplied Socket Head Cap-Screws (3)
and Safety Washers (4), securing with Loctite 242 and progressively tightening the Cap Screw to a final
torque of 710Nm.

IOMrevA.docx
Dust Housing Installation

The Dust Cloths can be installed by wrapping the edges of the cloth around the Grip Rods leaving
approximately 50mm excess. The cloths can then be secured into their position on the Grip Rods by
installing Grip Strips.
Grip Strips hold the cloth in position. Install by tapping with a heavy Mallet until in position. In case of
difficulty, moisten the cloth over the round bar and the lips of the strip with a soap solution or “Windex”
Spray cleaner.
Use the Latch Handle to draw the cloth into final position and tension. Lock the Latch Handle in place by
securing the Latch Hook.
8 6
7
Figure 1.4.27-1: Dust Housing Assembly
NOTE: For complete Dust Housing Installation Drawing, Refer Drawing List: 4.2.1
Item Description
1 Rubber Cloth
2 Latch Cleat
3 Latch Hook
4 Side Plate Grip Rod
5 Rubber Dust Cloth
6 Grip Rod Angle
7 Feeder Grip Rod
8 Rubber Grip Strip
9 Latch Handle – tensioning Grip Rod assembly
Arrange the sealing cloth so that it is neither too taut, nor too slack. Ideally the length of cloth used
between the grip rods should be 40 - 50mm greater than the gap between the grip rods.
For some Dust Housing arrangements multiple Dust Cloths may be required. If this is the case, install
cloths with a length overlap of approximately 150mm so as to ensure the system seals effectively. See
Figure 1.4.27-2.

IOMrevA.docx
Figure 1.4.27-2: Overlapping Dust Cloths
Item Description
1 Dust Cloth overlap – 150mm
2 Dust Cloth
The cloth should not be subjected to tensile stresses at an angle of 90°or more.
If the cloth is subjected to tensile stresses, the Grip Strip should be positioned as shown in Figure
1.4.27-3 example of the Top Cover Panel of a Dust Housing.
2 1
Figure 1.4.27-3: Position under Tensile Load

Item Description
1 Dust Cloth overlap
2 Grip Strip
Condition Monitoring Equipment Installation

Installation of Condition Monitoring Equipment is to be as described in the Condition Monitoring System Manual.

IOMrevA.docx
Commissioning
Commissioning of Exciter Driven Vibrating Feeders
All work practices shall conform to site safety procedures and shall be carried out after the receipt of all
necessary “Work Permits”, e.g. “Hot Work Permit”.
Schenck Process Feeders are conveying machines that have a variable drive speed. Changing the
drive speed changes the conveying speed.
Feeders are used to discharge crushed material from Surge Bins and Hoppers at a controlled rate. As
the material moves along the Feeder it is distributed evenly across the Feeder Pan and to a Schenck
Process Vibrating Screen.
Prior to the initial running of a Feeder, check that all static clearances are in accordance with the
dimensions shown on the Schenck Process Installation Drawing. N.B. These are safe operating
clearances, not the distances that the Feeder will move in operation or during shut-down.
When a Feeder is started (or shut down), the Feeder’s vibration frequency will coincide briefly with the
natural resonance frequency of the spring suspension system and spring resonance will occur.
The Feeder Drive Motor is sized to quickly accelerate the Feeder through the expected spring
resonance zone. However, during shut down, the Feeder will take 1-2 minutes to coast to a standstill.
As the Feeder passes slowly through the spring resonance zone, the stroke length will increase
considerably. This is normal and at low speed, does no damage unless the Feeder impacts upon
stationary objects.
Feeder Drive Motors are sized so as to reach operating speed quickly and must be connected for Direct
On-Line starting.
DANGER
There is a danger to life from electrical shocks
– Prior to start-up always have a qualified personnel confirm components are neither damaged or
defective:
1. The integrity of the electrical insulation of all electric motors must be confirmed
2. Qualified personnel must immediately replace or if possible repair damaged or defective electrical
motors
Confirm all drive equipment is correctly installed, that Exciters are free to rotate, all guards are in place
and that Emergency Stop devices are functional.
Confirm that all Pan Liners and Side Wear Plate have been installed, bolts have been fully tightened.
Inspect all items listed in the Commissioning Checklist contained within Section 1.5.4 and verify correct
operation.
• Confirm workers adjacent to the Feeder (including those on levels above and below) are aware
that a Feeder start up is to be performed and they are clear of possible hazards.
DANGER
1. Number of Plug Weights are not equal in each pair of corresponding Swing Segment
2. Plug weight pattern is not the same for each pair of corresponding Swing Segment

IOMrevA.docx
DANGER
Exciter mechanisms are supplied without oil
Catastrophic Exciter damage on start-up will result if it is not filled with oil.
– Prior to start-up:
1. Refer to Section 3.4.1 for Exciter Lubrication Information.
2. Confirm the Exciter Mechanism has been filled with the correct level as per Table 3.4.1-2 or Table
3.4.1-3 for each Exciter and suitable oil as per Table 3.4.1-4: Oil Type and Viscosity Chart.
⇨ Schenck Process Australia Exciters utilise oil splash lubrication with internal Oil Flingers, felt oil
Seals and an external Labyrinth that is initially grease packed. New Exciters often shed grease
from the Labyrinth Seals. This is not a fault and the Labyrinths do not require regreasing.
Check that all personnel are clear of the Feeder and that no tools or materials have been left on the
vibrating structure or inside any of the Hollow Beams or Cross-Members.
The VVVF electrical speed controller must be programmed to accelerate the Feeder to operating speed
in approximately 10 seconds. Ensure that the speed controller is accurately calibrated to operate the
Feeder at the correct speed.
To prevent the motor from overheating or damage to the Feeder or Exciter, ensure the controller limits
the motor speed to within the range specified on the Installation Drawing.
Start up may now be carried out and the Feeder checked for normal operation. Initial start-up shall be
without Feed Material on the Pan and correct operation confirmed. Start up must always be from rest,
that is, after shut down, allowing the Feeder motion to cease completely before restarting.
DANGER
Restarting the Feeder before all motion has ceased
Catastrophic failure of the Feeder and surrounding equipment will result.
– Excessive stroke can occur if Feeder is restarted while slowing down:
1. The equipment must be at a complete stop before restarting.
⇨ The Feeder moves through frequencies of excessive stroke during shut-down. The period of time
spent at these frequencies is normally short but can be prolonged is start-up recommences at these
speed
Measure the Feeder stroke as described in Section 1.5.3 and confirm correct operation without Feed
Material.
Listen for any loose items in or on the Feeder. Do not operate the Feeder with loose bolts or other loose
items, as irreparable damage to the Feeder structure will rapidly occur.
Feeders installed beneath bins or hoppers can be damaged by overloading during the initial filling of the
bin. Take care to avoid dropping large rocks onto an empty Feeder as this will cause excessive impact
load, possibly deforming the Feeder pan and certainly reducing the service life of the machine.
Likewise, large quantities of fines dumped rapidly into the bin may produce a hydraulic type of bin
loading many times greater in magnitude than normal operating loads. The load may be large enough to
compress the support springs solid, removing all vibration isolation between the Feeder and its support
structure. If the Feeder is operated with the springs compressed solid, it will be damaged and may
cause damage to the support structure. Fill bins in stages by slowly adding fine material, as an initial fill
to provide a ‘cushion’ for large lumps, then normal material. Operate the Feeder briefly between each
load of material to reduce compaction but avoid emptying the bin unnecessarily.
Observe material flow onto the Feeder. The bin outlet / feed chute must be adjusted so that the following
occur:
Material spreads evenly and continuously across the entire width of the Feeder.
The Feeder action shears material from bin outlet and conveys it away so that further material
flows out, rather than activating the material within the bin.
Measure the Feeder Stroke as described in Section 1.5.3 and confirm correct operation with Feed
material.

IOMrevA.docx
Check all bolts for tightness in accordance with Part 6 Appendix B after the first 50 hours of operation
and every 1000 hours of operation thereafter and as specified in the Maintenance section of this manual.
Check the Exciter operating temperature with an oil immersion probe (e.g. CONiQ system temperature
monitor) frequently during the first 50 hours of continuous operation to ensure correct selection of
lubricating oil for the measured service temperature.
Exciters will take approximately one hour of continuous operation to reach their stable operating
temperature. N.B. Variation after that will follow the ambient temperature and may result from changing
exposure to direct sunlight.

IOMrevA.docx
Equipment Testing and Monitoring

In order to ensure correct operation and ongoing reliability of Schenck Process vibrating screens, it is
Schenck Process’ recommendation that as a minimum, ‘complete equipment testing’ is undertaken at
the following times:
• At time of commissioning of a new or refurbished screen
• Whenever the type or construction of the deck system is changed; this includes, but is not
limited to, changes in the thickness or material of the aperture or blank panels, changes in deck
manufacturer, changes in fixing systems and changes in height or thickness of side liners;
Schenck Process should be consulted prior to any such change.
• After completion of any maintenance work which involves replacement or repair of any major
structural component; including but not limited to, crossbeams, exciter beams, sideplate or
backplate (modal testing is generally not required after changing an exciter, drive components
or springs but checking for correct exciter phase and plug weight pattern is essential in these
circumstances).
• After the addition or removal of any ancillary items whether or not they were originally fitted to
the screen, such as dust sealing components, dynamic guards or rubber curtains – Schenck
Process should be consulted prior to the addition or removal of such items.
• If there are indications that the screen motion is irregular.
‘Complete equipment test’ data consists of Stroke cards, completed check list, Modal test and
accelerometer measurement data.
Electronic Orbit measurement can be taken in place of stroke cards if the horizontal reference plane is
defined at set-up giving accurate data output.
Equipment Test data is to be sent to Schenck Process Engineers for analysis in order to ensure
equipment is compliant with warranty and handover conditions and the equipment operates and is
maintained in accordance with the IOM manual.
Consideration should also be given, where practical, to including testing of Schenck Process vibrating
screens in the routine site condition monitoring programme.
The vibrating equipment should be regularly monitored to measure correct operation and predict when
heavily loaded and wear components reach the end of service life. For example heavily loaded Exciter
bearings have shorter life expectancy than the same bearing under lighter loads due to service factors.
Regularly recording data such as Exciter Bearing temperature, exciter speed and wear plate thicknesses
is advised to monitor component condition and predict end component service life
It is expected that the service life of Exciters, Decks and drive components are much shorter that of well-
maintained Screen and will require replacement during the Screen life.

IOMrevA.docx
Measuring the Feeder Stroke
Stroke length and angle (φ) can be ascertained by making a tracing of the Feeder motion as follows:
1) Stroke tracings can be made using a small business size card attached to each corner and to
the centre of the side plate using adhesive tape for a total of six cards. It is recommended to
write the location on each card before mounting and to check they are in the nominated location
and the same relative location side to side. Special cards are available from Schenck Process
for this purpose.
2) Mark a horizontal reference line on the card using a spirit level (it can be beneficial to mark a
horizontal line on the screen first, this helps get the orientation consistent and also to be able to
put the next set of cards in the same location); keep the same end of the level towards the
discharge end of the Feeder.
3) Start the Feeder and wait until operation has stabilised. N.B. A low speed secondary vibration
may take some time to dissipate.
4) Determine the general direction of stroke by observing marks on the surface of the side plate.
Spots will appear to become lines. This line indicates the stroke direction.
5) Hold a pen as stationary as possible using both hands and touch it lightly against the card so as
to obtain a line as the Feeder moves against the pen. N.B. Avoid using a pen with a loose nib
which will reduce stoke markings or a “micro ball” pen as these are not very robust.
6) Repeat the previous step to obtain a number of lines which should be parallel.
7) Finally, hold a pen as before and touch it lightly against the card while moving the pen as much
at right angles to the stroke as possible. This will produce a zig-zag on the card as the Feeder
moves against the pen.
8) Repeat the previous steps for each card.
9) Stop the Feeder (if required) and remove the cards; sliding a small steel ruler behind the card is
an effective method or removal that minimises distortion of the card.
10) From the tracing on the card, the stroke angle (φ) and stroke length (S) can be measured as
shown in Figure 1.5.3-1.
Stroke and angle of throw readings at each corner of the Feeder may be slightly different. This is not
unusual as the means of measurement requires practice. Consult Schenck Process if variations exceed
5% of reading for cards made by an experienced operator.
7 5 6
6 7 5
1
1
3 3
2 4 4 2
Typical Stroke Card – Left Hand of Machine* Typical Stroke Card – Right Hand of Machine*
* Left and Right are defined when looking in the direction of material transport
Figure 1.5.3-1: Typical Stroke Card
Item Description
1 Card Location on Equipment
2 Stroke Length = S
3 Stroke Angle = φ
4 Reference Line
5 Date Stroke Card taken
6 Zig Zag Stroke Trace – Two per card
7 Equipment Serial Number

IOMrevA.docx
Exciter Driven Feeder Commissioning Checklist
Project Name: Serial No.
Job No. Model No.
Client: Equipment No.
Exciter Serial No.(Drive Side)

Site Location:
Vibrator Motor Serial No.(Upper)
Client Contact - Name: Exciter Serial No.

- Phone: (Centre)
Exciter Serial No.(Non Drive

Schenck Process
Side)Vibrator Motor Serial No
Technician:
(Lower)
Date: Motor Serial No.
Revision:
1 General Visual Inspection

1.1
Transport Damage ( No Yes (Specify)
1.2 Installation Damage No Yes (Specify)
1.3 Storage Damage No Yes (Specify)
1.4 Paint Condition– note any damage and record location on machine
1.5 Springs –Qty and Location as shown on machine drawing Yes No (Specify)
Spring Heights – (Note: measure and record spring length at centre LHD [mm] RHD [mm]
1.6 of spring pack, length must be equal within 4mm side to side; spring
vertical within 5mm LHF [mm] RHF [mm]
1.7 Spring Grommets match Springs Yes No (Specify)
1.8 Spring Grommets sitting flush and free from pinching. Yes No (Specify)
1.9 Spring Base Plates Secured Yes No (Specify)
1.10 Inclination of Pan Transverse In line
1.11 All Bolts Installed with Self Locking Nuts Yes No (Specify)
1.12 General Clearances between Feeder and Structure
1.13 Feed Chute Clearance Side LH Side RH
Back LH Back RH
Pan LH Pan RH
1.14 Underneath Angle Stiffeners / Drip Angle LH Feed End RH Feed End
LH Discharge End RH Discharge End
1.15 Clearance Between Discharge Chute and Feeder Top LH Top RH
Bottom LH Bottom RH
1.16 Clearance Between Underpan and Feeder Top LH Top RH
Bottom LH Bottom RH
1.17 Spray Bar clearances - general

IOMrevA.docx
2 Exciter and Drive Installation Inspection
2.1 Exciter Bolts Located Correctly Yes No (Specify)
2.2 Exciter Bolts with Nut and Washer Outside Beam Yes No
2.3 Exciter Bolts Tensioned Correctly Yes No
2.4 Electric Motor Couplings Key Secured in Keyway Yes No (Specify)
2.5 Electric Motor Couplings Grub Screw Secured with Lock nut Yes No (Specify)
2.6 Drive Shaft Couplings Secured and Aligned Yes No (Specify)
2.7 Intermediate Shaft Couplings Secured Yes No
2.8 Exciters Aligned in Phase Yes No (Specify)
2.9 V-Belts Tensioned and Aligned Yes No (Specify)
2.10 V-Belt Tension (Actual tension) [mm]
2.11 Oil Level in Exciters (measure using dipstick) [mm]
2.12 Oil Type in Exciters
2.13 Drive Shaft Spline Lubricated Yes No
2.14 Intermediate Shaft Spline Lubricated Yes No
2.15 Guards Secured Yes No
2.16 Guards clearance between static and moving parts Yes No
2.17 Motor Pulley Dia. PCD
2.18 Lay shaft Pulley Dia. PCD
2.19 Drive/Motor Location L.H Center R.H.
2.20 Exciter Rotation
Clockwise Counter Clockwise
2.21 Pug Weight or Vibrator Motor Setting
3 Wear Parts Installation Inspection
3.1 Feed Plates Secured Yes No (Specify)
3.2 Liners Secured Yes No (Specify)
3.3 Discharge Plate Secured Yes No (Specify)
3.4 Side Clamps Secured Yes No (Specify)
3.5 Check Clearance with Feed Chute
3.6 Check Clearance with Discharge Chute

IOMrevA.docx
4 Test Run Without Material
4.1 Feeder Clearing Structure During Start Up and Shut Down Yes No (Specify)
4.2 Are any Unusual Noises present Yes Possible source
No
4.3 Feeder Stroke Angle and Reading (Attach Stroke Cards To Report) LHD [mm] [deg] RHD [mm] [deg]
LHC [mm] [deg] RHC [mm] [deg]
LHF [mm] [deg] RHF [mm] [deg]

Isolation Frame Stroke Angle and Reading (Attach Stroke Cards To
4.4 LHD [mm] [deg] RHD [mm] [deg]
Report)
4.5 Exciter Temperature (attach Exciter temperature Sheet to Report) Drive [°C] Ambient [°C]
Center [°C] Ambient [°C]
Non drive [°C] Ambient [°C]
4.6 Exciter Drive Speed (measure & record) [rpm]
4.7 Motor Current Draw [A]
4.8 Shut Down Transient
4.9 Unusual Motion In The Feeder Yes Describe
No
4.10 Structure Vibration Yes Describe
(Descriptions e.g. mild continuous, sever transient, periodic) No
Comments

IOMrevA.docx
5 Test Run With Material
5.1 Leakage of Material No Yes (Specify)
5.2 Motor Current Draw No Yes (Specify)
5.3 Free From Unusual Noise Yes Possible source
No
Feeder Stroke Angle and Reading (Attach Stroke Cards To
Report)
LHC [mm] [deg] RHC [mm] [deg]

Isolation Frame Stroke Angle and Reading (Attach Stroke Cards
To Report)
Exciter Temperature (attach Exciter temperature Sheet to Report) Drive [°C] Ambient [°C]
Center [°C] Ambient [°C]
Non Drive [°C] Ambient [°C]
5.7 Exciter Drive Speed (measure & record) [rpm]
5.8 Motor Current Draw [A]
5.9 Feed Spreads Across Full Width of Pan Yes No (Specify)
5.10 Bed Depth Acceptable Yes No (Specify)
5.11 Free From Material Build Up Yes No (Specify)
5.12 Shut Down Transient
5.13 Unusual Motion In The Feeder Yes Describe
No
5.14 Structure Vibration Yes Describe
(Descriptions e.g. mild continuous, sever transient, periodic) No
Comments

IOMrevA.docx
Test Run without material

Serial Number: Swing Segment Setting
Model Number: Vibrator Motor Setting:
Exciter / Motor: Exciter Phase:
Tester’s Name: RPM:
Date: Test Duration:
LEFT HAND DISCHARGE RIGHT HAND DISCHARGE
Difference in Angle (∆°):°
RIGHT HAND CENTRE
LEFT HAND CENTRE
Difference in Angle (∆°):
LEFT HAND FEED RIGHT HAND FEED
Difference in Angle (∆°): Sum of Difference in Angle (Σ∆°):
Spring Compression Yes No

Static Dynamic (with material) Measurement below included Grommets
recorded
LD (FS) (DS) RD (FS) (DS) Type: Qty:

Screen Spring
Heights *(mm)
LF (FS) (DS) RF (FS) (DS) Type: Qty:
Iso Frame Spring LD (FS) (DS) RD (FS) (DS) Type: Qty:

Heights*(mm)
(If applicable) LF (FS) (DS) RF (FS) (DS) Type: Qty:
*spring heights – record both feed side (FS)and discharge side (DS) spring heights in a pack then average figures

IOMrevA.docx
Test run with material

Serial Number: Swing Segment Setting
Model Number: Vibrator Motor Setting:
Exciter / Motor: Exciter Phase:
Tester’s Name: RPM:
Date: Test Duration:
LEFT HAND DISCHARGE RIGHT HAND DISCHARGE
Difference in Angle (∆°):°
RIGHT HAND CENTRE
LEFT HAND CENTRE
Difference in Angle (∆°):
LEFT HAND FEED RIGHT HAND FEED
Difference in Angle (∆°): Sum of Difference in Angle (Σ∆°):
Spring Compression Yes No

Static Dynamic (with material) Measurement below included Grommets
recorded
LD (FS) (DS) RD (FS) (DS) Type: Qty:

Screen Spring
Heights *(mm)
LF (FS) (DS) RF (FS) (DS) Type: Qty:
Iso Frame Spring LD (FS) (DS) RD (FS) (DS) Type: Qty:

Heights*(mm)
(If applicable) LF (FS) (DS) RF (FS) (DS) Type: Qty:
*spring heights – record both feed side (FS)and discharge side (DS) spring heights in a pack then average figures

IOMrevA.docx
6 Action Items
Action Required Date By
Schenck Process Personnel Client

Name Name
Signature Signature

IOMrevA.docx
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Double Exciter Temperature measurement sheet
Job No Model No Project Date
Serial No Equipment No Exciter Model Plug Weight Setting O O O O O
Thermometer Type Temperature measurement distance

Right Hand Exciter Serial No Left Hand Exciter Serial No
Right Hand Side Left Hand Side Right Hand Side Left Hand Side Layshaft Bearings Ambient
Time Feed Discharge Feed Discharge Feed Discharge Feed Discharge R/H Side L/H Side Temp
FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031-SDF304048D-IOMrevA.docx Page No: 83

This document is confidential and it is made available as a confidential disclosure on the understanding that it shall not be shown to, discussed with, or transmitted to third parties without the written
approval of Schenck Process Australia Pty Ltd
Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder Single Exciter Temperature measurement sheet
Job No Model No Project
Serial No Exciter Type
Equipment No Exciter Serial No
Date Plug Weight Setting Setting O O O O O
Thermometer Type Temperature measurement distance

Right Hand Side Left Hand Side Layshaft Bearings Ambient
Time Feed Discharge Feed Discharge R/H Side L/H Side Temp

This document is confidential and it is made available as a confidential disclosure on the understanding that it shall not be shown to, discussed with, or transmitted to third parties without the written
approval of Schenck Process Australia Pty Ltd
Ph: + 61 2 9886 6800 Ph: + 61 2 9043 8400 Ph: + 61 3 9300 8000 Ph: + 61 8 9494 6777 Ph: + 61 7 3511 4300 Ph: + 61 7 4952 7100 Ph: + 61 7 4930 1400
FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031- Page No: 85

SDF304048D-IOMrevA.docx
Operational Safety
Operational Safety precautions
Danger
cleaning.
crushed by material
DANGER
There is a danger to life from electrical shocks
– Prior to start-up always have a qualified personnel confirm components are neither damaged or
defective:
1. The integrity of the electrical insulation of all electric motors must be confirmed
2. Qualified personnel must immediately replace or if possible repair damaged or defective electrical
motors
DANGER
Operating a damaged Feeder
Rapid failure of the Feeder and surrounding equipment will result.
Always maintain the static clearances specified in the Installation Drawing from the Feeder to other
objects.
Always ensure proper maintenance is carried out on the Feeder in accordance with the Schenck
Process Maintenance Manual supplied.
Always follow site procedures for Feeder start-up and shut-down in addition to the procedures specified
in this manual. This will ensure the safety of both equipment and personnel.
If in doubt as to whether a Feeder is in sound operating condition, see the Schenck Process
Maintenance Manual, Part 3, and if further assistance is required, contact Schenck Process Australia.
Functional Description
Refer to 1.3.2 Equipment Function – Exciter Driven Feeder for the Functional Description.

Operating Procedure
Feeder and Exciter Start-up procedures
These procedures are in addition to the site procedures and are to be used in conjunction with them.
Refer also to Part 1, Section 1.5.1 – Commissioning of Exciter Driven Vibrating Feeders
Schenck Process Feeders are designed to start and stop under “Full Load conditions”.
DANGER
speed
Start-up must be from rest, that is, after shut down, allow the Feeder motion to cease completely before
re-starting. Restarting during Feeder run-down may cause excessive stroke to occur during passage
through the Spring resonance speed, causing damage to the Feeder when it impacts upon stationary
objects. Run down will take at least 2 minutes.
Starting the Feeder with a full load of material will cause additional wear on the motor drive system and
prolong the start-up resonance period. It should be avoided if maximum service life of the equipment is
to be obtained.
Material in excess of the normal Feeder burden or localised accumulation of adherent material must be
removed.
Operating the Feeder with a material load that exceeds the design capacity will result in lower
operating efficiencies.
Operating the Feeder in a highly overloaded condition will cause permanent damage and
reduce the service life of the Feeder. In extreme cases it will cause the support Springs to be
compressed solid and structural failure of the Feeder.
Visually check around the Feeder to ensure there is nothing that has been moved or placed in an area
that may impact on the Feeder when started.
Ensure the VVF Speed controllers is calibrated and set to limit allowable operating speeds within the
maximum and minimum specified on the Installation Drawing. Failure to do this may cause the motor to
overheat or cause damage to the Feeder or Exciter.
See also Pre-start and Start-up Procedures for the Electric Motor, refer to Electric Motor Manual – See
Part 6 Appendix C.
Complete the Feeder start-up.
The Sound pressure level needs to be less than 85 dBA without material in free field conditions. If the
Sound pressure level is in excess of 85 dBA, hearing protection must be worn.
Electric Motor Operation

Refer to Appendix for Electric Motor Operation Information.
Operational Maintenance
Refer to Part 3 – Maintenance - Section 3.3.

Vibrating Feeder Operation

When a Feeder is started (or shut down), the Feeder vibrating frequency will coincide briefly with the
natural resonance frequency of the Spring suspension system and Spring resonance will occur. The
Feeder drive motor is sized to quickly accelerate the Feeder through the expected spring resonance
zone, however, during shut down, the Feeder will coast through the Spring resonance zone and the
Stroke length will increase considerably. This is normal and at low speed does no damage unless the
Feeder impacts upon stationary objects.
Feeder drive motors are sized so as to reach operating speed quickly and must be connected for direct
on line starting.
Feeder start-up must be from rest. That is, after shutdown, allow the Feeder motion to completely cease
before restarting or excessive stroke may occur during the passage through the Spring resonance
speed.
DANGER
speed
Equipment receiving material from the Feeder should be started and allowed to reach a stale operating
condition before the Feeder is started. This is particularly necessary if the Feeder discharges directly
onto a vibrating Screen.
Stop material feed and allow sufficient time for the material in the feed system to be discharged from the
Feeder before the Feeder is shut down.
Material in excess of the normal Feeder burden or localised accumulation of adherent material must be
removed.
• Operating the Feeder with a material load that exceeds the design capacity will result in lower
operating efficiencies.
• Operating the Feeder in a highly overloaded condition will cause permanent damage and
reduce the service life of the Feeder. In Extreme cases it will cause the support Springs to be
compressed solid and structural failure of the Feeder.
Observe material flow onto the Feeder. The bin outlet / feed chute must be adjusted so that the following
occur:
• Material spreads evenly and continuously across the entire width of the Feeder.
• The Feeder action shears material from bin outlet and conveys it away so that further
material flows out, rather than activating the material within the bin.
Where there is doubt that the Feeder is operating stably, stroke cards of the Feeder’s operation should
be taken as per Section 1.5.3 “Measuring the Feed Stroke”. Interpretation of these cards may require
consultation with Schenck Process Australia.

Equipment Operating Condition

Refer to Section 1.3.3 for the Equipment Configuration summary,
Exciter speed range: +0/-10rpm from speed shown on the installation drawing and Release certificate as
shown in Part 6 Appendix A.
For equipment Operating Stroke Limits, refer to Factory Acceptance test (FAT).
Refer to Section 1.5.2 for the frequency of equipment testing including Stroke card measurement.
Operating Spring heights.
Failure of multiple springs

Failure of one spring may indicate that the entire set of springs is reaching the service limit. It is
recommended that if one spring fails then all springs at that point of support are replaced.
Table 2.3.5-1: Spring Heights
Position Initial Operating Change out spring
spring pack height pack height*
(original installed
height less 15mm)
Screen feed end spring pack
Screen discharge end spring pack
Isolation Frame feed end spring pack
Isolation Frame discharge end spring pack
* Change spring pack when 15mm static sag from original installed height.
Note:
• Schenck Process recommends that when the sag limit is reached Spring packs on both sides
should be changed.
• Spring pack heights to be equal side to side within 4mm as per Installation Operation and
Maintenance manual Commissioning Checklist and installation drawings.
• Spring height are to be measured immediately after installation of new spring packs or at wet
commissioning and recorded in Table 2.3.5-1.
• Spring height information can be derived from commissioning release certificates
• Spring height to be the “average” spring length, measure each end of the spring pack and
average the measurement.

Material movement over the Feeder

The Transport Velocity of the material on the Feeder may be determined by making two marks on the
Feeder Body, a measured distance apart. Then measure the time taken for the material to move this
distance. A piece of paper or other visible marker is often used to aid measurement.
Attention must be paid to the location of bed depth measurement.
The Bed depth and Transport Velocity are influenced by many factors such as: Feeder Pan Slope,
Exciter speed range, Stroke length, Stroke angle, material in-feed rate and feed material properties (i.e.
lumpy, wet, dry, sharp particles).
Measuring the bed depth at the Feeder discharge will indicate the quantity of material that is being
discharged from the Feeder.
Crystalline and lumpy bulk materials having a dust content (-0.3 mm) of less than 10% are normally
easily handled. Powdery or sticky products are more difficult to handle and may require specific design
features (e.g. higher than normal Feeder acceleration) to obtain efficient feeding performance.
The Transport Velocity can be adjusted by changing the Stroke Length or the speed range of the
Exciter.
Normal operation:
Secondary Oxide Screen Tertiary Oxide Screen
Machine
Feeder Feeder
Stroke (S)* 7 – 9 mm 5 – 6 mm
Fixed Throw Angle – to Horizontal (ᶲ)* 20 20
Exciter Speed Range(revolutions per minute)* 650 - 950 650 - 900
* Theoretical data to be confirmed at testing
DANGER
Changes to Drive Motor Power, Exciter operating speed or Plug Weight Settings
– Do not change the Drive Motor Power, Exciter operating speed the Feeder or Plug Weigh settings
without the prior written approval of Schenck Process Engineers.
The angle of throw is selected at the time of initial design, depending on the material to be handled, the
inclination of the Pan and the feed effect (gentle; smaller angle, sharp; larger angle).
The operating speed is selected at design to suit the feeding process e.g. higher feed rates = higher
speed; lower feed rates = slower speed but it is finalised during workshop testing to ensure optimum
separation from natural resonance frequency of the Feeder body.
For this Feeder and easily handled material (non-sticky, particulate material), the following basic
transport rates will normally be obtained on the discharge stages of each Pan:
Secondary Oxide Tertiary Oxide Screen
Machine
Screen Feeder Feeder
Slope 10 10
Feeder Pan
Theoretical Transport Rate 6.6 - 16.8 m/min 1.2 - 8.4 m/min
NOTE: The transport rate for materials that are sticky or non-particulate will vary slightly, however,
the Feeder has been sized to allow for this.
The Volumetric delivery rate “Qv” depends on the width of the equipment (B = m) inside the Hopper Side
Liners, the depth of material conveyed (bed depth, H = m), and the transport velocity (v = m/s):
𝑄𝑄𝑣𝑣 = 𝐵𝐵 ∗ 𝐻𝐻 ∗ 𝑣𝑣 ∗ 3600 (𝑚𝑚3 /ℎ)

The mass delivery rate “Qm” (tonnes/h) may be calculated from the volumetric delivery rate and the
material bulk density “Db” (kg/m3) as follows:
𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄 = 𝑄𝑄𝑣𝑣 ∗ 𝐷𝐷𝑏𝑏 ÷ 1000𝑡𝑡/ℎ

Provided that the bulk density is known for the feed material the total mass throughput can be
calculated.

Shutdown Procedures
These procedures are in addition to the site procedures and are to be used in conjunction with them.
DANGER
speed
When a Feeder is started or shut-down, the Feeder vibrating frequency will coincide briefly with the
natural resonance frequency of the spring suspension system and spring resonance will occur. During
shut-down, the Feeder will coast through the spring resonance zone and the stroke length will increase
considerably. This is normal and at low speed does no damage unless the Feeder impacts upon
stationary objects.
Stop the material feed to the Feeder and allow sufficient time for the material in the feed system to be
discharged from the Feeder before the Feeder is shut down.
Complete the Feeder shutdown.
Recovery
Refer to Shutdown Procedures – 2.3.7 Shutdown Procedures.

Ph: + 61 2 9886 6800 Ph: + 61 2 9043 8400 Ph: + 61 3 9300 8000 Ph: + 61 8 9494 6777 Ph: + 61 7 3511 4300 Ph: + 61 7 4952 7100 Ph: + 61 7 4930 1400

Maintenance Safety
Maintenance Safety Procedures
Site safety procedures should be followed at all times. The installation, operation and maintenance
procedures in the Schenck Process manuals supplied with the Feeders are to be followed in conjunction
with site procedures, not as a replacement of site procedures.
Always follow all procedures relevant to the work being carried out as detailed in the Schenck Process
manuals supplied with the Feeders.
This manual does not contain specific information regarding national or state laws and regulations
regarding your company and personal legal obligation to Occupational, Health and Safety laws and/or
requirements for environmental protection. Specific information and compliance can include but not be
limited to;
• Risk assessment of machine installation, machine, associated equipment, machine operation,
maintenance, modifications to existing plant or after necessary “control measures” are put into
place where applicable.
• Training and registration of maintenance personnel to maintain the equipment in a fit and proper
state to perform the task as designed.
• The collation and storage of all plant maintenance and modification records.
• Isolation of system energy including surrounding equipment during plant maintenance and
inspection.
• “Lock-out” and / or “tag out” of system energy to prevent entanglement, engulfment or accident.
• Training and registration of operational personnel.
• Permit system to “enter confined spaces”.
• Permit system for the “Authority to work”.
• Development of process and equipment specific Standard Operating Procedures (SOP).
Schenck Process Australia Pty Ltd recommends that your company seeks the advice of the relevant
state authority regarding the applicable information and requirements, company OH&S manager, or an
independent OH&S consultant.
Danger
cleaning.
crushed by material
1. Isolate Electrical supply to Vibrator Motors, Drive Motors and Material feed according to site safety
procedures.
Work on the Feeder should be conducted only after the Feeder Drive or Vibrator Motor and material
Feed systems have been isolated according to site safety procedures.
Welding Schenck Process Vibrating Equipment can void equipment warranty and could cause a fire. Do
not attempt any welding repairs without prior consultation and consent from Schenck Process Australia
Engineers.

DANGER
Do not weld any parts of Vibrating Equipment
Rapid and catastrophic failure of the Equipment or chance of fire.
– Vibrating Equipment is subject to dynamic stress which will greatly increase as a result of any
welding process.
1. Do not attempt any welding procedures without prior consultation and consent of Schenck Process
Australia Engineers.
2. Seek written consent of any welding procedures from Schenck Process Australia Engineers
⇨ Welding Schenck Process Vibrating Equipment can Void warranty and cause a fire
WARNING
Flammable materials are used in the construction of Schenck Process Australia Equipment.
Carrying out “Hot Work” on equipment can cause fire in the Feeder and surrounding equipment.
– Some parts of the Vibrating Equipment are flammable. These include but not limited to Feeder Liner
components, Wear resistant coatings and Rubber Dust seals.
1. Ensure all safety precautions relating to Flammable materials are observed when working on or
around Schenck Process Australia Equipment
Before commencing maintenance on any drive components i.e. drive and Intermediate shafts, ensure
Exciter Swing Segments are in the rest position as shown in Figure 3.2.1-1
Swing
Segments
Figure 3.2.1-1: Exciter Swing Segments in "Rest position"

DANGER

Maintenance of Vibrating Feeders

Vibrating Feeder Component Description
The Feeders supplied are an assembly of the Feeder body, Exciter, the Drive Assembly and the
Isolation Frame (if supplied).
Feeder Body Assembly
The Feeder Body is the structural part of the machine. It supports the Feeder pan and connects it to the
Exciter, transmitting the force that produces the vibrating action of the Feeder. The main components
that make up the Feeder Body are the Exciter Beam, Side Plates, Cross Beams, Back Plate and Pan.
• Exciter Beam
The Beam onto which the Exciter mounts is called the Exciter Beam. It connects the Exciter to
the Side Plates (normally toward the top of the side plates) and transmits the Exciter force into
the Side Plates.
• Side plates
The Side Plates run parallel to the feed direction. One end of each Cross Beam, one end of the
Exciter Beam and one end of the Back Plate are all fixed onto each Side Plate. The Side Plates
transmit the vibration force from the Exciter Beam and distribute it through the Cross Beams.
• Back Plate
The Back Plate is at the Feed End of the Feeder, for structural rigidity and to stop Feed material
spilling off the Feed-End of the Feeder.
• Cross Beams
The vibration force from the Side Plates is transmitted to the Feeder Pan through the Cross
Beams. These Beams run underneath the Pan, perpendicular to the material flow with the
Feeder Pan on top of them. The Cross Beam layout determines the Pan.
• Feeder Pan
The Feeder Pan is the part of the Feeder that transports and distributes the material. It has a
wear resistant Pan Liners. There is a Back Plate and left and right wings to prevent material
spillage.
Feeder Exciter
The Feeder motion is caused by Schenck Process DF Series Exciter. These are a geared Exciter each
having two Shafts geared to counter-rotate in phase. Each Shaft has eccentric Counterweights at each
end, which produce a centripetal force when rotated. Coupled with the force of the weights on the other
Shaft, the resultant force produced is along a constant line and cause the Feeder to move. The size and
frequency of the force is related to the mass of the Counterweights and the speed of the Drive.
Drive Assembly
The Feeder Exciter is connected to the Drive Motor by a Drive shaft. The Exciter speed can be altered
via the VVVF electric speed controller during operation in order to accurately control the material feed
rate.
• Drive Motor
The Drive Motor is a Squirrel Cage electric motor. The Motors operate off 3 phase AC electrical
supply.
• VVVF electric speed controller (by others)
The speed controller is an electronic soft-start motor controller which governs the voltage,
current and frequency of the motor power supply in order to optimise the performance of the
motor and give the ability to adjust the motor speed without first stopping the Feeder, and hence
the control the Feeder material flow rate.
• Drive Shaft
The Drive Shaft is a Spline-jointed Universal Shaft with two flexible couplings transmitting the
Drive power from the Lay Shaft to the Drive Side Exciter. The flexible coupling allows the
moving Feeder to be connected to the stationary Lay Shaft.
• Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Intermediate Shaft
The •Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Exciters are connected by Intermediate Shafts that share
the Drive power between Exciters, ensuring they operate in phase.
• Vibration Monitoring Equipment
This equipment has been supplied and may be installed in order to monitor and interpret various
types of vibration that occur. The equipment has the capacity to monitor many potential
problem sources such as correct Feeder start up times or Exciter bearing condition. The

manual supplied with the Vibration Monitoring Equipment details its installation, operation and
maintenance requirements.
Isolation Frame
In order to isolate the building structure from the vibration produced by the Feeder, a massive frame is
placed on Springs under the Feeder. This frame is called the Isolation Frame and the mass/spring
combination is specifically tuned so as not to transmit frequencies around that at which the Feeder is
operating. Dampers are also used between the Isolation Frame and the Base to reduce vibration
amplitude during Feeder Start-up and Shutdown.

Vibrating Feeder Maintenance
Danger
cleaning.
crushed by material
Feeders operate under the most arduous conditions, working with material that is often highly abrasive
and/or corrosive. They perform in excess of one million stress cycles per day, so it is vitally important
that any defect or damage is rectified promptly. A minor problem, if ignored, may rapidly develop into a
major structural failure. This is because a minor problem will cause neighbouring components to be
more highly stressed, making failure there considerably more likely. Because the entire Feeder is
vibrating, it is crucial that all components be in sound condition.
STRICTLY OBSERVE
A minor problem, if ignored may rapidly develop into a major structural failure
Catastrophic failure of the Equipment
– Because the entire machine is vibrating:
1. It is crucial that components be in sound condition.
⇨ Minor problems will cause neighbouring components to be more highly stressed making failure
considerably more likely.
A general daily inspection of the Feeder and a systematic major inspection every 200 hours operation
will result in lower maintenance costs, less lost production and more profitable operation. See Section
3.5.2 for the minimum maintenance schedules.
The Exciter Oil level must be checked every 200 hours of operation and initially the oil should be
changed every 1000 hours of operation in accordance with Section 3.4.
All Bolts must be checked for tightness every 1000 hours of operation. This is a general guide, for some
Pan construction, more frequent checking may be required and Users should undertake more frequent
checks until a pattern is established.
Bolts and Self-locking Nuts are generally for single-use only. Discard used Fasteners after removal.
Replace with new Self-locking Nuts and Bolts and install a hardened Washer under the component to be
rotated when tightening the connection.
Bolts fitted into tapped holes must be treated using Loctite 242 or equivalent. The Bolt must then be
correctly torqued before the compound has had time to cure. Bolts with Loctite in tapped holes do not
require re-torquing.
The vibrated structure and all connected moveable parts (Springs, Drive Shafts etc.) must be able to
move freely. No part of the Feeder should contact stationary parts (e.g. Chutes, Platforms) nor work in
accumulated Feed material.
Inspect the Feeder Pan often and remove adherent material at once. Repair or replacement of worn or
loose Pan Liners should be carried out before total failure occurs in order to prevent damage to other
Feeder components or down-stream equipment.
Replace broken Springs immediately. Springs normally have a long life. Unless mistreated or material
build-up in the Coils is allowed to occur, the failure of one Spring may indicate that the entire set of
Springs is reaching the end of its service life. It is recommended that if one Spring fails, all Springs at
that point of support should be replaced.

DANGER
Never operate Vibrating Equipment unless it is in a serviceable condition as specified in the
Section 3.5.2 “Maintenance Schedule”.
Rapid failure of the Machine will occur
As site conditions vary significantly, it is not possible to put a rigid schedule on these checks. Users
should take the above times as a guide, conducting more frequent inspections until a pattern is
established.
At every Liner change, inspect the inside of the Pan sides, the top surface of Pan floor and the junction
of the side and bottom Liners. The components are exposed only in the course of replacing the Liners.
Inspect the Cross Beams, Liner Support Rails and Cleats every three months, maximum.
Remove old Sealant from around the Cleats. Inspect for signs of corrosion in the connections. If
corrosion is evident, the connection must be dismantled, the corrosion removed, the surfaces coated
with 25 microns DFT of Structural Primer, reassembled with new fasteners and then resealed. Clean
the region around the Cleat using Sika Cleaner 205 wiping in one direction only and reseal using
Sikaflex - 260 or Sikaflex - 255 Urethane rubber sealant.
In all cases, inspect the Liners every three months and monitor the wear rate to predict the time for Liner
replacement. Replace the Liners before they wear through and material begins to accumulate on the
floor. If this happens, it can only be shovelled away by maintenance personnel and will prevent the
Feeder from being withdrawn from beneath the bin until the material has been removed.
Electric Motor Maintenance

Refer to Appendix for Electric Motor Maintenance information.

Isolation Frame removal procedure.
Danger
cleaning.
crushed by material
Before moving the Feeder equipped with the wheeled Isolation Frame,
1) Stop the Material feed onto the Feeder. Run the Feeder for enough time to clear the material off
the Feeder
2) Isolate all material feed.
3) Ensure the Feeder and Chute System is clear of material that could be dislodged during Feeder
Roll-out. Remove or reposition Chute Systems as required
4) Remove Spray bar assemblies (where fitted)
5) Isolate Electrical Power to the Drive Motor.
6) Remove Drive Shaft Drive Guards.
7) Remove any other Static Guard which would prevent Isolation Frame removal.
8) Ensure Exciter Swing Segments are in the rest position as shown in Figure 3.3.4-1.
Swing
Segments
Figure 3.3.4-1- Exciter Swing Segments in "Rest position"

DANGER
1. Brace Swing Segments to prevent rotation – refer to section 1.4.2
9) Install the Swing Segment Clamp to secure Swing segments against unexpected rotation before
starting work on the drive shaft. Refer to section 1.4.2 for Swing segment Clamp installation
procedure.
10) Remove Drive Shaft Assembly.
11) Disconnect and remove Dampers
12) Disconnect or remove Rubber Curtain Assemblies.
13) Remove Condition Monitoring Cables Sensor at the Static Junction Box connections only.
14) Cover cable connection ports and fittings to prevent ingress of contamination.
15) Safely secure Cables to the Feeder.
16) Inspect the Wheel assembly. Ensure it is secure, free to rotate, does not have any flat spots,
build up lumps or rough patches that will stop the Isolation frame from moving freely.
17) Clean the Rail top Surface. Remove material from both sides of the rail. Remove material from
the floor on both sides of the rail.
18) Inspect rails for damage. Remove any lumps or rough patches that will stop the Isolation frame
from moving freely.
19) Ensure there is a clear area in front of the Feeder before moving it into that position and there
are “Travel Stops” to prevent overrunning the position.
Once the Isolation frame is safely prepared for transport, position the lifting Jack at the Jacking position
as shown on the Installation Drawing.
Raise the Isolation Frame Maintain the Isolation Frame level within 50mm increments while raising and
lowering.
Carefully raise the Isolation Frame to the vertical clearance as shown on the Installation Drawing.
Ensure the Feeder assembly does not hit structure during this operation.
Remove Isolation Frame Springs and Grommets.
Lower the Isolation frame onto the rails. Maintain the Isolation Frame level within 50mm increments
while raising and lowering.
Once the Isolation Frame is safely on the rails, completely lower the Jacks clear of the equipment and
remove.
The Isolation Frame is now free to be rolled away. Move the Isolation Frame in accordance with site
procedures.
Restrain the Isolation Frame to prevent unplanned movement of the equipment once the Isolation frame
is the required position.
Place safety barricades over/around chute floor openings in accordance with site specific procedures.

Isolation Frame return procedure

When returning the Isolation Frame to the Installation position, move the equipment in accordance with
site procedures.
1) Ensure rails are clear and the path is clears as in paragraph 3.3.4.1 subparagraphs 17), 18) and
19)
2) Remove all safety barricades that may be covering chute floor openings.
Move the Isolation Fame into operating position taking care to align all four Spring Packs over Base
Plates. Check Spring and Grommet assemblies will positive engage with the Base plate when lowered.
Permanent travel stops are recommended at the end of each travel journey to enable accurate
repositioning.
Check and confirm placement of Feeder within 3mm Longitudinal and Lateral Tolerance. For placement
dimensions refer to Feeder Installation Drawing
Fit Springs into position on the grommets on the Spring Base Plates.
Reposition the position the lifting Jack at the Jacking position as shown on the Installation Drawing.
Lower the Isolation Frame onto the Springs. Do not fit Dampers at this stage. The Dampers are fitted
after the Feeder is secured in position. Maintain the Isolation Frame level within 50mm increments while
raising and lowering.
Refit Dampers. Discard and replace used Damper nuts.
Reinstall Mechanical, Electronic and Electrical Systems to the Feeder by:
1) Reconnecting the Condition Monitoring Cables Sensor to the Static Junction Box.
2) Reconnect Rubber Curtain Assemblies.
3) Remove Spray bar assemblies (where fitted)
4) Remove Exciter Swing segment Clamp as per section 1.4.3.6. Ensure Exciter Swing Segments
can move freely before install the Drive Shaft Assembly in accordance with
Section 1.4.19 - Exciter Universal Joint Drive Shaft Installation.
5) Install Static Exciter Guards.
6) Install Drive Shaft Guard.
7) Re-install Chute Systems if required
8) Remove Electrical Power isolations to the Drive Motor and other systems in accordance with
site isolation procedures.

Liner Lifting Procedure
DANGER
weights of machine components, Liner lifting hole positions.
3. Only suitably qualified personnel shall handle lifting of the Liners.
ensure a safe lift.
NOTICE
Damage to Equipment
– For Liner lifting mass please refer to the Installation drawings and Feeder Liner Assembly drawing
distortion.
2. Adhering to the Sling and Eye-bolt capacities and lifting equipment information as not to exceed
maximum “rating for the mass lifted.
Mass of the Pan Liners range from 37kgs to 1023kgs. Lines are supplied with holes and M20 nut to fit
Eye-bolts for lifting.
7 1
5 2
4 3
Figure 3.3.6-1: Pan Liner Lifting holes
Item Description
1 Pan Liner
2 M20 Nut
3 M20 Lock Nut
4 M20 Bolt
5 Thread surface is sealed with Loctite 2440
6 Pan
7 Rubber Disc
8 Epoxy Epigen 806 filled gap
To prepare to remove liners by lifting installing Eye-bolts – refer to Figure 3.3.6-1:

1) Remove Loctite 2440(5) from M20 bolt (4) with hand-tools.
2) Loosen the Lock nut (3).
3) Remove the Epoxy (8) from the Dia.22 lifting holes.
4) Remove Rubber disc (7). Replace if damaged.

5) Screw M20 Bolt (4) through the Nut (2) to clear the thread and hole of epoxy and debris.
6) Remove M20 Bolt (4).
NOTICE
Damage to Equipment
– Ensure lifting equipment is correctly rated to the load and lift conditions.
7) Insert Eye-bolt through Dia.22 hole in Pan Liner (1) and though the M20 Nut (2).
8) Secure the Eye-bolt with Lock nut (3).
9) Tighten Lock Nut (3) in accordance with Part 6 Appendix B.
10) Repeat steps 1 to 8 for all Dia.22 lifting holes in the Pan Liner (1).
Ensure all Pan Liner securing fasteners and epoxy have been removed before lifting. See Section 3.3.7 -
Liner removal procedure.
Use installed Eye-bolts to lift Pan liner (1) from Pan (6) with appropriate lifting equipment.
Remove Lock Nut (3) and Eye-bolt from Liner and retain for installing new Liners
Before replacing liners, undertake Feeder repair procedure. See section 3.3.8 - Liner replacement.
To prepare to return liners by lifting with Eye-bolts – refer to Figure 3.3.6-1:
1) Identify the correct Liner - refer to Feeder liner assembly drawing.
2) Locate all Dia.22 lifting holes are prepare equal quantities of Eye-bolts and Lock nuts (3) to
enable a safe lift.
NOTICE
Damage to Equipment
– Ensure lifting equipment is correctly rated to the load and lift conditions.
3) Fit Eye-bolts through Dia.22 lifting holes in Pan Liner (1) and through M20 Nuts (2); secure with
M20 Lock nuts (3).
4) Tighten Lock nuts (3) in accordance with Part 6 Appendix B.
5) Lift Liner (1) into position with appropriate lifting equipment.
6) Secure Liner (1) to the Pan (6) as per steps 3.3.8.4 to 3.3.8.5.
WARNING
Exposure to respirator and skin irritating chemicals in a confined space
Exposed to Epoxy chemicals in confined areas may cause skin, eye irritations or breathing difficulties.
- Prior to handling Epoxy chemicals in confined areas:
1. Wear protective clothing such as disposable overalls, rubber gloves and Eye protection.
2. Use a respirator when using epoxy in confined spaces
3. Adhere to all relevant confined space work procedures.
7) Seal around Liner (1) as per steps 3.3.8.6 to 3.3.8.8.
8) Remove Lock nut (3) and Eye-bolt.
9) Clean around Dia.22 lifting hole and M20 Bolt thread (2) to remove contaminates and debris.
10) Prepare M20 Bolt(4) by screwing Lock nut (3) lightly against the bolt head
11) Screw the M20 Bolt (4) through M20 Nut (2) until the Bolt end is level with Pan Liner (1) and
Pan (6) joint and at the face of Dia22 lifting hole.
12) Secure M20 Bolt (4) in place with M20 Nock nut (3).
13) Tighten Lock nut (3) in accordance with Part 6 Appendix B.
14) Position Rubber disc (7) in the lifting hole and on top of M20 Bolt (4).
15) Seal and protect exposed M20 Bolt (4) thread with Loctite 2440 (5)
16) Fill the Dia.22 lifting hole with Epoxy flush with Pan Liner (1) surface. Follow procedures 3.3.8.6
to 3.3.8.8.

Liner removal
Liners are installed with an epoxy grout filling the gap between the liners and covering the heads of the
liner fasteners.
Refer to the Liner Assembly Drawing for quantities and location of the various liners.
WARNING
Injury when removing worn Pan Liners
Cuts to hands and body parts from sharp edges on worn Liners.
Identify the liner fasteners; they are the M16 and M20 threaded fasteners (NOT swaged fasteners such
as Huck bolts) that have hexagonal self-locking nuts and washers. Refer to the Liner Assembly Drawing
for locations.
NOTICE
Only M16 fasteners are used on the Feeder Pan BPLT Liners
Only M20 fasteners are used on the Feeder Pan BOT & Side Liners
NOTICE
Do not remove any swaged fasteners during Liner replacement
Swaged fasteners are a structural connection and not used for fixing liners
Remove the liner fasteners.

Liner replacement
Clean any adherent material off the Feeder body.
Paint any damaged areas of the Feeder body with a good quality structural grade primer and allow to dry
completely before proceeding.
Identify the liners and liner fasteners from the Liner Assembly Drawing.
Position the liners as shown on the Liner Layout Drawing installing the liner bolts progressively from
above the pan to ensure the liners do not move out of position.
NOTICE
Both M16 and M20 fasteners have special tightening torque values.
Do not use tightening figures in Part 6 Appendix B.
Use 110Nm (Max) for M16 Feeder Pan BPLT Liners fasteners
Use 160Nm (Max) for M16 Feeder Pan BOT & Side Liners fasteners
Fully tighten fasteners to secure Liners in place.
WARNING
Exposure to respirator and skin irritating chemicals in a confined space
Exposed to Epoxy chemicals in confined areas may cause skin, eye irritations or breathing difficulties.
- Prior to handling Epoxy chemicals in confined areas:
1. Wear protective clothing such as disposable overalls, rubber gloves and Eye protection.
2. Use a respirator when using epoxy in confined spaces
3. Adhere to all relevant confined space work procedures.
Apply epoxy using a scraper and a rod or square bar that fits snugly down the gap between the liners.
Take care to force the material down to the bottom of the gap, then fill the gap completely; Ultra-high
molecular weight polyethylene (ralloy or pactene) can be used to make a scraper that the epoxy will not
adhere to.
Work on small areas at a time to avoid wasted epoxy as the pot life of the epoxy is short.
Leave overnight (8 hour nominal, however refer to specific product instructions) to allow the epoxy to set
completely before returning the Feeder to service.

Spring removal and replacement- Base Mounted Feeder
DANGER
cleaning.
crushed by material
1. Isolate Electrical supply to Vibrator Motor, Drive Motor and Material feed according to site safety
procedures.
Shut down the equipment after the feed has been shut down for at least one minute and the material has
been cleared.
DANGER
– Refer to Manuals supplied, Install Drawings (and Lifting Calculation documents if provided) for
ensure a safe lift.
If a jacking ram is used, only lift at the jacking locations indicated on the Installation drawing. If a crane
is used, the lifting lugs of the equipment can be used.
Contact Schenck Process Engineers if unsure of lifting or jacking locations.
Place a hydraulic ram or crane capable of handling approximately 1/3 of the total mass of the equipment
on each side of the Feeder. Jack or lift the equipment at least 120mm off the springs and the grommets
in order to provide adequate clearance from the spigots.
DANGER
Ensure that fingers are clear of the coils at all times.

Remove the spring/s.
FAILURE OF MULTIPLE SPRINGS

Failure of one spring may indicate that the entire set of springs is reaching the service limit. It is
recommended that if one spring fails then all springs at that point of support are replace
In the absence of ing, position rubber grommets on the top and bottom spigots (replace if damaged).
Replace spring onto bottom grommet in all applicable places as per the installation drawing.
Install damaged or missing grommets by:
1) Remove damaged grommet.
2) Clean and inspect Spring Base and Spring Wedge bracket for damage. Contact Schenk
Process Engineers for further instructions should damage be evident.
3) Ensure new grommets match springs before installation.

4) Install grommets onto Spring base and Wedge Brackets ensuring flush fitting.
Partially lower the equipment ensuring spigots and grommets enter the springs. Do not load springs with
equipment at this stage.
While the springs and grommets are still unloaded, ensure the springs are correctly positioned on the
grommet and vertical within 5mm as per Commissioning Checklist and installation drawings. Adjust as
required.
Once Springs and grommets are correctly positioned as per clauses 3.3.9.8 and 3.3.9.10, fully lower
equipment into springs. Check:
1) springs for vertical tolerance.
2) spring pack heights on all corners to be equal within 4mm as per Installation Operation and
Maintenance manual Commissioning Checklist and installation drawings.
3) grommets are not pinched.
If the springs are not vertical or grommets are pinched or not flush after fully lowering, repeat steps
3.3.9.9, 3.3.9.10 and 3.3.9.11.
Remove the hydraulic ram or crane slings.
Cleaning
Schenck process Vibrating Feeders must be cleaned following site practices.
Material Safety Data Sheet

Refer to Project Manufactures Data Records (MDR) for Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) information

Lubrication
Exciter lubrication
DANGER
Catastrophic Exciter damage on start-up will result if is not filled with oil.
1. Confirm the Exciter Mechanism has been filled with the correct quantity as per Table 3.4.1-2 or
Table 3.4.1-3 for each Exciter and suitable oil as per Table 3.4.1-4: Oil Type and Viscosity Chart.
Exciters are treated with a corrosion inhibitor before delivery. Refer to Section 1.4.2.
Oil fill plugs are provided in the Housing End and Lid. See Figure “Oil Level Measurement”
showing Dipstick positions for Oil Level Measurement (Refer Figure 3.4.1-1).
The required quantity of oil depends on the “Installation Angle” of the Exciter (Refer Figure
3.4.1-1) and quantity indicated in Table 3.4.1-2 or Table 3.4.1-3 for each Exciter are a nominal
value intended to be used for ensuring enough oil is available.
The required Oil Level is specified in Table 3.4.1-2 or Table 3.4.1-3 for each Exciter and shall be
determined by use of the Dipstick included in Schenck Process supply. The Dipstick shall be
removed from the Exciter after checking the oil level. Ensure that the oil Fill Plug is replaced
using a new Seal Washer.
The viscosity grade and oil type required depends on the actual service temperature of the
Exciter. The recommended viscosity grade and oil type is listed in Table 3.4.1-4. The ambient
temperature listed is a guide only for the initial selection of the oil prior to commissioning. Final
oil selection shall be made on the basis of the measured operating temperature. Refer to Table
3.4.1-5: Oil Viscosity vs. Service Temperature.
Change the oil after the first 50 hours of operation and every 1000 hours thereafter (or 3 months
maximum). No oil sampling/testing is required at the 50 hour oil change. Schenck Process
recommends an oil analysis and condition monitoring programme to establish the optimum oil
change period for local site conditions. Oil analysis is available from specialist Laboratories and
will report on the “Total Acid Number” (TAN) particulate quantity and particulate type as well as
the water content.
If the oil is very dirty and/or the Exciter is operating at high operating temperature, reduce the
time between oil changes and implement an oil condition monitoring programme to establish the
optimum oil change period for local site conditions. A different type of oil may be required.
When changing the oil, it is best to drain the oil from Exciters immediately after Shut-down and
Isolation while the oil is still hot. This ensures particulate matter in the oil is removed before
much sedimentation occurs, keeping the fresh oil uncontaminated.
Frequent oil changes and premium quality oil increase the service life of the Exciter.
Replace Seal Washers on Drain and Fill Plugs with new Washers.
Replace Exciter Oil with the following procedure:
1. All tools, pumps, funnels, jugs, filters etc. are to be cleaned before use.
2. Drain the oil while it is hot i.e. immediately after Shut-down and Isolation.
3. Clean the region around the oil plug for a radius of 150mm before undoing the plug.
4. When preparing to change the oil, the top plug is opened before the bottom plug and a filter is
immediately placed over or in the open oil hole.
5. Opening the drain plug only after the top plug hole has a filter in place minimises the amount of
dust laden air that is drawn into the exciter as the oil flows out.
6. Clean both drain plugs while the oil is flowing out.
7. “Sacrifice” about one litre (1L) of new oil to flush the remnants of the used oil out of the sump.

8. Use a new seal washer on both drain plug and fill plug.
9. Close the drain plug soon after the oil has stopped flowing.
10. Fill with clean oil to the predetermined level measured using the dip stick.
NOTICE
Exciter Oil Cleanliness Level
Schenck Process recommends Exciter oil is changed out before cleanliness level reach ISO 4409
Cleanliness Level Service Limit of 25/24/22.
The oil cleanliness level are equivalent for synthetic and non-synthetic oils.
Refer to Table 3.4.1-1for ISO Oil Cleanliness levels recommended by Schenck Process.
Table 3.4.1-1: Oil Cleanliness Levels
Description Clean Oil Used Oil
Recommended Oil Cleanliness Level ISO 18/16/13 or better ISO 24/20/18,
Max water content 200ppm 400ppm
Cleanliness Oil Service limit ISO 25/24/22 ISO 25/24/22
1 2
4 3
Figure 3.4.1-1: Oil Level Measurement
Item Description
1 Dipstick End Access - Side
2 Installation Angle – Side
3 Oil Level
4 Oil Drain Plug with Seal Washer
Table 3.4.1-2: Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Exciter Oil Level Chart

EXCITER MODEL: DF501 & DF504
(SIDE)
Installation angle Dipstick oil level Approximate Volume*
Degrees mm Litres
0 65 3.9 – 4.5
5 75 3.9 – 4.5
10 90 3.9 – 4.5
15 100 3.9 – 4.5
20 115 3.9 – 4.5
25 125 3.9 – 4.5
30 135 3.9 – 4.5
35 145 3.9 – 4.5
40 155 3.9 – 4.5
45 165 3.9 – 4.5
50 175 3.9 – 4.5
55 190 3.9 – 4.5
60 190 3.9 – 4.5
65 N/A 4.0 – 4.6
70 N/A 4.1 – 4.7
75 N/A 4.6 – 5.3
Tolerance on oil level: +10mm; - Zero
* Oil volume for supply and acquisition purposes only
Table 3.4.1-3: Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder Exciter Oil Level Chart
Exciter Model: DF600 Series
(End)
Installation Angle Dipstick Oil Level Approximate Volume
Degrees mm Litres
0 100 9.5
5 115 9.5
10 125 9.5
15 145 9.5
20 155 9.0
25 165 8.5
30 175 8.5
35 190 8.0
40 200 8.0
45 210 7.5
50 220 7.5
55 230 7.0
60 245 7.0
65 260 7.0
70 280 7.0
75 N/A 7.0

Table 3.4.1-4: Oil Type and Viscosity Chart

Ambient Operating Castrol Duolec
BP Mobil Shell Caltex
Temperature Temperature
Oil Type Mineral
MobilGear Omala Oil Optigear 1602/1302
-15 to +20 oC +15 to +45 oC GR - XP 68 Meropa 68
626 S2 G 68 BM 68
Viscosity at 40 oC in cSt 68.0 64 68 68 68 68
MobilGear Omala Oil Optigear 1603
+15 to +30 oC +40 to +60 oC GR - XP 100 Meropa 100
627 S2 G 100 BM 100
Viscosity at 40 oC in cSt 98.0 99.0 100 100 100 100
+25 TO +45 oC +45 TO +70 oC GR - XP 150 Meropa 150
629 S2 G 150 BM 150
630 S2 G 220 BM 220
Viscosity at 40 oC in cSt 220 220 220 220 220 220
Synthetic Oil Type PAO Type Synthetic
Meropa 9822
Alphasyn MobilGear Omala Oil Alphasyn
+30 to +70 oC +30 to +70 oC Synthetic EP
EP 220 SHC 220 S4 GX 220 EP 220
220
Meropa Alphasyn 9832
Alphasyn EP MobilGear Omala Oil
+30 to +70 oC +85 to +125 oC Synthetic EP EP 320
320 SHC 320 S4 GX 320
320
Compatible with Mineral Oil Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No
Table 3.4.1-5: Oil Viscosity vs. Service Temperature

Oil with a Mineral Oil, Maximum CONiQ Synthetic Oil, Maximum CONiQ
base viscosity index service Alarm viscosity index service Alarm
viscosity (Centistokes) temperature Limit (Centistokes) temperature Limit
o o
(Viscosity at C. C
40 oC)
ISO 68 100 70 60 158 75 65
ISO 100 100 80 70 160 90 80
ISO 150 100 90 80 163 105 95
ISO 220 100 98 88 160 115 105
ISO 320 100 108 98 160 125 110
The above data is indicative only: the actual service temperature limit depends on the characteristics of the
specific oil used.
CONiQ “Warn” limit to be 10 °C lower than the alarm limit
Note: Optimum oil temperature measurement is by CONIQ condition monitoring system. If using a non-contact
measuring device, use in accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions at the correct distance and adjust for the
type of surface that is in the target zone and add 30 degree to the measured temperature to convert to immersion
probe temperature.
Table 3.4.1-6 : Grease Type Chart

Ambient Operating
Energrease MobilGrease Gradus Caltex
-10 to +30 oC +20 to +60 oC
LS-EP 2 HP S2 V220 2 EP C2
o +60 to Energrease Gradus Caltex
+30 to +70 C MobilGrease HP
+100oC LS-EP 2 S2 V220 2 EP C2
o o Consult Schenck Consult Schenck Consult Schenck Consult Schenck
+70 to +90 C +100 to +130 C
Process Engineers Process Engineers Process Engineers Process Engineers

Drive System Lubrication

The Drive Shaft is supplied with Grease Nipples by which to grease them. The maximum interval
between lubrication is specified in Table 3.4.2-1 : Lubrication Schedule.
The Drive Shaft Spline is to be purged with fresh grease prior to the first start-up. This is done using the
Grease point on the Female Spline Shaft.
There are two possible type of Drive Shaft joints
• Drive Shafts with rubber couplings which do not require lubrication at the joints.
• The Drive Shaft with universal joints that require lubrication at the Grease Nipples on the Joints
The Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Intermediate Shaft is Lubrication free.
The Motor Bearings are to be greased in accordance with the Electric Motor Maintenance Manual – see
Appendix. The maximum interval between lubrication is specified in Table 3.4.2-1 : Lubrication
Schedule.
Use grease equivalent to, and compatible with those listed in Table 3.4.1-6 : Grease Type Chart.
Table 3.4.2-1 : Lubrication Schedule
Lubricant Qty Period Date – Date –
Item Description Lubricant Type Activity
(per unit) Hours last Done Next Due
Check using
DF504S Exciter As required to
Oil Refer Table Dipstick &
(Secondary Oxide achieve level in 200
3.4.1-4 Top-up if
Screen Feeder) Table 3.4.1-2
required
Check using
DF 601S Exciter As required to
(Tertiary Oxide achieve level in 200
3.4.1-4 Top-up if
Screen Feeder) Table 3.4.1-3
required
DF504S Exciter
Oil Refer Table Refer Table
(Secondary Oxide Drain & refill 1000
3.4.1-4 3.4.1-2
Screen Feeder)
DF601S Exciter
Oil Refer Table Refer
(Tertiary Oxide Drain & refill 1000
3.4.1-4 Table 3.4.1-2
Screen Feeder)
Grease Refer
Drive Shaft Spline 30g Grease Point 4000
Table 3.4.1-6
Drive Shaft Grease Refer
20g Grease Point 4000
Universal Joint Table 3.4.1-6
Intermediate Shaft
Inspection
(Secondary Oxide Grease N/A 4000
Only
Screen Feeder)
Electric Motor
Refer to Appendix – Electric Motor Manual for Lubrication
Bearing; Non-
Information
Drive end
Electric Motor
Bearing; Drive
Information
end
Maximum Inspection Period 1000 Hours Operation or 6 months

Preventative Maintenance
Stress and Corrosion Points
Vibrating Feeders operate under the most arduous conditions, working with material that is often highly
abrasive and/or corrosive. They perform in excess of one million stress cycles per day. It is vitally
important that any defect or damage is rectified promptly. A minor problem, if ignored, may rapidly
develop into a major structural failure. This is because a minor problem will cause neighbouring
components to be more highly stressed, making a failure there considerably more likely. Because the
entire Feeder is vibrating, it is critical that all components be in good condition.
NOTICE
A minor problem, if ignored may rapidly develop into a major structural failure
This will cause catastrophic failure of the Equipment
– Because the entire machine is vibrating:
1. It is crucial that components be in sound condition.
⇨ Minor problems will cause neighbouring components to be more highly stressed making failure
considerably more likely.
Corrosion is a large factor in some Feeder failures, as corrosion often creates high stress points. To
reduce the likelihood of corrosion, keep adherent material build-up to a minimum, especially in corners
or at component joints, with regular cleaning. Repair any damage to the protective coating quickly and
correctly, ensuring surface preparation is as per the coating manufacturer’s recommendations and
ensuring that a repair does not trap corrosive material under the new coating.
Where possible, reduce the splashing and spray of Process Liquids onto the Vibrator Motors, Exciters
and Drive Systems. These components will provide a much longer service life if free from contamination
and corrosion.
Ensure the bouncing of large rocks is controlled by proper installation of “Flow Control Curtains”. “The
Flow Control Curtains” should be replaced when necessary using conveyor belt off-cuts.

Exciter Driven Feeder Maintenance Schedules

The following checklists are to be copied and used in routine inspections to form a record of the Feeder condition at that time.
We recommend that they are used as an aid to condition monitoring and maintenance planning.
On-line Check List page 1 of 1 Date Checked By

Maximum Inspection Period 200 Hours.
Condition
Exciter Comments
A: B: C:
Check Exciter while running for any indication of oil
leakage from the Exciter.
DO NOT REMOVE GUARDS !
1.
NB: Labyrinths will shed grease when Exciter is new . DO
NOT regrease Labyrinths. They are replenished by oil
from the Seals.
2. Check exciter while running for possible noise.
Using an oil immersion probe, check exciter for excessive
operating temperature.
3.
NB: 1 hour running required to reach operating
temperature which will vary with ambient temp.
Drive And Drive Shafts
1. Check Motor Mountings for any indication of looseness.
Check Motor Bearings for possible noise or excessive
2.
3. Check guards are in good condition
Check Lay Shaft Bearings for noise or excessive operating
4.
temperature (30°C above ambient is OK).
Check Vee Belts visually for possible breakage or loss of
5.
tension.
Feeder Body
With Feeder running, check pattern of material flow. Bed
1.
must be evenly distributed over full width Pan.
With Feeder running, listen for possible loose Bolts or
2. parts. Stop Feeder prior to replacing any loose Bolts or
parts to avoid possible personal injury.
Check condition of Feeder Pans & Liners from outside
3.
the Feeder.
Check for material leakage over the side and back of the
4.
Feeder, indicates possible Chute blockage.
Check for possible interference between Feeder Body
5. and stationary Hoppers, Chutes, and building Beams due
to material build up or insufficient operating clearance.
Supports
Check Springs for material build-up around Spring Coils,
1. clean out if necessary only after stopping & Isolating
Feeder.
Check Springs for indication of breakage particularly if
2.
compression is unequal on each side of Feeder.
Check Dampers for excessive temperature (i.e. greater
3.
than 600C) and possible loose mountings
Check Spring Grommets for condition, Replace if
4.
damaged or worn
A: Immediate action required – Contact Supervisor
Condition
B: Attention required at next scheduled shutdown – Raise Work Order
Legend:
C: Serviceable Condition – No action required

Off-Line Check List page 1 of 2 Date Checked By

Condition
Exciter Comments
A: B: C:
1. Check Oil level in Exciters using dipstick. Remove dipstick
after, replace Seal Washer & Plug.
Oil level should be checked prior to start up of Feeder, or
in case of continuous operation, Feeder should be stopped
a sufficient length of time to allow all oil to drain to bottom
of mechanism housing.
2. Change oil after 1000 hours of service and have oil sample
analysed and results sent to Schenck Process Engineers.
3. Check for any indication of Oil leakage from the Exciters.
NB Labyrinths will shed Grease when Exciter is new . Do
NOT regrease Labyrinths. They are replenished by Oil
from the Seals.
4. Check oil in housing for indication of contamination. If
present, drain and refill with correct amount new oil.
Monitor oil. Get oil analysis to determine source of
contamination. Return oil sample results to Schenck
Process Engineers.
5. Check for possible loose mechanism Bolts.
6. Check mechanism while running for possible noise.
7. Check mechanism for possible excessive operating
temperature with oil temperature immersion probe. (30°C
above ambient is normal)
NB:1 hour running required to reach operating temperature
Drive And Drive Shafts
1. Check Motor Mountings for any indication of looseness.
2. Check Motor Bearings for possible noise or excessive
3. Check Drive & Intermediate Shaft rubber Couplings for
possible cracking every 6 months (maximum)
4. Check Drive & Intermediate Shaft spline for possible free
play & replenish Grease every 6 months (maximum)
5. Check Guards are in good condition & free from cracks
6. Check Lay Shaft Bearing lubrication – replenish with
Grease every 1000 hours or per Table 3.4.2-1, whichever
is sooner
Condition
Legend:

Off-line Check list page 2 of 2 Date Checked By

Condition
Feeder Body Comments
A: B: C:
With Feeder running, check pattern of material flow over
1. Pans & Liners. Bed should be evenly distributed over full
width of the Feeder.
With Feeder running, check for loose Bolts or parts. Stop
2. Feeder prior to replacing any loose Bolts or parts to avoid
possible personal injury.
Check Side Plates and Exciter Beam & Cross Beams for
3.
possible cracking.
Check for possible interference between Feeder Body and
4. stationary Hoppers, Chutes, and building Beams due to
material build up or insufficient operating clearance.
Check Feeder Liners and Pans for build up of material.
5.
Remove if present.
Check Feeder Liners and Pans for wear or breakage.
6.
Check hold down Bolts.
Check Feeder Liner and Pan Bolts for possible looseness,
7.
or breakage.
Check external paint for damage and signs of erosion /
8.
corrosion - schedule routine repair
Supports
Check Springs for material build-up around Spring coils,
1.
clean out if necessary.
Check Springs for equal compression each side of
2.
Feeder (Spring length equal within 4mm)
Check Springs for indication of breakage particularly if
3.
compression is unequal on each side of Feeder.
Check Spring Grommets for condition, Replace if
4.
damaged or worn
5. Check Spring mounting for excessive wear.
6. Check Dampers for possible oil leak.
7. Check Dampers for possible loose mountings
Condition
Legend:

Fault Finding/Diagnosis
Area Problem Check
Dust Housings Excessive Dust coming ♦ All Dust Housing rubber Membranes and rubber Top
from Feeder area Covers are in place
♦ “Over center” Latches are latched and locked
♦ There are no torn or worn rubber Covers on both Dust
Housings and Feeder to Chutes (Feed, Discharge and
Underpan) Membranes
♦ Top Back Plate to Bottom Back Plate rubber Drop
Curtains are in place
♦ All Grip Rods are in place
Motor Excessive noise ♦ Low grease level in Motor Bearings
♦ Possible Bearing damage
♦ Possible Fan damage
Lay shaft assembly Excessive Bearing ♦ For low grease level in Bearing Housings
temperature ♦ For high grease level in Bearing Housings
Noisy ♦ Low grease level in Bearing Housings
♦ Possible worn Bearings
Drive shaft Noisy ♦ Rubber Disc Coupling condition for wear and tears
♦ Spline free from backlash
♦ Spline is lubricated
♦ All fasteners are correctly tightened
Exciters Noisy ♦ Oil level
♦ All bolts correctly tensioned
♦ Possible worn Bearings
♦ Oil for particle contaminates
♦ Operating temperature (30°C above ambient is normal)
Oil leakage ♦ Oil level is correct
Intermediate shaft Noisy ♦ Rubber disc coupling condition for wear and tears
♦ All fasteners are correctly tightened
Guards Noisy ♦ For cracks
♦ For rotating components within hitting on Guard
♦ Correctly mounted

Area Problem Check

Feeder Moving with unusual ♦ All Springs are still in place and not broken
motion ♦ Material build up around Springs
♦ Intermediate Shaft is still driving other Exciter
Violent motion on startup ♦ Dampers are still in place and functioning normally
and shut down ♦ Dampers are not excessively hot (temperature less
than 60oC)
♦ All Clevis Pins are in place and not excessively worn
Material moving in ♦ Broken Springs
obscurer motion along ♦ All Exciter’s Swing Segments have the same Plug
Pans Weigh settings
♦ For cracks in Structural components including Exciter
Material bed depth Beam, Cross Beams, Spring and Wedge Brackets, Side
uneven across Feeder Plates and Doublers
♦ By placing a set of Stroke Cards onto Feeder,
completing and sending for review to Schenck Process
Australia.
Oversize material in ♦ For holed Panels
Underpan ♦ Loose Panels
♦ Missing Panels
♦ Condition of Panel Fixing System
Feeder hitting on Under ♦ For broken Springs
Pan or Chutes ♦ For over-compressed Springs from overloading
♦ Feed rate is as per design and duty
No vibration ♦ Electrical supply connected
♦ Drive shaft is in place
♦ Feeder is not buried with material
Noisy ♦ For any loose Bolts, Guards, Structural damage, loose
Panels, contact with Structural components around
Feeder, Dust Housing, Chutes or Underpan

Spare Parts
Recommended Spare Parts
Only use spare parts recommended by Schenck Process Australia. Untested parts have the potential to reduce reliability and shorten maintenance
intervals. Furthermore, your warranty will be void.
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Commissioning, 12 Months Operation and Insurance Spares
Schenck process Part Qty – Commissioning Qty – 12 Months Qty – Insurance /Critical
Part Description
Number Spares Operational Spares Spares
Exciter DF504V V113131.B01 0 0 1
Exciter Mounting Bolt V102696.B01 0 0 14
Exciter Mounting Nut V109880.B01 0 0 14
Exciter Plug V109907.B01 0 1 0
Exciter Drain Seal V109900.B01 0 5 0
Exciter Magnetic Drain Plug V109898.B01 0 1 0
Spring V691605.B01 14 0 5
Spring Grommet V691623.B01 14 0 8
Damper V100322.B01 2 0 8
Drive Shaft Assembly V895805.B01 0 0 1
Intermediate Shaft V828559.B01 0 0 1
Liner Assembly V818447.B01 0 1 0
Dia 200 Polyurethane Step Plug V551689.B01 0 0 2
Electric Motor V897893.B01 0 0 1
Notes:
• Quantities shown are for one (1) machine.
• The spares quantities shown are an indication only and subject to variation depending upon specific site and duty.
• The machine Serial Number must be quoted when ordering spare parts.
• Quantity units are each.

This document is confidential and it is made available as a confidential disclosure on the understanding that it shall not be shown to, discussed with, or transmitted to third parties without the
written approval of Schenck Process Australia Pty Ltd
Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder Commissioning, 12 Months Operation and Insurance Spares
Schenck process Part Qty – Commissioning Qty – 12 Months Qty – Insurance /Critical
Part Description
Number Spares Operational Spares Spares
Exciter DF601S V113474.B01 0 0 1
Exciter Mounting Bolt V102696.B01 0 0 14
Exciter Mounting Nut V101073.B01 0 0 14
Exciter Plug V109901.B01 0 1 0
Exciter Drain Seal V109900.B01 0 5 0
Exciter Magnetic Drain Plug V109901.B01 0 1 0
Spring V691605.B01 12 0 5
Spring Grommet V691623.B01 12 0 8
Damper V100322.B01 2 0 8
Drive Shaft Assembly V828422.B01 0 0 1
Liner Assembly V818441.B01 0 1 0
Electric Motor V897891.B01 0 0 1
Notes:
• Quantities shown are for one (1) machine.
• The spares quantities shown are an indication only and subject to variation depending upon specific site and duty.
• The machine Serial Number must be quoted when ordering spare parts.
• Quantity units are each.

This document is confidential and it is made available as a confidential disclosure on the understanding that it shall not be shown to, discussed with, or transmitted to third parties without the
written approval of Schenck Process Australia Pty Ltd
Ph: + 61 2 9886 6800 Ph: + 61 2 9043 8400 Ph: + 61 3 9300 8000 Ph: + 61 8 9494 6777 Ph: + 61 7 3511 4300 Ph: + 61 7 4952 7100 Ph: + 61 7 4930 1400

Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Drawing List

Schenck Process
Description
Drawing No
Plant Arraignment – Secondary Crushing Circuit
101031-090060-01
SLD4385/SDF304048 Envelop Sealing Detail
Installation Drawing 101031-043027-01
Feeder Assembly 101031-043027-03
Isolation Frame Assembly 101031-111464-01
Feeder Pan Assembly 101031-043027-04
Feeder Pan Liner Assembly 101031-043027-05
Drive Shaft Assembly 000-410115-01
Intermediate Shaft Assembly 000-420091-01
CONiQ Condition Monitoring System G.A. 101031-750155-01
Safety Door Assembly 101031-190078-01
Drawings below are the current revisions at time of release of this Manual.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
ITEM QTY PART No. DESCRIPTION
1 1 101030-012137-01 SLD4385DXX BANANA SCREEN
A 2 1 101031-138005-01 SDF304048 SECONDARY HOPPER A
3 1 101031-043027-01 SDF304048 DIVERGING FEEDER
B NOTES: B
1. SCREEN AND FEEDER SHOWN IN STATIC
POSITION WITHOUT MATERIAL LOAD.
2. INCLUDES ALLOWANCE FOR HEIGHT CHANGE
CL DUE TO MATERIAL LOAD.
3. REFER TO INSTALLATION DRAWINGS #101031-043027-01
D D AND #101030-012137-01 FOR STATIC CLEARANCES FROM
VIBRATING MACHINES TO PLANT STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT.
C C
(3218)
(3812)
CL MOTOR OF PAN FEEDER
D CL MOTOR OF BANANA SCREEN D
(600) MOTOR
MAINT.ACCESS.
(11422)
(600) MOTOR
PLAN MAINT.ACCESS.
ISO VIEW
NOT TO SCALE
E E
(15111)
(2724) (3806)
FEEDER RETRACTION (652) 2 MATERIAL FLOW DIRECTION
CL SEE SHT.2 FOR
3 (378)
SECTION DETAILS.
F F
DETAIL.C
(1677)
AA SEE SHT.2
DUST ENCLOSURE
SUPPORT BY OTHERS.
CL MOTOR OF BANANA SCREEN
(2496)
G G
RAIL STOPS TO BE POSITIONED
ONTO RAIL AT BOTH ENDS, (895) DUST ENCLOSURE
SUPPLIED BY OTHERS.
SUPPORT BY
(806) (100) WHEEL CTRS. OTHERS.
(32mm RAIL) (1375) (2425) SPRING BASE (100) WHEEL
PLATE CTRS. CTRS. 1
(5746)
H (33) PACKING H
BY OTHERS (RAIL STOP)
OF LINERS.
(2749) TOP DECK
TOP OF STEEL
4145
(50) PACKING
BY OTHERS
(50) PACKING
BY OTHERS
J J
2465 2465
(181)
(1233) BOTTOM DECK

TOP OF STEEL
OF LINERS.
(5130) (2110) (1175) (5088) SPRING BASE PLATE CTRS. (2163)
END ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION

K K
MARCOBRE CODE: JU-001-06-0029A-0000-04-21-0006
AUSENCO CODE: V-101946-0029A-0037

E
101031-090060-01.dwg
L L
General tolerances
The reproduction, distribution and Projectionsmeth. 3
ISO 5456-2 Title, Supplementary Title
utilization of this document as well
as the communication of its contents PLANT ARRANGEMENT
to others without express
authorization is prohibited. System of Units: SECONDARY CRUSHING CIRCUIT
SI Metric
Offenders will be held liable for the ISO 80000-1 SDF304048/SLD4385 ENVELOP/SEALING DETAIL
EQUIPMENT TABLE payment of damages. All rights
reserved in the event of the grant Scale Created by, Date: 08/04/2019 Responsible Department
EQUIPMENT NAME EQUIPMENT No. SERIAL No. E MARCOBRE & AUSENCO CODE ADDED
of a patent, utility model or design. 1:50 B. Djordjevic Vibrating Equipment
M SECONDARY OXIDE SCREEN FEEDER 3131-FE-304 V124127.A01 Language Approved by, Date: 08/04/2019 Materialmaster M
D SECTION D-D ADDED EN L. Zhang N/A
Inventor
SECONDARY OXIDE SCREEN 3131-SC301 V125746.A01 C FOR APPROVAL Change Number Rev Document Status Doc.Type Document Number Sheet
SECONDARY SCREEN BIN DISCHARGE CHUTE 3131-CH-312 V144628.A01 Revision Description E N/A N/A 101031-090060-01 1/2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
A A
B (PAN FEEDER DECK LINERS)

B B
B
C C
(DUST SEAL
P TYPE)
(116)
(STATIC HOPPER SIDE LINERS)
(178)
(BANANA SCREEN
DECK LINERS)
D D
(PAN FEEDER
SIDE LINERS)
(60)
(176)
(88)
(97)
E (DUST SEAL E
P TYPE)
SECTION B-B
(40)
(SIDE VIEW)
SCALE 1:2.5
F (DUST SEAL P TYPE) (BANANA SCREEN SIDE LINERS) F

(80)
SECTION A-A (STATIC HOPPER)

G (TOP VIEW) G
SCALE 1:2.5
H H
(STATIC DUST HOUSING)
GATE
37°
(BY OTHERS)
190
200
J J
K K
(DUST SEAL P TYPE)

101031-090060-01.dwg
L L
SECTION D-D General tolerances
SCALE 1 : 5 The reproduction, distribution and Projectionsmeth. 3
as the communication of its contents PLANT ARRANGEMENT
authorization is prohibited. System of Units: SECONDARY CRUSHING CIRCUIT
SI Metric
Offenders will be held liable for the SDF304048/SLD4385 ENVELOP/SEALING DETAIL
DETAIL C payment of damages. All rights
reserved in the event of the grant
ISO 80000-1
Scale Created by, Date: 08/04/2019 Responsible Department
(SIDE VIEW) E MARCOBRE & AUSENCO CODE ADDED
of a patent, utility model or design. VARI B. Djordjevic Vibrating Equipment
M SCALE 1:2.5 Language Approved by, Date: 08/04/2019 Materialmaster M
D SECTION D-D ADDED EN L. Zhang N/A
Inventor
C FOR APPROVAL Change Number Rev Document Status Doc.Type Document Number Sheet
Revision Description E N/A N/A 101031-090060-01 2/2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
WEAR LINER DETAILS FEEDER LOADS AT EACH SUPPORT POINT
TYP
350
A LINER MATERIAL : BISALLOY IN NEWTONS, UNDER ISOLATION FRAME A
INCLUDES FACTOR OF SAFETY - 10% STATIC & 20% DYNAMIC
PAN LINER THICKNESS : 30
F1 F2
SIDE LINER THICKNESS : 30 WITHOUT
TYP
WITH MAT'L WITHOUT MATERIAL
310
55 TYP 9 X 200 = (1800) 55 TYP 7 X 200 = (1400) BACK PLATE LINER THICKNESS : 25/10 RUBBER ON STEEL MAT'L DYNAMIC LOADS - ZERO TO PEAK
1910 1510
72XP18 FEED PAN LINER THICKNESS : 25/10 RUBBER ON STEEL STATIC STATIC DRIVE SPEED 650 RPM 725 RPM 800 RPM 875 RPM 950 RPM MAINTENANCE
FOR M16 GR8.8
BOLTS (BY OTHERS) ISOLATION FRAME MINIMUM STATIC CLEARANCES (mm) VERTICAL VERTICAL SPR. REACTION FEED.F1 DISCH.F2 FEED.F1 DISCH.F2 FEED.F1 DISCH.F2 FEED.F1 DISCH.F2 FEED.F1 DISCH.F2 WHEEL LOAD
FEED END FEED END VERTICAL 2978 2553 1888 1618 1339 1148 VERTICAL
1805
1014 869 801 687

B VERTICAL DOWN : 50 F1 : 154755 F1 : 69824 LONGITUDINAL 230 197 177 152 141 121 115 99 96 83 FEED END B
LONGITUDINAL : 50 DISCH. END DISCH. END TRANSVERSE 46 39 35 30 28 24 23 20 19 17 F4 : 78709
TRANSVERSE : 50 F2 : 132196 F2 : 57614 DISCH. END
DRIVE F5 : 61473
NOTE : 75 VERTICAL REQUIRED TO CHANGE F3 : 3188 MAX OVERTURNING MOMENT AT F3: 965 Nm
SPRINGS WITHOUT COMPRESSING SPRINGS
EXCITER MODEL :DF504S (2 OFF)
FEEDER MAINTENANCE WEIGHTS IN KILOGRAMS SETTING :OXXXO
X = WITH STEEL WEIGHT; O = WITHOUT WEIGHT; P = WITH LEAD WEIGHT; H = HALF
CL FEEDER ASSY
3610
WITHOUT FACTOR OF SAFETY

MIN. OPERATING SPEED: 650 RPM MAX. OPERATING SPEED: 950 RPM
C EXCITER : 915 (EACH) C
EXCITER GUARD : N/A FEEDER MINIMUM STATIC CLEARANCES (mm) NOTES:
1. FEEDER SHOWN WITHOUT MATERIAL. ALLOW 50mm HEIGHT CHANGE FOR SPRING COMPRESSION DUE TO MATERIAL.
CL BASE PLATE CTR.

DRIVE SHAFT : 68 VERTICAL UP : 75 2. SHIM UNDER SPRING BASEPLATES TO ACHIEVE EQUAL SPRING HEIGHTS ON EACH SIDE TO WITHIN 5mm AND WITH
CL BASE PLATE CTR.
DRIVE SHAFT GUARD : 11 VERTICAL DOWN : 75 FEEDER DECK LEVEL WITHIN 2mm.
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT : 50 LONGITUDINAL : 75 3. OPTIONAL EXCITER GUARD AND DRIVE SHAFT GUARD MOUNTED ON THE ISOLATION FRAME.
BOTTOM LINER : 3752 4. EXCITER SPEED & PLUG WEIGHT SETTINGS TO BE CONFIRMED AFTER WORKSHOP TESTING. FOR SETTINGS REFER
TRANSVERSE : 50 PROJECT GENERAL ARRANGEMENT.
SIDE/BACK LINERS : 275EA/284 5. DRIVE MAY BE ASSEMBLED ON EITHER SIDE OF FEEDER CLIENT TO ADVISE.
MOTOR : 750 NOTE : 75 VERTICAL REQUIRED TO CHANGE
6. FEEDER TO BE TRANSPORTED WITH EXCITERS MOUNTED.
D SPRINGS WITHOUT COMPRESSING SPRINGS 7. TRANSPORT BEAMS MUST BE REMOVED BEFORE OPERATING. D
FEEDER ASSEMBLY : 17226
8. FEEDER AND ISOLATION FRAME SHALL BE LIFTED AS SEPARATE ITEMS ONLY.
2690
FEEDER BODY : 8439 9. DAMPERS & DRIVE SHAFT GUARD TO BE REMOVED BEFORE JACKING ISOLATION FRAME.
SPRING : 20 (EACH) 10. DRIVE SHAFT & COUPLINGS ARE TO BE REMOVED FROM MOTOR COUPLING BEFORE JACKING ISOLATION FRAME.
F1 F2
ISOLATION FRAME : 9116 11. WHEN LOWERING FEEDER ONTO RAILS, FEED END MUST BE JACKED AND SPRINGS REMOVED FIRST. MAINTAIN ISOLATION
L
209 NOM
WITHOUT
MATERIA
MIN. NO SKIRT LINER BOLTS FRAME LEVEL WITHIN 50mm DURING JACKING & SPRING REMOVAL.
149 BELOW THIS LINE 12. THROAT IS DEFINED AS THE SMALLER OPENING AND PROJECTED VERTICALLY.
13. FEEDER MUST BE LIFTED USING A SPREADER BEAM (BY CUSTOMER)
100
FEEDCHUTE GRIP ROD, 164
GRIPSTRIP AND 2mm RUBBER 14. SURFACE TO BE COATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SCHENCK PROCESS SMS400 S1ASURFACE TO BE COATED IN
L
569 2425
209 NOM
WITHOUT
E E
MATERIA
(BY SCHENCK PROCESS) CL
GRIP RO CHUTE ACCORDANCE WITH SCHENCK PROCESS SMS400 S1A.
D
CL MOTOR DRIVE SKIRT 15. FEEDER MUST BE OPERATED WITH VARIABLE VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY (VVVF) DRIVE (SUPPLIED BY OTHERS).
TRANSVERSE
F3 F3 30 MOTOR DETAILS
HOPPER PAINT
SECTION A-A FFEEDCHUTE GRIP ROD,
GRIPSTRIP AND 2mm
56 MIN
SIDE GA.
(BY SCHENCK PROCESS) POWER : 55 Kw BODY : ORIENTAL BLUE
445
368
SCALE 1 : 20 RUBBER (BY SCHENCK PROCESS) P

FRAME : D280SC GUARDS : GOLDEN YELLOW
302
(ROTATED 90°) VOLTAGE : 460 V
LONGITUDINAL MOTOR : SKY BLUE
340 FREQUENCY : 60 Hz
457
4XP24
GRIP STRIP ROTATING PARTS : ORANGE
F 560 FOR M20 GR8.8
(BY SCHENCK PROCESS) # POLES : 6 LIFTING POINTS : GOLDEN YELLOW F
BOLTS (BY OTHERS) F/L CURRENT : 96 A
IP RATING : 56 SPEC/SYSTEM : SMS400/S1A
950 THROAT MATERIAL FLOW DIRECTION BRAND : TECO CLIENT SPEC : ES-0405/PS2
REF. NOTE 12 DATUM "A" MISC 1 : EMAX
SECTION C-C
80 MIN.
TE
IN THIS LINER BOLTS

MISC 2 : N/A
1097 GA
SCALE 1 : 5 4455 O/L

378 744 3971 I/S PAN DISCHARGE END
AREA
G G
30
1677
3348 3931 I/S LINER DISCHARGE END
T
SECTION B-B
NO SKIR
2990 I/S PAN FEED END
P250
SCALE 1 : 5
FLANGE
652 2931 I/S LINER FEED END
5024 C
P296
4923 PA
N
DATUM "A" LIFTING LUGS
REF. NOTE 13 30 LINER
C:\_VAULT_VIB\Designs\Jobs 101000\101031 - MINA JUSTA\SDF304048\101031-043027 - Feeder Assy\101031-043027-01.dwg
H THICKNESS H
32 RAIL
(101) C 65 RAIL
74
B 90
800 SS
ACCE
DIPS
125
30 LINER
TICK
300
(368)
10
B DETAIL 1
2826
J SCALE 1 : 5 J
55 OFFSET
55 OFFSET
2463
415
1904
CL EXCITER
1040
1782
10°
ABN 91 073 312 437

CL MOTOR
1600
625
A
1188
D
707
F3
K K
50 NOM. PACKING
CTR. LOC. A
565
(BY OTHERS)
374
374
JACKING POINT
806 REMOVABLE TRANSPORT BEAM F2 DETAIL 1 F2

OF RAIL
32 TOP
33 NOM. PACKING
723 REF. NOTE 7 33 NOM. PACKING 552 76 AT DISCH. END TOP OF STEEL
175
1375 BASE PLATE CTR. 2425 BASE PLATE CTR. (BY OTHERS) 101 AT FEED END
(BY OTHERS)
1275 WHEEL CTR. 2625 WHEEL CTR. 1150 WHEEL CTR. JACKING POINT TO THE TOP OF RAIL
VERTICAL
(350) 2910 RAIL CTR.

VERTICAL
5050 TOWING LUG

(1413) 3610 SPRING CTR.
L TOWING LUG 49.5 L
JACKING POINT
TRANSVERSE General tolerances
LONGITUDINAL The reproduction, distribution and Projectionsmeth. 3
Title, Supplementary Title
49.5
140
ISO 5456-2
as the communication of its contents SDF304048 DIVERGING PAN FEEDER
authorization is prohibited. System of Units: INSTALLATION DRAWING
SI Metric
4xP14 HOLE Offenders will be held liable for the ISO 80000-1
payment of damages. All rights
reserved in the event of the grant Origin Scale Created by, date 08/05/2019 Responsible Department
VIEW D of a patent, utility model or design.
Copyright © Schenck Process
1 : 20 M. Filipowicz
M EQUIPMENT TABLE SCALE 1 : 10 1 DIMENSIONS MODIFIED AS DETAIL DESIGN
Language Approved by, date 08/05/2019
L. Zhang
Materialmaster
V818445.B01
M
AUSENCO DOCUMENT NO: V-101946-0029A-0015
Inventor
EQUIPMENT NAME EQUIPMENT NO. SERIAL NO. DRIVE LOC'N (JACKING POINT DETAILS) 0 FOR CONSTRUCTION Change Number Revision Document Status Document Type Document Number Sheet
SECONDARY OXIDE SCREEN FEEDER 3131-FE-304 V124127.A01 RH MACOBRE DOCUMENT NO: JU-001-06-0029A-3131-04-21-0003 Revision Description 1 101031-043027-01 1/1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Part Material Technical data, Unit Part Material Technical data,
Qty. Part number Part name designation Qty. Part number Part name designation Unit mass
ref. number mass ref. number
35 1 V827121.B01 101031-190078-02 SDF304048 EXCITER SAFETY DOOR ASSY RH 43 kg 1 1 V818446.B01 101031-043027-04 SDF304048 DIVERGING FEEDER PAN ASSEMBLY 8992.3 kg
A 36 1 V827122.B01 101031-190078-03 SDF304048 EXCITER SAFETY DOOR ASSY LH 43 kg 2 1 V818447.B01 101031-043027-05 SDF304048 DIVERGING FEEDER LINER ASSEMBLY 4429 kg A
37 2 V551689.B01 000-350303-02 Ø200 POLYURETHANE STEP PLUG 0.7 kg 3 2 V113131.B01 000-954000-04 DF504 EXCITER ASSEMBLY 768.1 kg
38 2 V109786.B01 000-100004-01 SCHENCK PROCESS SELF ADHESIVE LOGO 0 kg 4 48 V110014.B01 000-954010-01 DF504 PLUG WEIGHT STEEL 3.4 kg
39 2 V109783.B01 000-100002-01 SCHENCK PROCESS SERIAL NAMEPLATE 0 kg 5 48 V102613.B01 000-501040-10 SELLOK PIN-DIA10X40 0 kg
40 8 V102635.B01 000-505002-02 HAMMER DRIVE SCREW 0 kg 6 1 V109996.B01 000-951019-01 DF5 DIPSTICK - END 0.5 kg
41 28 V102696.B01 000-510120-30 BOLT HEX HD-M30X120-GR8.8-ZP 0.9 kg 7 2 V824729.B01 101031-161324-01 SDF304048 WEDGE BRACKET FE 157.3 kg
42 79 V100920.B01 000-510035-12 BOLT HEX HD-M12X35-GR8.8-ZP 0 kg 8 2 V824728.B01 101031-161324-02 SDF304048 WEDGE BRACKET DE 128 kg
43 35 V100925.B01 000-510040-12 BOLT HEX HD-M12X40-GR8.8-ZP 0.1 kg 9 1 V824797.B01 101031-111464-01 SDF304048 ISOFRAME ASSY DRG 8682 kg
44 8 V101072.B01 000-510045-12 BOLT HEX HD-M12X45-GR8.8-ZP 0.1 kg 10 48 V691623.B01 000-320014-01 SPRING GROMMET - BTM ENDURO E42 0.6 kg
B 45 59 V101078.B01 000-510050-12 BOLT HEX HD-M12X50-GR8.8-ZP 0.1 kg 11 48 V691605.B01 000-300705-01 SPRING ENDURO E42 RBR40D SHORE A 5.2 kg B
46 64 V101073.B01 000-510045-16 BOLT HEX HD-M16X45-GR8.8-ZP 0.1 kg 12 112 V589736.B01 000-505080-01 SPRING BASEPLATE HEXAGONAL STUD M20 0.3 kg
47 181 V101224.B01 000-550001-12 WASHER FLAT-M12-CLASS 8-ZP 0 kg 13 1 V897893.B01 101031-704009-01 TECO 280SC 6P 55kW 60Hz 3PHASES 460V 750 kg
48 64 V101225.B01 000-550001-16 WASHER FLAT-M16-CLASS 8-ZP 0 kg 14 1 V895805.B01 000-410115-01 DF5 D/SHAFT ASSY 851-950LG. D80 COUPLING 57.4 kg
49 28 V109880.B01 000-540001-30 EXCITER NUT M30 0.4 kg 15 1 V828559.B01 000-420091-01 EXCITER DF504S (x2) INT SHAFT MK.2360NS ASSY 47.7 kg
50 173 V101175.B01 000-540003-12 NUT NYLOC-M12-CLASS 8-ZP 0 kg 16 2 V828879.B01 000-192100-01 SDF304048 DRIVE SHFT GUARD TYPE 2 3.7 kg
51 64 V101176.B01 000-540003-16 NUT NYLOC-M16-CLASS 8-ZP 0 kg 17 4 V130583.B01 000-125026-01 EXCITER BEAM DF501/504 BOLT KEEPER PLATE 1.2 kg
1 52 1 V786255.B01 101031-750155-01 SDF304048 DIV PAN FEEDER CONiQ CM SYS GA 0 kg 18 1 V104313.B01 12951-350197-01 SDF304048 DUSTSEAL GRIP ROD BACKPLATE 6.9 kg
6 MATERIAL DIMENSIONS LISTED ARE NOMINAL SIZES ONLY AND DO NOT TOTAL ESTIMATED MASS: 19 4 V104314.B01 12951-350197-02 SDF304048 FEEDER DUSTSEAL GRIP ROD TOP 3.9 kg
INCLUDE A WORKING ALLOWANCE, FABRICATOR SHALL ADJUST CUTTING 20 1 V104315.B01 12951-350197-03 SDF304048 FEEDER DUSTSEAL GRIP ROD DSC RH 2.7 kg
C 25807 kg 21 1 V104316.B01 12951-350197-04 SDF304048 FEEDER DUSTSEAL GRIP ROD SIDE DSC 2.7 kg
C
SIZES TO ACHIEVE REQUIRED FINISHED SIZE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING.
LH
ISO VIEW 17 22 1 V818444.B01 101031-350470-01 SDF304048 DUST SEAL LINER HOR ANGLE 75x50x8 UA, 28.2 kg
AS3679-300
NOT TO SCALE
23 3 V828408.B01 101031-350470-02 SDF304048 DUST SEAL LINER HORIZONTAL BAR 6x40 FLAT BAR, 2.4 kg
AS3679-300
24 1 V828409.B01 101031-350470-03 SDF304048 DUST SEAL CURTAIN , RBR40D SHORE A 9.3 kg
3 41 49 25 2 V828410.B01 101031-350470-04 SDF304048 DUST SEAL LINER VERTICAL BAR 40x6, FLAT BAR, 0.4 kg
AS3679-300
26 1 V828411.B01 101031-350470-05 SDF304048 DUST SEAL LINER VER ANGLE RH 75x50x8 UA, 1.4 kg
D D
AS3679-300
5 4 44 47 27 1 V828412.B01 101031-350470-06 SDF304048 DUST SEAL LINER VER ANGLE LH 75x50x8 UA /
AS3679-300
1.4 kg
28 59 V104323.B01 12951-350197-11 SDF304048 DUST SEAL STEEL BUSH Ø25 ROUND BAR x 10; 0 kg
AS1442 x 1112
29 1 V828414.B01 101031-350470-08 SDF304048 DUST SEAL CURTAIN BUTYL RUBBER, 8.6 kg
22 26 RH
RBR40D SHORE A
30 1 V828415.B01 101031-350470-09 SDF304048 DUST SEAL LINER HOR ANGLE 75x50x8 UA, 25.7 kg
27 LH
AS3679-300
E
23 28 45 47 50 31 1 V828416.B01 101031-350470-10 SDF304048 DUST SEAL CORNER ANGLE RH , 5.4 kg E
32 1 V828417.B01 101031-350470-11 SDF304048 DUST SEAL CORNER ANGLE LH , 5.4 kg
31 RH 25 33 1 V828418.B01 101031-350470-12 SDF304048 DUST SEAL HORIZONTAL BAR 40x5 FLAT/ 5.6 kg
AS3679-300
29 24 32 LH 43 34 2 V828419.B01 101031-350470-13 SDF304048 DUST SEAL CORNER BAR 40x10 FLAT/ 2.5 kg
30 28 34 45 47 50 AS3679-300
SECTION A-A 47
SCALE 1 : 10
33 45 47 50 50
SECTION C-C
F SECTION B-B SCALE 1 : 5 4422 F
SCALE 1 : 5
50 47 42 18 2
38
39 40 50 47 42 19 19
1
G 50 47 42 19 19 G
7 21
C 50 47 42 20
46 C
48
H 51 A B H
12 14
35 13
B
2365
36
REF. NOTE 1
J J
9 8
46
48
51 A
K K
50 47 42 16
15
37 11 10
3610
5400
4010
L L
General tolerances
Projectionsmeth. 3
The reproduction, distribution and Title, Supplementary Title
NOTES: utilization of this document as well
ISO 5456-2
1. FOR EXCITER SAFETY DOOR ASSEMBLY DETAILS REFER TO as the communication of its contents SDF304048 DIVERGING PAN FEEDER
101031-190078-01. authorization is prohibited. System of Units:
SI Metric
Offenders will be held liable for the ISO 80000-1
of a patent, utility model or design.
1 : 15 D. Sun
M Language Approved by, date 09/05/2019 Materialmaster M
1 ITEM 52 WAS 101031-750154-01 EN L. Zhang V818445.B01
Inventor
0 FOR CONSTRUCTION Change Number Revision Document Status Document Type Document Number Sheet
Revision Description 1 N/A N/A 101031-043027-03 1/1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A1

1BSU .BUFSJBM 5PUBM
2UZ 1BSUOVNCFS 1BSUOBNF 6OJUNBTT
SFG OVNCFS NBTT
7# 4%'*40'3.&4*%&'3".&"44:3) LH LH
" 7# 4%'*40'3.&4*%&'3".&"44:-) LH LH "
7# 4%'*40'3".&$3044#&". LH LH
7# %.06/5*/($-&7*4 LH LH
7# %".1&3% LH LH

7#
7#

*40-"5*0/'3".&8)&&-"44&.#-:
#&"3*/("44:1*--08#-$,%*"4:5'54
LH
LH
LH
LH
7# #&"3*/("44:1*--08#-$,%*"4:5-54 LH LH

7# 4%'*40'3".&$3044#&".501'& LH LH
7# 4%'*40'3".&%&'-&$5034)*&-%3) LH LH
# 7# 4%'*40'3".&%&'-&$5034)&*-%-) LH LH #
7# 4%'*40'3.&9$4"'&5:%003)*/(& LH LH
% 7# 4%'*40'3.&9$4"'&%003453*,&33) LH LH
7# 4%'*40'3.&9$4"'&%003453*,&3-) LH LH
7# 4%'*40'3".&8)&&-.5(#&".3) LH LH
$ 7# 4%'*40'3".&8)&&-.5(#&".-) LH LH
7# *40'3".&8)&&-"44:1"$,&3 LH LH
7# *40'3".&8)&&-.5("44: LH LH
4&$5*0/ $

7#
7#

/65/:-0$.$-"44;1
8"4)&3'-"5.$-"44;1
LH
LH
LH
LH

$
4$"-&
7# 8"4)&3'-"5.$-"44;1 LH LH $

7#
7#

/65/:-0$.$-"44;1
#0-5)&9)%.9(3;1
LH
LH
LH
LH
7# #0-5)&9)%.9(3;1 LH LH
8 7# #0-5)&9)%.9(3;1 LH LH

7#
7#

#0-5)&9)%.9(3;1
#0-5)&9)%.9(3;1
LH
LH
LH
LH
7# #0-5)&9)%.9(3;1 LH LH

7#
7#

#0-5)&9)%.9(3;1
#0-5)&9)%.9(3;1
LH
LH
LH
LH
% 7# 734'.U &:&#0-545"310*/55@734'.5 LH LH %
7# 4%'*40'3".&$#&".$)"//&-8-%.5 LH LH
7# 4%'*40'3".&46111*--"38-%./5 LH LH

7# 4%'*40'3".&$3044#&"."44: LH LH

7# 4%'*40'3".&$#&".1*1&8-%.5 LH LH
& 7# 4$)&/$,130$&444&3*"-/".&1-"5& LH LH
7# 4$)&/$,130$&444&-'"%)&4*7&-0(0 LH LH
3"*-$&/53&4 7# 4%'*40'3.413#1-5"44:#05%& LH LH
413*/($&/53&4 4&$5*0/ # 7# 4%'*40'3.4133&5"*/&3"44:#05'& LH LH
& 7# 4%'*40'3.4133&5"*/&3"44:#05%& LH LH

&
7# 4%'*40'3.4133&5"*/&3"44:501'& LH LH
4$"-& 7# 4%'*40'3.4133&5"*/&3"44:501%& LH LH
07&3"--53"/41035
7# 4%'*40'3.413#1-5"44:#05'& LH LH
4&$5*0/ %
7*&8 "

7#
7#

4$3&8)&9)%.9(3;1
)"..&3%3*7&4$3&8%*"Æ9Æ(344
LH
LH
LH
LH
4$"-& 7# 803,*/(-0"%-*.*5-"#&-#-"/, LH LH
4$"-& 7# *40-"5*0/'3".&%3*7&$07&31-"5& LH LH
7# #0-5)&9)%.9(3;1 LH LH
7# 4%'*40'3".&4*%&(6"3%8-%.53) LH LH
7# 4%'*40'3".&4*%&(6"3%8-%.5-) LH LH
' $0/$3&5& 3&'&3$)"35 LH LH
'
505"-&45*."5&%."44
LH
%&5"*-
"55"$)&%50
4$"-& /0/%3*7&4*%&

( 4&$5*0/ & (

7*&88 4$"-&
%&5"*-
4$"-&
$=@7"6-5@7*#=%FTJHOT=+PCT=.*/"+645"=4%'=/FX*TPMBUJPO'SBNF"TTZ=EXH
4$"-&
07&3"--53"/41035

$0/$3&5&'*--
) 3&'&35"#-& -) )
'3".&#0%:
3)

"

+ +

5:1

, ,

/0.

%*4$)&/%
#

"5

413*/($34
8)&&-$34 /05&4
453&/(5)0'$0/$3&5&.1B
- -
$0/$3&5&%&/4*5:LHNá"/%NN4-6.1NN450/&"((3&("5&
07&3"--53"/41035 $0/$3&5&50#&7*#3"5*0/1"$,&%%63*/('*--*/( (FOFSBMUPMFSBODFT
1SPKFDUJPOTNFUI
5IFSFQSPEVDUJPO EJTUSJCVUJPOBOE 5JUMF 4VQQMFNFOUBSZ5JUMF
'*--$0/$3&5&."44"4*/%*$"5&%0/5"#-& VUJMJ[BUJPOPGUIJTEPDVNFOUBTXFMM
*40
$0/$3&5&."445"#-& BTUIFDPNNVOJDBUJPOPGJUTDPOUFOUT 4%'*40'3".&"44:%3(

-*'5*/(-"#&- *5&. 50#&'*55&%50*40'3".& UPPUIFSTXJUIPVUFYQSFTT
4ZTUFNPG6OJUT
BVUIPSJ[BUJPOJTQSPIJCJUFE
505"-$0/$3&5& 505"-*40 "44&.#-:"5&"$)-*'5*/(-6("44)08/ 0GGFOEFSTXJMMCFIFMEMJBCMFGPSUIF 4*.FUSJD
*40
*40'3".& '&&%&33&'&3&/$& $0/$3&5&."44*5 QBZNFOUPGEBNBHFT"MMSJHIUT
."44 ."44 45".1U"48--3"5*/( SFTFSWFEJOUIFFWFOUPGUIFHSBOU 0SJHJO4DBMF $SFBUFECZ EBUF 3FTQPOTJCMF%FQBSUNFOU
$0.1-&5&."44*/$-6%*/($0/$3&5&3&'&350$)"35
PGBQBUFOU VUJMJUZNPEFMPSEFTJHO 3"EBNDFXJD[
5&35*"3:'&&%&3*40'3".& 4*%& -BOHVBHF "QQSPWFECZ EBUF .BUFSJBMNBTUFS
. .
4&$0/%"3:'&&%&3*40'3".& 4*%& -;IBOH 7#
*OWFOUPS
'03$0/4536$5*0/ $IBOHF/VNCFS 3FWJTJPO %PDVNFOU4UBUVT %PDVNFOU5ZQF %PDVNFOU/VNCFS 4IFFU

3FW %FTDSJQUJPO
"
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Part Material
Qty. Part number Part name Technical data, designation Unit mass
ref. number
1 1 V827796.B01 101031-104424-01 SDF304048 SIDE PLATE ASSY RH 556.9 kg
2 1 V827797.B01 101031-104424-02 SDF304048 SIDE PLATE ASSY LH 556.9 kg
3 1 V823361.B01 000-125034-01 EXCITER BEAM DF501/504 TWIN 2360 LG ASSY 821 kg
A 4 8 V823493.B01 101031-132041-02 SDF304048 CROSS BEAM 2360LG. 256.5 kg A
5 8 V823486.B01 101031-132041-03 CROSS BEAM MASS PLATE DOUBLER 164.3 kg
6 1 V104245.B01 12951-132015-01 SDF304048 PAN FEEDER CROSS BEAM DISCH 159.7 kg
7 1 V104255.B01 12951-150123-01 SDF304048 DIVERGING FEEDER BACKPLATE 108.4 kg
8 1 V104247.B01 12951-141011-01 SDF304048 DIVERGING FEEDER PAN PLATE 376.9 kg
9 1 V104249.B01 12951-142007-01 SDF304048 DIVERGING FEEDER WING ASSY RH 606.5 kg
10 1 V104251.B01 12951-142007-03 SDF304048 DIVERGING FEEDER WING ASSY LH 606.5 kg
11 14 V098840.B01 000-143006-01 SDF304048 PAN RAIL 6.6 kg
12 1 V098970.B01 000-160197-01 SDF304048 SPRING BRACKET FEED END - RH 233.4 kg
13 1 V098971.B01 000-160197-02 SDF304048 SPRING BRACKET FEED END - LH 233.4 kg
14 1 V098972.B01 000-160198-01 SDF304048 SPRING BRACKET DISCHARGE END - RH 253 kg
B 15 1 V098973.B01 000-160198-02 SDF304048 SPRING BRACKET DISCHARGE END - LH 253 kg B
16 2 V780379.B01 000-112161-01 PAN FEEDER TRANSPORT BEAM ASSY 3000W 244.1 kg
17 1 V824793.B01 000-125034-03 EXC BM DF501/504 TWIN 2360LG SHEAR PLT 137.5 kg
18 782 V101353.B01 000-570003-20 HUCKBOLT COLLAR 3LC-2R20G 0.1 kg
19 87 V101304.B01 000-560020-12 HUCKBOLT PIN C50LRBR20-12 0.1 kg
22 152 V101337.B01 000-561020-12 HUCKBOLT PIN C50L90BR20-12 0.1 kg
C 25 68 V101096.B01 000-510065-20 BOLT HEX HD-M20X65-GR8.8-ZP 0.2 kg C
26 16 V100959.B01 000-510070-20 BOLT HEX HD-M20X70-GR8.8-ZP 0.2 kg
27 100 V101226.B01 000-550001-20 WASHER FLAT-M20-CLASS 8-ZP 0 kg
28 92 V101167.B01 000-540002-20 NUT CONELOCK-M20-CLASS 8-ZP 0.1 kg
31 44 V101260.B01 000-550008-03 WASHER SQUARE-M16-50X50X5-GALV 0.1 kg
32 44 V101176.B01 000-540003-16 NUT NYLOC-M16-CLASS 8-ZP 0 kg
D TOTAL ESTIMATED MASS: D

8992.3 kg
ISOMETRIC VIEW
NOT TO SCALE
E E
7 19 18 TYP.
F F
13 15 11
G G
23 18
H TYP. 18 19 5 4 H
18 19
32 31 30 17
J 23 6 J
A A
21 18
TYP. 18 22 3
24 5 4
TYP. 18 21 18
K K
23 5 4 TYP.
TYP. 18 23 16
4 5
TYP. 18 19 SECTION A-A

16
SCALE 1 : 10
L L
22
22 22 22
12 14
M 7 8 M
7
10
9
18 21
N 18 24 N
P 21 18 P
28 27 25 1 2
20 18
28 27 26
33 27 16
16
Q Q
33 27 16 25 27 28
NOTE:
ASSEMBLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SCHENCK PROCESS SPECIFICATION SMS500
General tolerances
Projectionsmeth. 3
The reproduction, distribution and ISO 5456-2 Title, Supplementary Title
as the communication of its contents SDF304048 DIVERGING FEEDER PAN ASSEMBLY
authorization is prohibited. System of Units:
SI Metric
R payment of damages. All rights
Origin Scale Created by, date 2019-03-27 Responsible Department
R
1 : 20 R. Adamcewicz
Language Approved by, date 2019-03-29 Materialmaster
EN L. Zhang V818446.B01
Inventor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 A0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Part Technical data,
Qty. Material number Part number Part name designation Unit mass
ref.
1 1 V824784.B01 101031-220050-01 SDF304048 FEEDER PAN LINER BPLT LINER 269.7 kg
A 2 1 V824785.B01 101031-240257-01 SDF304048 FEEDER PAN BOT LINER TYPE 1 562.5 kg A
3 1 V824786.B01 101031-240257-02 SDF304048 FEEDER PAN BOT LINER TYPE 2 ; 958.9 kg
4 1 V824787.B01 101031-240257-03 SDF304048 FEEDER PAN BOT LINER TYPE 3 1029 kg
Ø40x25 5 1 V824788.B01 101031-240257-04 SDF304048 FEEDER PAN BOT LINER TYPE 4 1023.3 kg
SEAL PL RUBBER 6 4 V824789.B01 101031-240257-05 SDF304048 FEEDER PAN SIDE LINER TYPE 1 RH 54.2 kg
UGS TY
ENSURE P.
TIGHT FI 7 1 V824790.B01 101031-240257-06 SDF304048 FEEDER PAN SIDE LINER TYPE 2 RH 45.1 kg
T.
1 FILL WITH
8 4 V824791.B01 101031-240257-07 SDF304048 FEEDER PAN S/D LINER TYPE 1 LH 54.2 kg
9 1 V824792.B01 101031-240257-08 SDF304048 FEEDER PAN S/D LINER TYPE 2 LH 45.1 kg
SIKAFLEX 255 IT. 19 10 26 V101104.B01 000-520050-16 SCREW CSK-M16X50-GR10.9-ZP 0.1 kg
B 11 20 V101079.B01 000-510050-16 BOLT HEX HD-M16X50-GR8.8-ZP 0.1 kg B
2 13 66 V101176.B01 000-540003-16 NUT NYLOC-M16-CLASS 8-ZP 0 kg
14 180 V101177.B01 000-540003-20 NUT NYLOC-M20-CLASS 8-ZP 0.1 kg
18 14 V830495.B01 000-330017-01 BOLT THREAD RUBBER SEAL 0 kg
19 1 V100443.B01 000-341003-03 SIKAFLEX 255 EXTRA - 310ML CARTRIDGE 0 kg
20 5 V100415.B01 000-341002-02 EPIGEN 806 EPOXY GROUT - 3KG KIT 3 kg
C 21 14 V101201.B01 000-540006-20 NUT THIN HEX-M20-CLASS 8-ZP 0 kg
C
MATERIAL DIMENSIONS LISTED ARE NOMINAL SIZES ONLY AND DO NOT TOTAL ESTIMATED MASS:
INCLUDE A WORKING ALLOWANCE, FABRICATOR SHALL ADJUST CUTTING
SIZES TO ACHIEVE REQUIRED FINISHED SIZE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING. 4429.0 kg
PAN PLATE
ISOMETRIC VIEW 10
CROSSBEAM
D
NOT TO SCALE 13 D
16
6 6 6 SECTION C-C 14 17
7 6 SCALE 1 : 5 FILL VOID WITH EPOXY
EPIGEN 806 IT. 20 , REFER NOTES
E 5 E
11 13 15 16 8
17 14 SECTION A-A
1 ROTATED VIEW
8 8 8 8 9 PAN PLATE
BACK PLATE
F '1' F
CROSSBEAM
17 14
14 17
8 SECTION F-F
6 SCALE 1 : 5
DETAIL '1' SECTION B-B 14 17
ROTATED VIEW
G SCALE 1 : 5 G
FILL VOID WITH

EPIGEN 806 IT. 20
REFER NOTE 3 5
WING PLATE
H H
SECTION D-D
B B SCALE 1 : 2.5
J J
C C PLACE RUBBER SEAL ONTO

TOP OF FASTENER, ENSURING TIGHT
18 SEAL FIT BEFORE FILLING
VOID WITH EPIGEN 806.
F F
K K
A A
FILL VOID EPIGEN 806 IT20 5 NOTES:
1. PAINT INTERNAL REGION OF PAN WITH WATER BASED ACRYLIC & ALLOW TO DRY FULLY BEFORE STARTING
REFER NOTE 3.
LINER INSTALLATION.
2. SEAL BOLT HOLES WITH PAPER MASKING TAPE BEFORE STARTING LINER INSTALLATION.
3. ALL BOLTS & GAPS TO BE FILLED WITH WEAR RESISTANT EPOXY EPIGEN 806 AND SHALL FINISH FLUSH WITH
THE SURFACE OF LINER.
5 4. EXCESS EPOXY GROUT SHALL BE STRUCK OFF.
5. LINERS ARE ATTACHED USING ONLY BOLTS, NYLOC NUTS & SQUARE WASHERS SPECIFIED.
6. DO NOT REMOVE ANY HUCKBOLTS WHEN CHANGING LINERS.
L THREAD SURFACE TO BE
7. LINERS & FEEDER BODY PERIMETER EDGE & GAP SHALL BE CAULKED WITH SIKAFLEX 255 OR 260. L
D EE SEALED WITH LOCTITE 2440 21 12 General tolerances
Projectionsmeth. 3
D SECTION E-E utilization of this document as well

as the communication of its contents SDF304048 DIVERGING FEEDER LINER ASSEMBLY
1 SCALE 1 : 5
SI Metric
2 3
Offenders will be held liable for the
ISO 80000-1
4 reserved in the event of the grant
M Language Approved by, date 2019-03-27 Materialmaster M
Inventor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Part Material Technical data, Unit
Qty. Part number Part name designation
ref. number mass
1 1 V746719.B01 000-430252-04 1710 SERIES UNI-JNT SPLINED SHAFT 734.4 37.6 kg
2 1 V795006.B01 000-430267-01 80 DIA. LAYSHAFT COUPLING UNI-JOINT SHAFT 9.2 kg
A 3 1 V102448.B01 000-430095-01 DF500 SERIES EXCITER COUPLING 8.9 kg A
4 4 V101145.B01 000-530050-20 SCREW SHC-M20x50-GR12.9-ZP 0.2 kg
5 1 V102626.B01 000-503030-12 GRUB SCREW-M12X30 0 kg
6 16 V100919.B01 000-510035-10 BOLT HEX HD-M10X35-GR8.8-ZP 0 kg
7 1 V101199.B01 000-540006-12 LOCKNUT M12 0 kg
9 4 V109884.B01 000-550003-20 WASHER SCHNORR VS-M20-CLASS 8-ZP 0 kg
B B
ISO VIEW
NTS
C C
OPERATING RANGE 851-950
(79) RANGE 731 - 830 (41)
D D
10 8 6 3
P80
1
E 4 E
9
C:\_VAULT_VIB\Designs\Standard-000\410 - Driveshaft Assembly\410115\000-410115-01.dwg
F F
5 2 6
G 7 8 G
10
General tolerances
Projectionsmeth. 3
as the communication of its contents DF5 D/SHAFT ASSY 851-950LG. D80 COUPLING
SI Metric
H of a patent, utility model or design. 1:2 D. Sun H
Language Approved by, date 07/05/2019 Materialmaster
Inventor
Revision Description 107-09-000226 0 N/A N/A 000-410115-01 1/1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 A2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Part Material Technical data,
Qty. Part number Part name designation Unit mass
ref. number
1 1 V828560.B01 000-430270-01 DF504S INT SHAFT MK 2360NS SHAFT 15.3 kg
2 2 V109838.B01 000-430006-01 DF501/601 FLEXIBLE COUPLING 1.8 kg
A 3 6 V109849.B01 000-430049-01 COUPLING PIN 0.4 kg A
4 12 V109851.B01 000-430058-01 COUPLING WASHER FLAT 38 X 13 X 5 0 kg
6 12 V101058.B01 000-515025-12 SCREW HEX HD-M12X25-GR8.8-ZP 0 kg
7 2 V109840.B01 000-430011-02 EXCITER COUPLING & PIN ASSEMBLY 11.9 kg
TOTAL ESTIMATED MASS:
47.7 kg
B B
ISOMETRIC VIEW
NOT TO SCALE
C C
3
854
724
8 9 634
D D
9 8
C:\_VAULT_VIB\Designs\Standard-000\420 - Intermediate Shafts Assemblies\420091\000-420091-01.dwg
E E
Ø208
F F
6 5 4 1 6 5 4
ITEM 6 CAN BE USED FOR
7 2 PIN REMOVAL 2 7
G NOTES: G
1. COAT PIN ITEM 3 WITH 'NEVERSIEZE' OR EQUIVALENT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION
General tolerances
Projectionsmeth. 3
as the communication of its contents EXCITER DF504S (x2) INT SHAFT MK.2360NS ASSY
SI Metric
H of a patent, utility model or design. 1:2 R. Adamcewicz H
Language Approved by, date 30/04/2019 Materialmaster
EN l. Zhang V828559.B01
Inventor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 A2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
TOTAL
ITEM QTY MT'L-No OLD MATERIAL NUMBER DESCRIPTION
WT
1 REF V827121.B01 101031-190078-02 SDF304048 EXCITER SAFETY DOOR ASSY RH 43.0
A 2 REF V827122.B01 101031-190078-03 SDF304048 EXCITER SAFETY DOOR ASSY LH 43.0 A
EXCITER SAFETY DOOR SECURE - STRIKER
TYP.4 PLACES.
B B
C C
(R1401) TYP.DOOR SWING
D D
E E
(ISO FRAME PILLAR)
(251) (ISO FRM CROSS BEAM TOP)
2 1
F F
(ISO FRAME SIDE
ASSEMBLY LH)
(ISO FRAME SIDE
ASSEMBLY RH)
G G
C:\_VAULT_VIB\Designs\Jobs 101000\101031 - MINA JUSTA\SDF304048\101031-190078 - Isoframe Side Door Striker\101031-190078-01.dwg
H H
(262)
J J
TOP OF STEEL
(ISO FRM CROSS SECURE DOOR WEDGE

BEAM BOTTOM) TYP.4 PLACES
(3031)
K K
NOTES:
1. HINGES TO BE WELL GREASED WITH
GRAPHITE GREASE.
L L
General tolerances
Projectionsmeth. 3
as the communication of its contents SDF304048 EXCITER SAFETY DOOR ASSEMBLY
SI Metric
NTS R. Adamcewicz
L. Zhang V827120.B01
Inventor
Rev Description 0 101031-190078-01 1/1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A1
Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder Drawing List

Schenck Process
Description
Drawing No
Plant Arraignment – Tertiary Crushing Circuit
101031-090059-01
SLD4385/SDF304048 Envelop Sealing Detail
Installation Drawing Sheet 101031-043026-01
Feeder Assembly 101031-043026-03
Isolation Frame Assembly 101031-111464-01
Feeder Pan Assembly 101031-043026-04
Feeder Pan Liner Assembly 101031-043026-05
Drive Shaft Assembly 000-410113-01
CONiQ Condition Monitoring System G.A. 101031-750154-01
Safety Door Assembly 101031-190078-01
Drawings below are the current revisions at time of release of this Manual.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
ITEM QTY PART No. DESCRIPTION
1 1 101030-012137-01 SLD4385DXX BANANA SCREEN
A 2 1 101031-138004-01 SDF304048 TERTIARY HOPPER A
3 1 101031-043026-01 SDF304048 DIVERGING FEEDER
B NOTES: B
1. SCREEN AND FEEDER SHOWN IN STATIC
POSITION WITHOUT MATERIAL LOAD.
2. INCLUDES ALLOWANCE FOR HEIGHT CHANGE
DUE TO MATERIAL LOAD.
3. REFER TO INSTALLATION DRAWINGS #101031-043026-01
AND #101030-012137-01 FOR STATIC CLEARANCES FROM
C C VIBRATING MACHINES TO PLANT STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT.
C C
(3087)
(3812)
CL MOTOR OF PAN FEEDER SEE SHT.2 FOR
D (600) MOTOR
SECTION DEATILS. CL MOTOR OF BANANA SCREEN D
MAINT.ACCESS.
(11459)
(600) MOTOR
MAINT.ACCESS.
ISO VIEW PLAN
NOT TO SCALE
E E
(15111)
(2724) (3806) FEEDER RETRACTION 2 MATERIAL FLOW DIRECTION

(652)
3 (411) SEE SHT.2 FOR
SECTION DEATILS.
F F
AA DETAIL.1
(1677)
DUST ENCLOSURE
SEE SHT.2 SUPPORT BY OTHERS.
CL MOTOR OF BANANA SCREEN

(2496)
G G
RAIL STOPS TO BE POSITIONED
ONTO RAIL AT BOTH ENDS, (868)
SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. DUST ENCLOSURE
SUPPORT BY
(769) (100) WHEEL CTRS. (100) WHEEL OTHERS.
(32mm RAIL) CTRS.
1
320.8
(RAIL STOP)
(5746)
H (1375) (2425) SPRING BASE H

PLATE CTRS.
(33) PACKING
BY OTHERS
(4145)
OF LINERS.
(2749) TOP DECK
TOP OF STEEL
(50) PACKING
BY OTHERS
J J
(2465) (2465)
(1233) BOTTOM DECK

(181)
TOP OF STEEL
OF LINERS.
(5130)
(2110) (1175) (5088) SPRING BASE PLATE CTRS. (2163)
END ELEVATION
SIDE ELEVATION
K K
MARCOBRE CODE: JU-001-06-0029A-0000-04-21-0005
AUSENCO CODE: V-101946-0029A-0036

E
EQUIPMENT TABLE EQUIPMENT TABLE EQUIPMENT TABLE

101031-090059-01.dwg
L L
EQUIPMENT NAME EQUIPMENT No. SERIAL No. EQUIPMENT NAME EQUIPMENT No. SERIAL No. EQUIPMENT NAME EQUIPMENT No. SERIAL No. General tolerances
TERTIARY SCREEN BIN DISCHARGE The reproduction, distribution and Projectionsmeth. 3
TERTIARY OXIDE SCREEN FEEDER 3142-FE-306 V123743.A01 TERTIARY OXIDE SCREEN No.1 3142-SC302 V125747.A01 3141-CH-324 V144629.A01 utilization of this document as well
PLANT ARRANGEMENT
CHUTE NO 1 as the communication of its contents
authorization is prohibited. System of Units: TERTIARY CRUSHING CIRCUIT
TERTIARY SCREEN BIN DISCHARGE Offenders will be held liable for the SI Metric
SDF304048/SLD4385 ENVELOP/SEALING DETAIL
TERTIARY OXIDE SCREEN FEEDER 3142-FE-307 V123744.A01 TERTIARY OXIDE SCREEN No.2 3142-SC303 V125748.A01 3141-CH-325 V144630.A01 payment of damages. All rights
ISO 80000-1
CHUTE NO 2 reserved in the event of the grant Scale Created by, Date: 08/04/2019 Responsible Department
TERTIARY SCREEN BIN DISCHARGE E MARCOBRE & AUSENCO CODE ADDED
of a patent, utility model or design. 1:50 B. Djordjevic Vibrating Equipment
M TERTIARY OXIDE SCREEN FEEDER 3142-FE-308 V123745.A01 TERTIARY OXIDE SCREEN No.3 3142-SC304 V125749.A01
CHUTE NO 3
3141-CH-326 V144631.A01
D SECTION C-C ADDED
Language Approved by, Date: 08/04/2019 Materialmaster M
EN L. Zhang N/A
Inventor
TERTIARY SCREEN BIN DISCHARGE C ISSUED FOR APROVAL Change Number Rev Document Status Doc.Type Document Number Sheet
TERTIARY OXIDE SCREEN FEEDER 3142-FE-309 V123746.A01 TERTIARY OXIDE SCREEN No.4 3142-SC305 V125750.A01 3141-CH-327 V144632.A01
CHUTE NO 4 Revision Description E N/A N/A 101031-090059-01 1/2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
A A
B B B
(PAN FEEDER DECK LINERS)
B
C C
(STATIC HOPPER SIDE LINERS)

(DUST SEAL
P TYPE)
(116)
(PAN FEEDER
SIDE LINERS)
(178)
(BANANA SCREEN
D DECK LINERS) D
(176)
(97)
(60)
(DUST SEAL
P TYPE) (88)
(40)
E E
(DUST SEAL P TYP) (78) SECTION B-B

(SIDE VIEW)
(BANANA SCREEN SIDE LINERS) SCALE 1 : 3
SECTION A-A
F (TOP VIEW) F
SCALE 1 : 3
G G
(STATIC HOPPER)
GATE
(BY OTHERS) (DUST SEAL P TYPE)
37°
190
H H
(STATIC DUST HOUSING)
200
J J
K K
SECTION C-C
SCALE 1 : 5
101031-090059-01.dwg
L L
General tolerances
DETAIL 1 The reproduction, distribution and
Projectionsmeth. 3
(SIDE VIEW) as the communication of its contents PLANT ARRANGEMENT
authorization is prohibited. System of Units: TERTIARY CRUSHING CIRCUIT
SCALE 1 : 3 Offenders will be held liable for the SI Metric
ISO 80000-1 SDF304048/SLD4385 ENVELOP/SEALING DETAIL
reserved in the event of the grant Scale Created by, Date: 08/04/2019 Responsible Department
E MARCOBRE & AUSENCO CODE ADDED
of a patent, utility model or design. VARI B. Djordjevic Vibrating Equipment
M Language Approved by, Date: 08/04/2019 Materialmaster M
D SECTION C-C ADDED EN L. Zhang N/A
Inventor
C ISSUED FOR APROVAL Change Number Rev Document Status Doc.Type Document Number Sheet
Revision Description E N/A N/A 101031-090059-01 2/2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
WEAR LINER DETAILS FEEDER LOADS AT EACH SUPPORT POINT
TYP
350
A LINER MATERIAL : BISALLOY IN NEWTONS, UNDER ISOLATION FRAME A
INCLUDES FACTOR OF SAFETY - 10% STATIC & 20% DYNAMIC
PAN LINER THICKNESS : 25
F1 F2
SIDE LINER THICKNESS : 25 WITHOUT WITHOUT MATERIAL
TYP
WITH MAT'L
310
55 TYP 9 X 200 = (1800) 55 TYP 7 X 200 = (1400) BACK PLATE LINER THICKNESS : 25/10 RUBBER ON STEEL MAT'L DYNAMIC LOADS - ZERO TO PEAK
1910 1510 FEED PAN LINER THICKNESS : 25/10 RUBBER ON STEEL STATIC STATIC DRIVE SPEED 650 RPM 712.5 RPM 775 RPM 837.5 RPM 900 RPM MAINTENANCE
72XP18
FOR M16 GR8.8 ISOLATION FRAME MINIMUM STATIC CLEARANCES (mm) VERTICAL VERTICAL SPR. REACTION FEED.F1 DISCH.F2 FEED.F1 DISCH.F2 FEED.F1 DISCH.F2 FEED.F1 DISCH.F2 FEED.F1 DISCH.F2 WHEEL LOAD
BOLTS (BY OTHERS)
FEED END FEED END VERTICAL 1708 1423 1158 965 855 712 665 554 536 447 VERTICAL
1805
B VERTICAL DOWN : 50 F1 : 133050 F1 : 55442 LONGITUDINAL 132 110 106 88 87 73 73 61 62 52 FEED END B
LONGITUDINAL : 50 DISCH. END DISCH. END TRANSVERSE 26 22 21 18 17 15 15 12 12 10 F4 : 55206
TRANSVERSE : 50 F2 : 109246 F2 : 49246 DISCH. END
DRIVE F5 : 49482
NOTE : 75 VERTICAL REQUIRED TO CHANGE F3 : 2354 MAX OVERTURNING MOMENT AT F3: 965 Nm
SPRINGS WITHOUT COMPRESSING SPRINGS
EXCITER MODEL :DF601S (1 OFF)
FEEDER MAINTENANCE WEIGHTS IN KILOGRAMS SETTING : X0X0X
X = WITH STEEL WEIGHT; O = WITHOUT WEIGHT; P = WITH LEAD WEIGHT; H = HALF
CL FEEDER ASSY WITHOUT FACTOR OF SAFETY
3610
MIN. OPERATING SPEED: 650 RPM MAX. OPERATING SPEED: 900 RPM
C EXCITER : 1270 C
EXCITER GUARD : N/A FEEDER MINIMUM STATIC CLEARANCES (mm) NOTES:
1. FEEDER SHOWN WITHOUT MATERIAL. ALLOW 50mm HEIGHT CHANGE FOR SPRING COMPRESSION DUE TO MATERIAL.
:
CL BASE PLATE CTR.

CL BASE PLATE CTR. DRIVE SHAFT 98 VERTICAL UP : 75 2. SHIM UNDER SPRING BASEPLATES TO ACHIEVE EQUAL SPRING HEIGHTS ON EACH SIDE TO WITHIN 5mm AND WITH
DRIVE SHAFT GUARD : 11 VERTICAL DOWN : 75 FEEDER DECK LEVEL WITHIN 2mm.
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT : N/A 3. OPTIONAL EXCITER GUARD AND DRIVE SHAFT GUARD MOUNTED ON THE ISOLATION FRAME.
LONGITUDINAL : 75
: 4. EXCITER SPEED & PLUG WEIGHT SETTINGS TO BE CONFIRMED AFTER WORKSHOP TESTING. FOR SETTINGS REFER
BOTTOM LINER 3140 TRANSVERSE : 50 PROJECT GENERAL ARRANGEMENT.
SIDE/BACK LINERS : 230EA/284 5. DRIVE MAY BE ASSEMBLED ON EITHER SIDE OF FEEDER CLIENT TO ADVISE.
MOTOR : 510 NOTE : 75 VERTICAL REQUIRED TO CHANGE 6. FEEDER TO BE TRANSPORTED WITH EXCITERS MOUNTED.
D SPRINGS WITHOUT COMPRESSING SPRINGS 7. TRANSPORT BEAMS MUST BE REMOVED BEFORE OPERATING. D
FEEDER ASSEMBLY : 14856
8. FEEDER AND ISOLATION FRAME SHALL BE LIFTED AS SEPARATE ITEMS ONLY.
2668
FEEDER BODY : 8439 9. DAMPERS & DRIVE SHAFT GUARD TO BE REMOVED BEFORE JACKING ISOLATION FRAME.
SPRING : 20 (EACH) 10. DRIVE SHAFT & COUPLINGS ARE TO BE REMOVED FROM MOTOR COUPLING BEFORE JACKING ISOLATION FRAME.
F1 F2 11. WHEN LOWERING FEEDER ONTO RAILS, FEED END MUST BE JACKED AND SPRINGS REMOVED FIRST. MAINTAIN ISOLATION
ISOLATION FRAME : 7560
L
209 NOM
WITHOUT
MATERIA
NO SKIRT LINER BOLTS FRAME LEVEL WITHIN 50mm DURING JACKING & SPRING REMOVAL.
MIN. BELOW THIS LINE
149 12. THROAT IS DEFINED AS THE SMALLER OPENING AND PROJECTED VERTICALLY.
13. FEEDER MUST BE LIFTED USING A SPREADER BEAM (BY CUSTOMER)
100
FEEDCHUTE GRIP ROD, 163
14. SURFACE TO BE COATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SCHENCK PROCESS SMS400 S1ASURFACE TO BE COATED IN
GRIPSTRIP AND 2mm RUBBER
L
209 NOM
WITHOUT
E 606 2425 ACCORDANCE WITH SCHENCK PROCESS SMS400 S1A. E
MATERIA
CL
(BY SCHENCK PROCESS) GRIP RO
D
CHUTE
56 MIN 15. FEEDER MUST BE OPERATED WITH VARIABLE VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY (VVVF) DRIVE (SUPPLIED BY OTHERS).
CL MOTOR DRIVE SIDE GA. SKIRT
P
TRANSVERSE
F3 F3 MOTOR DETAILS PAINT

25
SECTION A-A FFEEDCHUTE GRIP ROD,
GRIPSTRIP AND 2mm POWER : 37 Kw BODY : ORIENTAL BLUE
415
311
SCALE 1 : 20 RUBBER (BY SCHENCK PROCESS) FRAME : D250SC GUARDS : GOLDEN YELLOW
302
HOPPER
(ROTATED 90°) (BY SCHENCK PROCESS) VOLTAGE : 460 V MOTOR : SKY BLUE
LONGITUDINAL
300 FREQUENCY : 60 Hz ROTATING PARTS : ORANGE
4XP24 GRIP STRIP
406 # POLES : 6 LIFTING POINTS : GOLDEN YELLOW
F FOR M20 GR8.8 (BY SCHENCK PROCESS) F
500 BOLTS (BY OTHERS)
F/L CURRENT : 63.8 A
SPEC/SYSTEM : SMS400/S1A
IP RATING : 56
BRAND : TECO CLIENT SPEC : ES-0405/PS2
MATERIAL FLOW DIRECTION
DATUM "A" MISC 1 : EMAX
SECTION C-C
80 MIN.
MISC 2 : N/A
IN THIS LINER BOLTS

900 THROAT
REF. NOTE 12 SCALE 1 : 5
902 GATE
4455 O/L
744 3971 I/S PAN DISCHARGE END
AREA
G G
25
1677
411 3348 3941 I/S LINER DISCHARGE END
T
SECTION B-B
NO SKIR
P250
2990 I/S PAN FEED END
FLANGE
SCALE 1 : 5
652 2941 I/S LINER FEED END
P296
5024 C
4923 PA 25 LINER
N THICKNESS
DATUM "A" LIFTING LUGS
REF. NOTE 13
H H
32 RAIL
(101) C 65 RAIL
74
B 90
910 SS
ACCE
DIPS
125
25 LINER
TICK
300
(368)
10
B DETAIL 1
2826
J SCALE 1 : 5 J
28 OFFSET
2463
28 OFFSET
415
1904
1040
1782
10°
ABN 91 073 312 437

CL EXCITER C
L MOTOR
1600
625
A
1189
D
707
F3
K K
50 NOM. PACKING
A
568
CTR. LOC.
(BY OTHERS)
374
374
JACKING POINT
769 REMOVABLE TRANSPORT BEAM 552 F2 OF RAIL

32 TOP
DETAIL 1 F2
33 NOM. PACKING
723 REF. NOTE 7 33 NOM. PACKING 76 AT DISCH. END TOP OF STEEL
175
1375 BASE PLATE CTR. 2425 BASE PLATE CTR. (BY OTHERS) JACKING POINT 101 AT FEED END
(BY OTHERS)
1275 WHEEL CTR. 2625 WHEEL CTR. 1150 WHEEL CTR. TO THE TOP OF RAIL
VERTICAL
TOWING LUG (350) 2910 RAIL CTR.

VERTICAL
5050
(1282) 3610 SPRING CTR.
L TOWING LUG
49.5 L
JACKING POINT
TRANSVERSE General tolerances
LONGITUDINAL The reproduction, distribution and Projectionsmeth. 3
SDF304048 DIVERGING PAN FEEDER
49.5
140
as the communication of its contents

INSTALLATION DRAWING
EQUIPMENT TABLE authorization is prohibited.
System of Units:
SI Metric
ISO 80000-1
EQUIPMENT NAME EQUIPMENT NO. SERIAL NO. DRIVE LOC'N 4xP14 HOLE payment of damages. All rights
Origin Scale Created by, date 08/05/2019 Responsible Department
TERTIARY OXIDE SCREEN FEEDER 3142-FE-306 V123743.A01 RH of a patent, utility model or design. 1 : 20 M. Filipowicz
M TERTIARY OXIDE SCREEN FEEDER
VIEW D Copyright © Schenck Process
Language Approved by, date 08/05/2019 Materialmaster M
3142-FE-307 V123744.A01 RH SCALE 1 : 10 1 DIMENSIONS MODIFIED AS DETAIL DESIGN EN L. Zhang V818439.B01
AUSENCO DOCUMENT NO: V-101946-0029A-0012
Inventor
TERTIARY OXIDE SCREEN FEEDER 3142-FE-308 V123745.A01 RH (JACKING POINT DETAILS) 0 FOR CONSTRUCTION Change Number Revision Document Status Document Type Document Number Sheet
TERTIARY OXIDE SCREEN FEEDER 3142-FE-309 V123746.A01 RH MACOBRE DOCUMENT NO: JU-001-06-0029A-3142-04-21-0002 Revision Description 1 N/A N/A 101031-043026-01 1/1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Part Material Technical data, Unit Part Material Technical data,
Qty. Part number Part name designation Qty. Part number Part name designation Unit mass
ref. number mass ref. number
33 2 V828419.B01 101031-350470-13 SDF304048 DUST SEAL CORNER BAR 40x10 FLAT/ 2.5 kg 1 1 V818440.B01 101031-043026-04 SDF304048 DIVERGING FEEDER PAN ASEMBLY 8037.4 kg
A AS3679-300 2 1 V818441.B01 101031-043026-05 SDF304048 DIVERGING FEEDER LINER ASSEMBLY 3760 kg A
34 1 V827122.B01 101031-190078-03 SDF304048 EXCITER SAFETY DOOR ASSY LH 43 kg 3 1 V113474.B01 000-961000-04 DF601S EXCITER ASSEMBLY 1144.5 kg
35 1 V827121.B01 101031-190078-02 SDF304048 EXCITER SAFETY DOOR ASSY RH 43 kg 4 12 V110033.B01 000-961015-01 DF601S PLUG WEIGHT STEEL ROUND BAR AS1442 6.7 kg
36 2 V551689.B01 000-350303-02 Ø200 POLYURETHANE STEP PLUG 0.7 kg 5 12 V102613.B01 000-501040-10 SELLOK PIN-DIA10X40 0 kg
6 37
38
1
2
V549075.B01
V109783.B01
000-350303-01
000-100002-01
Ø150 POLYURETHANE STEP PLUG
SCHENCK PROCESS SERIAL NAMEPLATE
0.5
0
kg
kg
6
7
1
2
V110039.B01
V824729.B01
000-961019-01
101031-161324-01
DF601S EXCITER DIP STICK ASSEMBLY
SDF304048 WEDGE BRACKET FE
0.8
157.3
kg
kg
REF. NOTE 1 39 8 V102635.B01 000-505002-02 HAMMER DRIVE SCREW 0 kg 8 2 V824728.B01 101031-161324-02 SDF304048 WEDGE BRACKET DE 128 kg
16 40 2 V109786.B01 000-100004-01 SCHENCK PROCESS SELF ADHESIVE LOGO 0 kg 9 1 V824797.B01 101031-111464-01 SDF304048 ISOFRAME ASSY DRG 7158.8 kg
41 14 V102696.B01 000-510120-30 BOLT HEX HD-M30X120-GR8.8-ZP 0.9 kg 10 40 V691623.B01 000-320014-01 SPRING GROMMET - BTM ENDURO E42 0.6 kg
B B
5 4 41 49 42
43
79
35
V100920.B01
V100925.B01
000-510035-12
000-510040-12
BOLT HEX HD-M12X35-GR8.8-ZP
BOLT HEX HD-M12X40-GR8.8-ZP
0
0.1
kg
kg
11
12
40
112
V691605.B01
V589736.B01
000-300705-01
000-505080-01
SPRING ENDURO E42
SPRING BASEPLATE HEXAGONAL STUD M20
RBR40D SHORE A 5.2
0.3
kg
kg
44 4 V101072.B01 000-510045-12 BOLT HEX HD-M12X45-GR8.8-ZP 0.1 kg 13 1 V897891.B01 101031-704007-01 TECO 250SC 6P 37kW 60Hz 3 PHASES 460V 510 kg
44 50 45 59 V101078.B01 000-510050-12 BOLT HEX HD-M12X50-GR8.8-ZP 0.1 kg 14 1 V828422.B01 000-410113-01 DF601/DF704 UNI-JOINT DRIVE SHAFT ASSY 72.2 kg
46 64 V101073.B01 000-510045-16 BOLT HEX HD-M16X45-GR8.8-ZP 0.1 kg 15 2 V828421.B01 000-192099-01 SDF304048 DRIVE SHFT GUARD TYPE 1 3.9 kg
47 173 V101175.B01 000-540003-12 NUT NYLOC-M12-CLASS 8-ZP 0 kg 16 2 V122306.B01 000-126034-05 DF604/601 EXCITER BOLT KEEPER 2.5 kg
48 64 V101176.B01 000-540003-16 NUT NYLOC-M16-CLASS 8-ZP 0 kg 17 1 V104313.B01 12951-350197-01 SDF304048 DUSTSEAL GRIP ROD BACKPLATE 6.9 kg
49 14 V109880.B01 000-540001-30 EXCITER NUT M30 0.4 kg 18 4 V104314.B01 12951-350197-02 SDF304048 FEEDER DUSTSEAL GRIP ROD TOP 3.9 kg
50 177 V101224.B01 000-550001-12 WASHER FLAT-M12-CLASS 8-ZP 0 kg 19 1 V104315.B01 12951-350197-03 SDF304048 FEEDER DUSTSEAL GRIP ROD DSC RH 2.7 kg
51 64 V101225.B01 000-550001-16 WASHER FLAT-M16-CLASS 8-ZP 0 kg 20 1 V104316.B01 12951-350197-04 SDF304048 FEEDER DUSTSEAL GRIP ROD SIDE DSC LH 2.7 kg
C 52 1 V786254.B01 101031-750154-01 SDF304048 DIV PAN FEEDER CONiQ CM SYS GA 0 kg 21 1 V818444.B01 101031-350470-01 SDF304048 DUST SEAL LINER HOR ANGLE 75x50x8 UA, 28.2 kg
C
1
MATERIAL DIMENSIONS LISTED ARE NOMINAL SIZES ONLY AND DO NOT TOTAL ESTIMATED MASS: AS3679-300
ISO VIEW SECTION A-A INCLUDE A WORKING ALLOWANCE, FABRICATOR SHALL ADJUST CUTTING 22 3 V828408.B01 101031-350470-02 SDF304048 DUST SEAL LINER HORIZONTAL BAR 6x40 FLAT BAR, 2.4 kg
NOT TO SCALE SCALE 1 : 15 3 SIZES TO ACHIEVE REQUIRED FINISHED SIZE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING. 21883.3 kg AS3679-300
23 1 V828409.B01 101031-350470-03 SDF304048 DUST SEAL CURTAIN , RBR40D SHORE A 9.3 kg
24 2 V828410.B01 101031-350470-04 SDF304048 DUST SEAL LINER VERTICAL BAR 40x6, FLAT BAR, 0.4 kg
AS3679-300
25 1 V828411.B01 101031-350470-05 SDF304048 DUST SEAL LINER VER ANGLE RH 75x50x8 UA, 1.4 kg
AS3679-300
26 1 V828412.B01 101031-350470-06 SDF304048 DUST SEAL LINER VER ANGLE LH 75x50x8 UA / 1.4 kg
D D
AS3679-300
27 59 V104323.B01 12951-350197-11 SDF304048 DUST SEAL STEEL BUSH Ø25 ROUND BAR x 10; 0 kg
AS1442 x 1112
28 1 V828414.B01 101031-350470-08 SDF304048 DUST SEAL CURTAIN BUTYL RUBBER, 8.6 kg
RBR40D SHORE A
29 1 V828415.B01 101031-350470-09 SDF304048 DUST SEAL LINER HOR ANGLE 75x50x8 UA, 25.7 kg
21 AS3679-300
,
37 30
31
1
1
V828416.B01 101031-350470-10
V828417.B01 101031-350470-11
SDF304048 DUST SEAL CORNER ANGLE RH
SDF304048 DUST SEAL CORNER ANGLE LH ,
5.4 kg
5.4 kg
E 22 27 45 47 50 25 RH 32 1 V828418.B01 101031-350470-12 SDF304048 DUST SEAL HORIZONTAL BAR 40x5 FLAT/ 5.6 kg E
AS3679-300
26 LH
28 23 30 RH 24
29
31 LH 43
VIEW B 32 45 47 50 27 33 45 47 50
SCALE 1 : 10 47
F 4422 F
SECTION C-C SECTION D-D 50
SCALE 1 : 5 SCALE 1 : 5
42 47 50 17 2
40
38 39 42 47 50 18 18
G
1 42 47 50 18 18 G
7 20
46 D 42 47 50 19
D 28
48
51
H C H
A
12
34 13
35 C
2365
REF. NOTE 2
J J
9 8
46
48 A
51
K K
50 47 42 15
14
36 11 10
3610
5400
4010
L L
B General tolerances
Projectionsmeth. 3
The reproduction, distribution and Title, Supplementary Title
NOTES: utilization of this document as well
ISO 5456-2
1. ITEM 6 (DIPSTICK) CAN BE CUT TO SUIT THE ASSEMBLY (NO as the communication of its contents SDF304048 DIVERGING PAN FEEDER
MORE THAN 100mm). authorization is prohibited. System of Units:
SI Metric
2. FOR EXCITER SAFETY DOOR ASSEMBLY DETAILS REFER TO Offenders will be held liable for the ISO 80000-1
101031-190078-01. reserved in the event of the grant Origin Scale Created by, date 09/05/2019 Responsible Department
1 : 15 D. Sun
1 ITEM 52 WAS 101031-750155-01 EN L. Zhang V818439.B01
Inventor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A1

1BSU .BUFSJBM 5PUBM
2UZ 1BSUOVNCFS 1BSUOBNF 6OJUNBTT
SFG OVNCFS NBTT
7# 4%'*40'3.&4*%&'3".&"44:3) LH LH
" 7# 4%'*40'3.&4*%&'3".&"44:-) LH LH "
7# 4%'*40'3".&$3044#&". LH LH
7# %.06/5*/($-&7*4 LH LH
7# %".1&3% LH LH

7#
7#

*40-"5*0/'3".&8)&&-"44&.#-:
#&"3*/("44:1*--08#-$,%*"4:5'54
LH
LH
LH
LH
7# #&"3*/("44:1*--08#-$,%*"4:5-54 LH LH

7# 4%'*40'3".&$3044#&".501'& LH LH
7# 4%'*40'3".&%&'-&$5034)*&-%3) LH LH
# 7# 4%'*40'3".&%&'-&$5034)&*-%-) LH LH #
7# 4%'*40'3.&9$4"'&5:%003)*/(& LH LH
% 7# 4%'*40'3.&9$4"'&%003453*,&33) LH LH
7# 4%'*40'3.&9$4"'&%003453*,&3-) LH LH
7# 4%'*40'3".&8)&&-.5(#&".3) LH LH
$ 7# 4%'*40'3".&8)&&-.5(#&".-) LH LH
7# *40'3".&8)&&-"44:1"$,&3 LH LH
7# *40'3".&8)&&-.5("44: LH LH
4&$5*0/ $

7#
7#

/65/:-0$.$-"44;1
8"4)&3'-"5.$-"44;1
LH
LH
LH
LH

$
4$"-&
7# 8"4)&3'-"5.$-"44;1 LH LH $

7#
7#

/65/:-0$.$-"44;1
#0-5)&9)%.9(3;1
LH
LH
LH
LH
7# #0-5)&9)%.9(3;1 LH LH
8 7# #0-5)&9)%.9(3;1 LH LH

7#
7#

#0-5)&9)%.9(3;1
#0-5)&9)%.9(3;1
LH
LH
LH
LH
7# #0-5)&9)%.9(3;1 LH LH

7#
7#

#0-5)&9)%.9(3;1
#0-5)&9)%.9(3;1
LH
LH
LH
LH
% 7# 734'.U &:&#0-545"310*/55@734'.5 LH LH %
7# 4%'*40'3".&$#&".$)"//&-8-%.5 LH LH
7# 4%'*40'3".&46111*--"38-%./5 LH LH

7# 4%'*40'3".&$3044#&"."44: LH LH

7# 4%'*40'3".&$#&".1*1&8-%.5 LH LH
& 7# 4$)&/$,130$&444&3*"-/".&1-"5& LH LH
7# 4$)&/$,130$&444&-'"%)&4*7&-0(0 LH LH
3"*-$&/53&4 7# 4%'*40'3.413#1-5"44:#05%& LH LH
413*/($&/53&4 4&$5*0/ # 7# 4%'*40'3.4133&5"*/&3"44:#05'& LH LH
& 7# 4%'*40'3.4133&5"*/&3"44:#05%& LH LH

&
7# 4%'*40'3.4133&5"*/&3"44:501'& LH LH
4$"-& 7# 4%'*40'3.4133&5"*/&3"44:501%& LH LH
07&3"--53"/41035
7# 4%'*40'3.413#1-5"44:#05'& LH LH
4&$5*0/ %
7*&8 "

7#
7#

4$3&8)&9)%.9(3;1
)"..&3%3*7&4$3&8%*"Æ9Æ(344
LH
LH
LH
LH
4$"-& 7# 803,*/(-0"%-*.*5-"#&-#-"/, LH LH
4$"-& 7# *40-"5*0/'3".&%3*7&$07&31-"5& LH LH
7# #0-5)&9)%.9(3;1 LH LH
7# 4%'*40'3".&4*%&(6"3%8-%.53) LH LH
7# 4%'*40'3".&4*%&(6"3%8-%.5-) LH LH
' $0/$3&5& 3&'&3$)"35 LH LH
'
505"-&45*."5&%."44
LH
%&5"*-
"55"$)&%50
4$"-& /0/%3*7&4*%&

( 4&$5*0/ & (

7*&88 4$"-&
%&5"*-
4$"-&
$=@7"6-5@7*#=%FTJHOT=+PCT=.*/"+645"=4%'=/FX*TPMBUJPO'SBNF"TTZ=EXH
4$"-&
07&3"--53"/41035

$0/$3&5&'*--
) 3&'&35"#-& -) )
'3".&#0%:
3)

"

+ +

5:1

, ,

/0.

%*4$)&/%
#

"5

413*/($34
8)&&-$34 /05&4
453&/(5)0'$0/$3&5&.1B
- -
$0/$3&5&%&/4*5:LHNá"/%NN4-6.1NN450/&"((3&("5&
07&3"--53"/41035 $0/$3&5&50#&7*#3"5*0/1"$,&%%63*/('*--*/( (FOFSBMUPMFSBODFT
1SPKFDUJPOTNFUI
5IFSFQSPEVDUJPO EJTUSJCVUJPOBOE 5JUMF 4VQQMFNFOUBSZ5JUMF
'*--$0/$3&5&."44"4*/%*$"5&%0/5"#-& VUJMJ[BUJPOPGUIJTEPDVNFOUBTXFMM
*40
$0/$3&5&."445"#-& BTUIFDPNNVOJDBUJPOPGJUTDPOUFOUT 4%'*40'3".&"44:%3(

-*'5*/(-"#&- *5&. 50#&'*55&%50*40'3".& UPPUIFSTXJUIPVUFYQSFTT
4ZTUFNPG6OJUT
BVUIPSJ[BUJPOJTQSPIJCJUFE
505"-$0/$3&5& 505"-*40 "44&.#-:"5&"$)-*'5*/(-6("44)08/ 0GGFOEFSTXJMMCFIFMEMJBCMFGPSUIF 4*.FUSJD
*40
*40'3".& '&&%&33&'&3&/$& $0/$3&5&."44*5 QBZNFOUPGEBNBHFT"MMSJHIUT
."44 ."44 45".1U"48--3"5*/( SFTFSWFEJOUIFFWFOUPGUIFHSBOU 0SJHJO4DBMF $SFBUFECZ EBUF 3FTQPOTJCMF%FQBSUNFOU
$0.1-&5&."44*/$-6%*/($0/$3&5&3&'&350$)"35
PGBQBUFOU VUJMJUZNPEFMPSEFTJHO 3"EBNDFXJD[
5&35*"3:'&&%&3*40'3".& 4*%& -BOHVBHF "QQSPWFECZ EBUF .BUFSJBMNBTUFS
. .
4&$0/%"3:'&&%&3*40'3".& 4*%& -;IBOH 7#
*OWFOUPS
'03$0/4536$5*0/ $IBOHF/VNCFS 3FWJTJPO %PDVNFOU4UBUVT %PDVNFOU5ZQF %PDVNFOU/VNCFS 4IFFU

3FW %FTDSJQUJPO
"
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Part Material
Qty. Part number Part name Technical data, designation Unit mass
ref. number
1 1 V113797.B01 12951-104004-01 SDF304048 SIDE PLATE ASSEMBLY RH 571 kg
2 1 V113798.B01 12951-104004-02 SDF304048 SIDE PLATE ASSEMBLY LH 571 kg
3 1 V098625.B01 000-126013-01 EXCITER BEAM DF601/604 SINGLE 2360 LG. ASSY. 1316.9 kg
A 4 1 V104242.B01 12951-132011-01 SDF304048 CROSS BEAM FEED END 257.9 kg A
5 6 V104243.B01 12951-132011-02 SDF304048 CROSS BEAM INTERMEDIATE 257.3 kg
6 1 V104244.B01 12951-132011-03 SDF304048 PAN FEEDER C/BEAM INT DIS END 257.9 kg
7 1 V104245.B01 12951-132015-01 SDF304048 PAN FEEDER CROSS BEAM DISCH 159.7 kg
8 1 V104255.B01 12951-150123-01 SDF304048 DIVERGING FEEDER BACKPLATE 108.4 kg
9 1 V104247.B01 12951-141011-01 SDF304048 DIVERGING FEEDER PAN PLATE 376.9 kg
10 1 V104249.B01 12951-142007-01 SDF304048 DIVERGING FEEDER WING ASSY RH 606.5 kg
11 1 V104251.B01 12951-142007-03 SDF304048 DIVERGING FEEDER WING ASSY LH 606.5 kg
12 14 V098840.B01 000-143006-01 SDF304048 PAN RAIL 6.6 kg
13 1 V098970.B01 000-160197-01 SDF304048 SPRING BRACKET FEED END - RH 233.4 kg
14 1 V098971.B01 000-160197-02 SDF304048 SPRING BRACKET FEED END - LH 233.4 kg
B 15 1 V098972.B01 000-160198-01 SDF304048 SPRING BRACKET DISCHARGE END - RH 253 kg B
16 1 V098973.B01 000-160198-02 SDF304048 SPRING BRACKET DISCHARGE END - LH 253 kg
17 2 V780379.B01 000-112161-01 PAN FEEDER TRANSPORT BEAM ASSY 3000W 244.1 kg
18 700 V101353.B01 000-570003-20 HUCKBOLT COLLAR 3LC-2R20G 0.1 kg
C 26 80 V101096.B01 000-510065-20 BOLT HEX HD-M20X65-GR8.8-ZP 0.2 kg C
29 106 V101167.B01 000-540002-20 NUT CONELOCK-M20-CLASS 8-ZP 0.1 kg
32 2 V101166.B01 000-540002-16 NUT CONELOCK-M16-CLASS 8-ZP 0 kg
TOTAL ESTIMATED MASS:
8037.4 kg
D D
E E
ISOMETRIC VIEW
NOT TO SCALE
8
20 18 TYP.
F F
12
14 16
G G
4
5
H H
TYP. 18 20 25 18
18 20
J J
25
A A 18 22 21 18 7
TYP. 18 24
K K
TYP. 18 21 28 26 17
25 SECTION A-A 5 6
SCALE 1 : 10
TYP. 18 25
L 28 26 17 L
TYP. 18 20
TYP.
18 24
24 24
13 15 24
M M
8 9
8 10 11
18 21
N
18 23 N
21 18
P 2 P
29 28 26 7 1
22 18
27 27 28 29
Q 28 26 17 Q
28
NOTE:
29 17 26 28 1 ASSEMBLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SCHENCK PROCESS SPECIFICATION SMS500
General tolerances
Projectionsmeth. 3
as the communication of its contents SDF304048 DIVERGING FEEDER PAN ASEMBLY
SI Metric
R payment of damages. All rights
R
Language Approved by, date 2019-03-20 Materialmaster
1 NOTES REVISED. ITEM BALLONS REMOVED IN SIDE ELEV VIEW EN L. Zhang V818440.B01
Inventor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 A0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Part Material Unit
Qty. Part number Part name Technical data, designation
ref. number mass
A 1 1 V824730.B01 101031-220049-01 SDF304048 FEEDER PAN BPLT LINER 270.6 kg A
2 1 V824731.B01 101031-240256-01 SDF304048 FEEDER PAN BOT LINER TYPE 1 470.9 kg
6 4 V824735.B01 101031-240256-05 SDF304048 FEEDER PAN SD LINER TYPE 1 RH 45.3 kg
7 1 V824736.B01 101031-240256-06 SDF304048 FEEDER PAN SD LINER TYPE 2 RH 37.7 kg
8 4 V824796.B01 101031-240256-07 SDF304048 FEEDER PAN SD LINER TYPE 1 LH 45.3 kg
9 1 V824806.B01 101031-240256-08 SDF304048 FEEDER PAN SD LINER TYPE 2 LH 37.7 kg
B 10 26 V101104.B01 000-520050-16 SCREW CSK-M16X50-GR10.9-ZP 0.1 kg B
1 FILL WITH 14 180 V101177.B01 000-540003-20 NUT NYLOC-M20-CLASS 8-ZP 0.1 kg
Ø40x25 SIKAFLEX 255 IT. 19 1 15 40 V101225.B01 000-550001-16 WASHER FLAT-M16-CLASS 8-ZP 0 kg
SEAL PL RUBBER
UGS. TY 1 16 46 V101260.B01 000-550008-03 WASHER SQUARE-M16-50X50X5-GALV 0.1 kg
ENSURE P
TIGHT FI . 17 180 V101261.B01 000-550008-04 WASHER SQUARE-M20-50X50X6-GALV 0.1 kg
T.
2 18 14 V830495.B01 000-330017-01
19 1 V100443.B01 000-341003-03
BOLT THREAD RUBBER SEAL
SIKAFLEX 255 EXTRA - 310ML CARTRIDGE
0
0
kg
kg
C 20 5 V100415.B01 000-341002-02 EPIGEN 806 EPOXY GROUT - 3KG KIT 3 kg C
21 14 V101201.B01 000-540006-20 NUT THIN HEX-M20-CLASS 8-ZP 0 kg
D ISOMETRIC VIEW D
PAN PLATE
NOT TO SCALE FILL VOID WITH EPOXY
10 EPIGEN 806 IT. 20 REFER NOTES
13 4
5
16
7 6 6 6 6 CROSSBEAMS
14
E 17 E
SECTION C-C
SCALE 1 : 5
8
11 13 15 16 SECTION A-A
ROTATED VIEW
17 14 PAN PLATE
F 1 F
8 8 8 8 9 17 14 CROSSBEAM
'1'
14 17
BACK PLATE
SECTION F-F
8 6 SCALE 1 : 5
G G
SECTION B-B 14 17
ROTATED VIEW
DETAIL '1' WING PLATE
FILL VOID WITH
5
SCALE 1 : 5 EPIGEN 806 IT. 20
REFER NOTE 3
H H
B B SECTION D-D
SCALE 1 : 2.5
J J
PLACE RUBBER SEAL ONTO

TOP OF FASTENER, ENSURING TIGHT
18 SEAL FIT BEFORE FILLING
C C VOID WITH EPIGEN 806.
F F
FILL VOID EPIGEN 806 IT20
REFER NOTE 3.
5
K K
NOTES:
A A 1. PAINT INTERNAL REGION OF PAN WITH WATER BASED ACRYLIC & ALLOW TO DRY FULLY BEFORE STARTING
LINER INSTALLATION.
2. SEAL BOLT HOLES WITH PAPER MASKING TAPE BEFORE STARTING LINER INSTALLATION.
3. ALL BOLTS & GAPS TO BE FILLED WITH WEAR RESISTANT EPOXY EPIGEN 806 AND SHALL FINISH FLUSH WITH
THREAD SURFACE TO BE THE SURFACE OF LINER.
SEALED WITH LOCTITE 2440 21 12 PAN PLATE 4. EXCESS EPOXY GROUT SHALL BE STRUCK OFF.
SECTION E-E 5.
6.
LINERS ARE ATTACHED USING ONLY BOLTS, NYLOC NUTS & SQUARE WASHERS SPECIFIED.
DO NOT REMOVE ANY HUCKBOLTS WHEN CHANGING LINERS.
SCALE 1 : 5
L D E E 7. LINERS & FEEDER BODY PERIMETER EDGE & GAP SHALL BE CAULKED WITH SIKAFLEX 255 OR 260.
L
General tolerances
Projectionsmeth. 3
as the communication of its contents SDF304048 DIVERGING FEEDER LINER ASSEMBLY
1 2 D authorization is prohibited. System of Units:

SI Metric
3 4
ISO 80000-1
5 of a patent, utility model or design.
1 : 20 S.Choudhury
M Language Approved by, date 2019-03-19 Materialmaster M
1 ITEM QTY'S FOR 15 & 16 WERE 20, & 66 RESP'LY EN L. Zhang V818441.B01
Inventor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Technical
Part Material data, Unit
Qty. Part number Part name
ref. number designation mass
A 1 1 V820013.B01 000-430266-02 70 DIA. LAYSHAFT COUPLING UNI-JOINT SHAFT 9.3 kg A

2 1 V102626.B01 000-503030-12 GRUB SCREW-M12X30 0 kg
3 16 V100919.B01 000-510035-10 BOLT HEX HD-M10X35-GR8.8-ZP 0 kg
4 1 V101199.B01 000-540006-12 LOCKNUT M12 0 kg
7 1 V100747.B01 000-430060-01 DF600 SERIES EXCITER COUPLING 12 kg
B 10 1 V830538.B01 000-430252-20 1710 SERIES UNI-JNT SPLINED SHAFT 1659.4 48 kg B
OPERATING RANGE 1776-1875
(79) (41)
2 4 RANGE 1656-1755
C:\_VAULT_VIB\Designs\Standard-000\410 - Driveshaft Assembly\410113\000-410113-01.dwg
C C
3 5 6 10 7
LAYSHAFT SIDE (DRIVING)
EXCITER SIDE (DRIVEN)

D D
MOTOR OR
1 6 5 3
8 9
E E
General tolerances
Projectionsmeth. 3
as the communication of its contents DF601/DF704 UNI-JOINT DRIVE SHAFT ASSY
SI Metric
1 : 10 D. Sun
F Language Approved by, date 07/05/2019 Materialmaster F
Inventor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
TOTAL
ITEM QTY MT'L-No OLD MATERIAL NUMBER DESCRIPTION
WT
1 REF V827121.B01 101031-190078-02 SDF304048 EXCITER SAFETY DOOR ASSY RH 43.0
A 2 REF V827122.B01 101031-190078-03 SDF304048 EXCITER SAFETY DOOR ASSY LH 43.0 A
EXCITER SAFETY DOOR SECURE - STRIKER
TYP.4 PLACES.
B B
C C
(R1401) TYP.DOOR SWING
D D
E E
(ISO FRAME PILLAR)
(251) (ISO FRM CROSS BEAM TOP)
2 1
F F
(ISO FRAME SIDE
ASSEMBLY LH)
(ISO FRAME SIDE
ASSEMBLY RH)
G G
C:\_VAULT_VIB\Designs\Jobs 101000\101031 - MINA JUSTA\SDF304048\101031-190078 - Isoframe Side Door Striker\101031-190078-01.dwg
H H
(262)
J J
TOP OF STEEL
(ISO FRM CROSS SECURE DOOR WEDGE

BEAM BOTTOM) TYP.4 PLACES
(3031)
K K
NOTES:
1. HINGES TO BE WELL GREASED WITH
GRAPHITE GREASE.
L L
General tolerances
Projectionsmeth. 3
as the communication of its contents SDF304048 EXCITER SAFETY DOOR ASSEMBLY
SI Metric
NTS R. Adamcewicz
L. Zhang V827120.B01
Inventor
Rev Description 0 101031-190078-01 1/1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A1
Ph: + 61 2 9886 6800 Ph: + 61 2 9043 8400 Ph: + 61 3 9300 8000 Ph: + 61 8 9494 6777 Ph: + 61 7 3511 4300 Ph: + 61 7 4952 7100 Ph: + 61 7 4930 1400

Warranty Period
Warranty (Defects Liability) Period
Warranty Statement is in accordance the Commercial Contract for the supply of this equipment.
“Schenck Process defects liability period is 12 months from the date of Schenck Process’ dry
commissioning or 18 months from the date of delivery, whichever is the earliest. This warranty may be
voided if commissioning is not undertaken by a Schenck employee or representative. The warranty
statement is attached to this submission for your perusal.
Parts free issued by the client are not covered under warranty.”

Warranty Statement
Warranty (Defects Liability) Statement
Warranty Statement is in accordance the Commercial Contract for the supply of this equipment.

Glossary of Terms
Angle Of Throw Angle of the directed force in relation to the Horizontal.
Back Plate A closure Slate across Feed End of the Feeder to prevent spillage.
Bed Depth Thickness of the layer of material traversing a Feeder surface.
Bulk Density Density of the crushed or broken material when measured in a large quantity of
particles.
Capacity The maximum feed rate that a Feeder can handle, at a given efficiency.
Coil Springs Set of members in each corner of the Feeder to minimize the shock loading to the
supporting structure.
Damping Reduction of the vibration by external means.
Delivery Rate Rate the material is delivered to the Feeder.
Denso tape Synthetic woven tape covered with a petrolatum based compound used for corrosion
protection of exposed bright or bare metal surfaces and screw threads.
Drive All the elements that make up the system to drive the Exciter.
Drive Shaft Shaft that connects the Lay Shaft to the first Exciter.
Dry Feeder Feeding of material without the addition of liquid vehicle.
Dust Enclosure Any type of encasement around the Vibrating Feeder for the purpose of collecting
dust.
Dust Seal A dust restraining member between a stationary enclosure and Vibrating Frame.
Eccentric Mass The mass that is mounted in a position away from the centre of Shaft rotation that
causes an out of balance force.
Exciter The mechanism that has two counter-rotating Shafts (revolving at the same speed),
each having Swing Segments attached at each end which produce a resultant
directed force when operating.
Feed The material presented to the Screen for processing.
Feeder A conveying device by which the rate of delivery of material can be controlled.
Fines Material having a particle size smaller than a specified aperture, also called
"Undersize".
Frequency The number of times an event repeats itself per unit of time.
Grizzly A heavy duty screening surface consisting of a series of spaced rails, bar or
pipe members running in the direction of material flow which may be
stationary or vibrating
Huck Bolts A fastener that permanently joins multiple plates and members together
without the need for welding
Intermediate Shaft The shaft that connects the two Exciters together.
Lay Shaft A Shaft that is supported by two Bearing housings that contains the Driven Pulley one
end and the Drive Shaft the other.

Lay Shaft A Shaft that is supported by two Bearing housings that contains the Driven Pulley one
end and the Drive Shaft the other.
Liner Material which lines the Feeder Pan that is wear resistant in nature.
Lump Material having particle size larger than a specified aperture, also called “Oversize"
Oversize See "Lump"
Pan Feeder trough lined with wear resistant Liners.
Plug Weight A weight that can be added to or subtracted from the Exciter Swing Segments to
increase or decrease the resultant force.
Product The desired particle size after processing.
Screen A machine with perforated surfaces used to classify material by size.
Screening A mechanical process which is causes a division of particles on the basis of size, and
their acceptance or rejection by a perforated surface.
Stratification The process or phenomena whereby the larger size particles rise to the top of
a bed of material being shaken or vibrated, while the smaller size particles sift
through the voids and find their way to the bottom of the bed
Stroke The distance between the extremities of the movement, Stroke is twice the amplitude.
Stroke Card A Card which is attached to the Frame and inscribed during operation by a stationary
marker.
Swing Segment Eccentric mass of the Exciter that can have Plug Weights added or subtracted.
Transport Velocity The speed of material over the Feeder Pan usually expressed as meters per minute.
Vibration The movement of the structure in a repeating simple harmonic nature.
Wet Feeder Feeding of material with the addition of liquid vehicle.

Index
A
Alignment Tolerances ................................................................................................................................................. 43
C
Commissioning of Exciter Driven Vibrating Feeders .................................................................................................. 72
Condition Monitoring Equipment Installation .............................................................................................................. 71
D
Damaged / Defective Electrical Components ............................................................................................................. 12
DF 6 Series Exciter Swing Segment positions ........................................................................................................... 21
DF 6 Series Feeder Exciter Swing De-energised and Energised position ................................................................. 21
DF5 Series Exciter Swing Segment positions ............................................................................................................ 26
DF5 Series Feeder Exciter Swing De-energised and Energised position .................................................................. 26
Drive System Lubrication .......................................................................................................................................... 113
Dust Housing Assembly .............................................................................................................................................. 70
Dust Housing Installation ............................................................................................................................................ 70
E
eld Mount Universal Joint Drive Shaft Exciter Coupling ............................................................................................. 60
Electric Motor Installation............................................................................................................................ See Appendix
Electric Motor Maintenance ........................................................................................................................ See Appendix
Electric Motor Operation ............................................................................................................................. See Appendix
Equipment Configuration Summary ............................................................................................................................ 16
Equipment Function .................................................................................................................................................... 14
Equipment Function –Exciter Driven Feeder .............................................................................................................. 15
Exciter Drive Shaft Installation .................................................................................................................................... 55
Exciter Driven Feeder Assembly and Installation (Base Mounted) ............................................................................ 39
Exciter Driven Feeder Commissioning Checklist........................................................................................................ 77
Exciter Driven Feeder Maintenance Schedules ....................................................................................................... 115
Exciter Lifting Hole Locations ..................................................................................................................................... 20
Exciter lubrication...................................................................................................................................................... 109
Exciter Preparation ..................................................................................................................................................... 44
Extended Storage Procedures.................................................................................................................................... 31
F
Fault Finding/Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................................ 118
Feeder and Exciter Start-up procedures .................................................................................................................... 88
Feeder and Isolation Frame storage .......................................................................................................................... 31
Feeder DF5 Series Exciter Transport Clamps............................................................................................................ 28
Feeder DF6 Series Exciter Transport Clamps............................................................................................................ 23
Feeder Lifting Lugs and Transport Beams ................................................................................................................. 40
Feeder location Priorities ............................................................................................................................................ 43
Field Mount Intermediate Exciter Coupling ................................................................................................................. 69
Field Mount Intermediate Shaft Exciter Coupling ....................................................................................................... 69
Field Mount Universal Joint Drive Shaft Exciter Coupling .......................................................................................... 60
Field Mount Universal Joint Drive Shaft Lay Motor Coupling ..................................................................................... 59
Field Mount Universal Joint Drive Shaft Motor Coupling ............................................................................................ 59
Five Safety Rules of Electrical Engineering................................................................................................................ 12
Functional Description ................................................................................................................ See Equipment Function

G
General Receipt, Storage and Handling ..................................................................................................................... 18
Glossary of Terms..................................................................................................................................................... 149
Grease Type Chart ................................................................................................................................................... 112
H
How to use this manual ................................................................................................................................................ 8
I
Installation ................................................................................................................................................................... 18
Installation Lubrication ................................................................................................................................................ 54
Intermediate Coupling Pins – Clean Thread............................................................................................................... 67
Intermediate Shaft Installation .................................................................................................................................... 65
Isolation Frame Assembly and Installation ................................................................................................................. 35
Isolation Frame Lifting Lugs........................................................................................................................................ 37
Isolation Frame return procedure ............................................................................................................................. 102
L
Liner removal ............................................................................................................................................................ 105
Liner replacement ..................................................................................................................................................... 106
Lubrication ................................................................................................................................................................ 109
Lubrication Schedule ................................................................................................................................................ 113
M
Maintenance of Vibrating Feeders .............................................................................................................................. 96
Maintenance Safety .................................................................................................................................................... 94
Maintenance Safety Procedures................................................................................................................................. 94
Material movement over the Feeder ........................................................................................................................... 91
Measuring the Feeder Stroke ..................................................................................................................................... 76
O
Occupational Health and Safety ................................................................................................................................ 9
Oil Level Measurement ............................................................................................................................................. 110
Oil Type and Viscosity Chart .................................................................................................................................... 112
Oil Viscosity vs. Service Temperature ...................................................................................................................... 112
Operating Procedure .................................................................................................................................................. 88
Operational Maintenance........................................................................................................... See Maintenance Section
Operational Safety ...................................................................................................................................................... 87
Operational Safety precautions .................................................................................................................................. 87
Overlapping Dust Cloths ............................................................................................................................................. 71
P
Plug Weight Installation .............................................................................................................................................. 47
Plug Weight Removal ................................................................................................................................................. 48
Position under Tensile Load ....................................................................................................................................... 71
Post Installation Preservation Procedures .................................................................................................................. 33
Preventative Maintenance ........................................................................................................................................ 114
R
Recommended Pare Parts ....................................................................................................................................... 120
S
Safety .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10

Safety Notes ............................................................................................................................................................... 10

Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Exciter Oil Level Chart ........................................................................................ 110
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Exciter Storage and Transport .............................................................................. 26
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Exciters Phasing - Intermediate Shaft position ..................................................... 64
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Intermediate Shaft Assembly ................................................................................ 66
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Multiple Exciters – Swing Segments aligned ........................................................ 61
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Multiple Exciters Phasing ...................................................................................... 63
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Swing Segment Alignment .................................................................................... 61
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Swing Segment measurements ............................................................................ 62
Shutdown Procedures ................................................................................................................................................ 92
Signal Words for Application Notes ............................................................................................................................ 12
Signal Words for Safety Warnings .............................................................................................................................. 11
Spring removal and replacement- Base Mounted Feeder ........................................................................................ 107
Stress and Corrosion Points ..................................................................................................................................... 114
Support Structure ........................................................................................................................................................ 14
T
Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder Exciter Oil Level Chart ............................................................................................. 111
Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder Exciter Storage and Transport ................................................................................... 21
Typical Stroke Card .................................................................................................................................................... 76
U
Universal Joint Drive Exciter Coupling Tapped Holes ................................................................................................ 57
Universal Joint Drive Exciter Drive Shaft offset .......................................................................................................... 58
Universal Joint Drive Exciter Phasing ......................................................................................................................... 63
Universal Joint Drive Lay Shaft Coupling Tapped Holes ............................................................................................ 57
Universal Joint Drive Shaft Offset ............................................................................................................................... 58
Universal Joint Exciter Drive Shaft Assembly............................................................................................................. 56
V
Vibrating Feeder Component Description .................................................................................................................. 96
Vibrating Feeder Maintenance.................................................................................................................................... 98
Vibrating Feeder Operation ........................................................................................................................................ 89

65 Epping Road 5 Elwell Close Unit 1/76-80 Vella Drive 862 Cockburn Road Suite No 2.05, 303 Coronation Dr Unit 8, 20 Caterpillar Dr 197 Richardson Road
Ph: + 61 2 9886 6800 Ph: + 61 2 9043 8400 Ph: + 61 3 9300 8000 Ph: + 61 8 9494 6777 Ph: + 61 7 3511 4300 Ph: + 61 7 4952 7100 Ph: + 61 7 4930 1400

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031- Page No: A

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031- Page No: B

Fastener Tightening and Torque Requirements

Specification Number SMS510

Document Code: ENG-SMS-510
AUPP-930928047-1722
Uncontrolled copy when printed or not accessed from the Schenck Process QMS Intranet site.
This document is confidential and it is made available as a confidential disclosure on the understanding that it shall not be shown to, discussed with, or
transmitted to third parties without the written approval of Schenck Process Australia Pty Ltd
Title: SMS510_ Fastener Tightening and Torque Requirements, Author. Frank Chand, Approved By: Gordon Ashley
Document Code: ENG-SMS-510, Version No.: 4.0, Release Date: 15.08.2018, Next Review: 08/2020 Page 1 [10]
Filename: https://ausportal.schenckprocess.com.au/ims/eng/ENG-SMS-510_Fastener Tightening and Torque
Requirements.docx
4.0 15/08/18 Bolt tightness check time reduced from 50 hours to 4 hours F. Chand G. Ashley
3.0 08/03/18 Section 4.2 Stainless Steel Fastener Inspection Torque, F. Chand G. Ashley
Tables 4.2, 4.3 & 4.4, “lb.ft” conversions updated
2.0 19/10/17 Notes added to Table 2-1. Table 2-4; PC 6 “Type T” Nyloc F. Chand G. Ashley
Nut clarification added.
1.0 04/01/17 New specification derived from SMS-505. F. Chand G. Ashley
Stainless Steel Fastener information added
Stainless bolts added
Revision Date Description By Checked
Specification Distribution Checklist
Distribution Group Name Location Action

SMS Distribution List (PAU) Australia Distribute SMS by hyperlink to pdf
SMS Distribution List (SPG) International Distribute SMS by emailing pdf
Requirements.docx
Fastener Tightening and Torque Requirements
Table of Contents
1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................... 4
2 Bolt Inspection Torque ............................................................................................................................. 4
3 Part Turn Method ...................................................................................................................................... 7
4 Stainless Steel Fasteners ........................................................................................................................ 8
4.1 General Information about Stainless Steel Fasteners .......................................................................... 8
4.2 Stainless Steel Fastener Inspection Torques ....................................................................................... 9
Requirements.docx
1 Introduction
This document is derived from SMS505. It describes the Bolt Inspection Torque and Part Turn
Method for tensioning as required by all Schenck Process Vibrating Equipment.
In all instances of structural assembly (see clause2.1.1) the preferred method is to the control of
tightening of a threaded fastener by evaluating the “angle of turn” sometimes called “turn of the nut”
or part turn method”.
Bolted joint designs are based on the use of PC8.8 fasteners tensioned as described herein:
although the use of higher strength fasteners is permitted no designs shall be based on or required
the use of higher strength fasteners.
ENG-SMS-510 is a source document for all Specification and Manuals specifying Inspection
Torque and tensioning information.
2 Bolt Inspection Torque

Bolt Inspection Torque tabled below relate to the installation of bolt, nut and washer combinations
used for structural purposes on Schenck Process equipment. Examples of structural assembly
include, but are not limited to the following:
• Attachment of exciters or vibrator motors to exciter or drive beams.
• Attachment of exciter or drive beams to body assemblies.
• Site replacement of Huckbolted machine components.
• Assembly of the machine body, components or framework.
• Attachment of motors to drive assemblies.
Table 2-1 – PC 8.8 Bolt Tightening Torque

Bolt Size Minimum Strength Property Class Tightening Torque in Nm Tightening Torque in lb.ft
Bolt Nut (Refer notes) (Reference only)
M8 8.8 8 27 (5) 20
M10 8.8 8 51 (7) 38
M12 8.8 8 84 (13) 62
M16 8.8 8 210 (25) 155
M20 8.8 8 410 (35) 300
M24 8.8 8 710 (60) 525
M30 8.8 8 1450 (80) 1070
M36 8.8 8 2540 (100) 1875
This table applies to:

• Fasteners of PC8.8 or greater with Plain, Coneloc or Nyloc “Type P” nuts of PC 8 and greater
• Countersunk Head Screws (Flat Head Cap Screws) PC 10.9 and PC 12.9
• Socket Head Cap Screws PC10.9 and PC12.9
• Button Head Screws and Socket Low Head Screws PC10.9
Requirements.docx
Table 2-2 – PC 10.9 Bolt Tightening Torque

Bolt Size Strength Grade Property Class Tightening Torque in Nm Tightening Torque in lb.ft
M8 10.9 10 32.4 (5) 24
M10 10.9 10 61.2 (7) 45.6
M12 10.9 10 101 (13) 74.4
M16 10.9 10 252 (25) 186
M20 10.9 10 492 (25) 360
M24 10.9 10 852 (60) 630
M30 10.9 10 1740 (80) 1284
M36 10.9 10 3048 (100) 2250
Table 2-3 – UNF Bolt Tightening Torque

Bolt Size Minimum Strength Tightening Torque in Nm Tightening Torque in lb.ft
Property Class (Refer notes) (Reference only)
3/8 UNF- 1.25 SAE Grade 5 41 30
Table 2-4 – PC 6 “Type T” Nyloc Nut Tightening Torque

Nyloc Size Strength Property Class Tightening Torque in Nm Tightening Torque in lb.ft
PC 8.8 and PC 6 Type T
M16 75 (25) 55
greater
M20 160 (35) 118
greater
M24 250 (60) 184
greater
Notes:
a) The value shown in (brackets) is the included torque allowance for a self-locking nut.
b) PC10.9 Bolts can be substituted for PC8.8 with no change to torque settings.
c) Torque settings are valid only for plain finish (black) bolts and Zinc plated bolts with clean
dry surfaces or light oil lubrication: they are not applicable to bolts coated in thread
lubricant such as “never-seize”.
d) This table does not apply to the tensioning bolts of cambered Screen Cloth.
e) This table contains inspection torques. It is essential that the Nut actually rotates relative
to the Bolt when the Torque is applied.
f) Bolt tightness must be checked after 4 hours (operation is not required prior to the re-
torque) and as noted in the Maintenance Check Lists in the Maintenance section of IOM
manual.
g) Vibrator motor bolts can be re-torqued after 10 minutes operation and this replaces the
50 hour re-torque (when supplied assembled this has been done in the workshop). When
replacing motors in the field, this shall be completed as part of the assembly process.
h) For each fastener location, use only the fasteners specified, except in the case of prior
written approval from Schenck Process Australia.
i) A hardened washer shall be used under the fastener component that is rotated to tension
the bolt (normally the nut).
j) Mating surfaces of bolted components must be free from oil, dirt, and grease. Paint in
excess of 50 microns dry film thickness shall be removed.
k) Exciter bolts shall be installed from inside the exciter beam with the Schenck Process
special nuts on the outside of the Exciter Beam.
Requirements.docx
l) Vibrator Motor and Exciter Bolts shall be installed and tensioned by the “Part-Turn”
method in accordance with Section 3.
m) Re-torque shall cause nut rotation on the bolt of nominally 1/12th turn.
Requirements.docx
3 Part Turn Method

Table 2-1 – PC 8.8 Bolt Tightening Torque contains inspection torques only. Installation tension
shall be achieved by part turn tightening as follows:
a) Ensure the washer is under the component (nut or bolt) to be rotated.
b) At all times ensure the component without a washer does not rotate.
c) Tighten the bolts holding the joint with either the first few impacts of an Impact Wrench or
the full effort of a single person with a standard length Spanner.
d) Mark the position of the nut relative to the bolt with a permanent marker, ensuring the
mark is visible on both the nut and the bolt.
e) Apply the correct tension by rotating the selected component relative to the stationary
component by the amount given in Table 3-1 - Rotation Required for Part-Turn Tightening
Table 3-1 - Rotation Required for Part-Turn Tightening

Normal Schenck Process usage Bolt Length Rotation to achieve correct tension
(end of bolt to the underside
of the head) Min Max
• Exciter Bolts
• Vibrator Motor Bolts Up to and including 4 bolt
1/3 turn 1/2 turn
diameters
• Spring Base Plate Bolts (length to
be determined on assembly)
Spring Base Plate Bolts (length to Over 4 diameters, up to and

1/2 turn 2/3 turn
be determined on assembly) including 8 diameters
Re-tensioning All Lengths 1/12 turn 1/12 turn
Notes:
1) for PC8.8 Bolts the Matched Nut Property Class is PC8
2) PC10.9 bolts can be used: no increase in nut rotation is permitted.
Requirements.docx
4 Stainless Steel Fasteners

4.1 General Information about Stainless Steel Fasteners
Stainless steel fasteners are available in different alloy types and strength grades of the alloy type,
e.g. ASTM 304, ASTM 316 or similar, is not a definition of strength grade.
When tightening stainless steel fasteners, the components shall be turned slowly to bring the
connection together as rapid running of the nut down a bolt using a power tools can cause
adhesive wear in the threads (often called galling) and the nut becomes jammed on the bolt; should
this happen the fasteners are not recoverable and must be replaced. Thread lubricant can reduce
the risk of galling and a light film of bees wax based lubricant is recommended.
It is essential to identify the strength grade by reference to the markings on the bolt head or
shoulder of the nut. See Figure 4-1 Stainless Steel Fastener Head Marking.
Fasteners without head markings that confirm higher tensile strength shall be considered to be
Property Class 50 as shown in Table 4-2.
Figure 4-1: Stainless Steel Fastener Head Marking
Requirements.docx
Table 4-1 – Common Stainless Steel Grade Strength Grade

Grade Property Class Tensile Strength Yield Strength Elongation
Rm. MPa(N/mm2) min Rp. MPa(N/mm2) min
A2 & A4 50 500 210 0.6d
A2 & A4 70 700 450 0.4d
A2 & A4 80 800 600 0.3d
4.2 Stainless Steel Fastener Inspection Torques

Bolt Inspection Torque tabled below relate to the installation of bolt, nut and washer and bolt and
washer combinations used for assembly and attachment of ancillary equipment on Schenck
Process equipment. Examples of ancillary equipment include, but are not limited to the following:
• Attachment of exciter guards or vibrator motor end covers.
• Attachment of drive shaft and intermediate shaft guards,
• Assembly and attachment of guards on drive assemblies
Table 4-2 – Tightening Torque Stainless Bolts Property Class 50

Bolt Diameter Bolt and Nut Tightening Torque in Nm Tightening Torque in lb.ft
Property (Refer notes) (Reference only)
M6 Class 50 6.3 4.6
M8 Class 50 12.8 9.4
M10 Class 50 22 16
M12 Class 50 40 30
M16 Class 50 90 66
M20 Class 50 162 120
M24 Class 50 280 207
M30 Class 50 514 379
M36 Class 50 855 631
Note 1: Torque values stated are for lightly lubricated threads and include an allowance for Nyloc a
Nut.

M6 Class 70 10 7.4
M8 Class 70 22 16
M10 Class 70 40 30
M12 Class 70 70 52
M16 Class 70 165 122
M20 Class 70 308 308
M24 Class 70 532 392
M30 Class 70 1010 745
M36 Class 70 1720 1269
Nut.
Requirements.docx

M6 Class 80 12.3 9
M8 Class 80 27 20
M10 Class 80 51 38
M12 Class 80 89 66
M16 Class 80 212 156
M20 Class 80 399 294
M24 Class 80 689 508
M30 Class 80 1320 974
M36 Class 80 2260 1667
Nut.
Part Turn Tightening methods described in Section 3 may be used as a guide for stainless steel
fasteners but have not been correlated with inspection torque values stated in the tables above.
Requirements.docx
FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031- Page No: C

TECO Instruction Manual
Squirrel Cage Induction Motors
Whilst Motors are installed awaiting commissioning they must be adequately

protected against the elements, all external components in particular the shaft
extension and external labyrinth seals at the drive end must be fully covered
to avoid water ingress entering the motor body whilst stationery.
Please ensure that both the non drive end and drive end antifriction bearings
are fully purged with sufficient grease at first start up/commissioning
with the recommended grade and quantity of grease.
Teco Installation and Maintenance Manual
TEFC Squirrel Cage Induction Motors
TECO Electric & Machinery Co. Ltd.

Table of Contents
Table of Contents ................................................................................................ 2
Chapter 1: MOTOR DESCRIPTION .................................................................... 4
Chapter 2: TECHNICAL DATA............................................................................ 5
Chapter 3: INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING .......................................... 6

3.1. INSPECTION UPON RECEIPT. ...............................................................6
3.2. STORAGE ............................................................................................6
3.3. TRANSPORTATION ..............................................................................9
3.4. INSTALLATION. ................................................................................. 10
3.5. MOUNTING. ...................................................................................... 10
3.6. COUPLING & ALIGNMENT. ................................................................. 10
3.7. INSTALLATION FOR BELT DRIVE ........................................................ 13
3.8. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ............................................................... 13
3.9. AUXILIARY DEVICES .......................................................................... 15
Chapter 4: OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS......................................................... 17

4.1. EXAMINATION BEFORE START. .......................................................... 17
4.2. STARTING OPERATION. ..................................................................... 19
4.3. CAUTIONARY POINTS TO NOTE: ........................................................ 21
Chapter 5: ROUTINE MAINTENANCE ................................................................ 23

5.1. IMPORTANCE OF DAILY INSPECTION.................................................. 23
5.2. POINTS TO NOTE WHEN STARTING.................................................... 23
5.3. TEMPERATURE RISE. ......................................................................... 23
5.4. VIBRATION. ...................................................................................... 24
5.5. NOISE. ............................................................................................. 25
5.6. ODOUR. ............................................................................................ 26
5.7. MEASUREMENT OF THREE PHASE CURRENT. ...................................... 26
5.8. MOTOR APPEARANCE. ....................................................................... 27
Chapter 6: PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ............................................................ 28

6.1. REGULAR INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE. ........................................... 28
6.2. CLEANING OF COILS, DRYING & VARNISHING TREATMENT. ................ 31
Teco Electric and Machinery Company 2
Manual Number: IOM ~ TEFC Rev.05
6.3. VARNISH. ......................................................................................... 33
6.4. KEY POINTS FOR MAINTENANCE & INITIAL OPERATION INSPECTION AFTER
LONG STORAGE. ............................................................................... 33
6.5. RECORDS OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. ................................... 35
6.6. POINTS TO NOTE ON DISASSEMBLY. .................................................. 36
Chapter 7: BEARINGS ..................................................................................... 37

7.1. MAINTENANCE OF ROLLING BEARING. ............................................... 37
7.2. NOISE OF BEARING. .......................................................................... 42
7.3. VIBRATION. ...................................................................................... 42
7.4. REGULAR INSPECTION. ..................................................................... 42
Chapter 8: Troubleshooting. ........................................................................... 44

8.1. FAULT FINDING & RECOGNITION ....................................................... 44

Chapter 1: MOTOR DESCRIPTION

This manual applies to Teco model series types as follows:
AEEB, AEHB, AEHD, AEMB, AEVB, AEUB AEMV, AEJE, AFJE, AEJU, AEJH and AFJH.
The motors are of Cast Iron Construction, Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled, Squirrel
Cage Induction type designed for operation on a 415/1000/3,300/6,600V/ 3 Phase
50Hz supply system equipped with grease lubricated anti friction type bearings.
SAFETY WARNING
The following instruction address the more common situations
encountered in motor installation, operation and maintenance. For the
TECO warranty to remain valid, the motor must be installed and
operated in strict accordance with the outline drawing, motor nameplate
and these instructions and must not be altered or modified in any
unauthorized manner.
During the installation & operation of motors in heavy industrial
applications there is a danger of live electrical parts and rotating parts.
Therefore to prevent injury and/or damage the basic planning work for
transport, assembly, installation & operation needs to be carried out by
authorized and competent personnel. Points in this manual that are
boxed and headed “DANGER”, “CAUTION” or “NOTE"(see below) should
be observed as they indicate possible danger to personnel and/or the
potential of equipment damage.
This prompt is used when there is an immediate hazard that WILL

result in severe personal injury or death if correct procedures are not
followed.
This prompt is used to warn against potentially unsafe practices that

COULD result in personal injury and/or property damage if correct
procedures are not followed.
This prompt is used when an operation, condition, or information is of

sufficient importance to warrant highlighting

Chapter 2: TECHNICAL DATA

This manual covers a power outputs ranging through to 1500kW with varying
frame sizes and speeds etc.
For motor technical data refer to appropriate motor data sheet.

Chapter 3: INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING
3.1. INSPECTION UPON RECEIPT.

Check the following points upon receipt:
a. Is the nameplate rating identical to your order?
b. Do dimensions and colour comply with your specification?
c. Are the nameplate ratings for the heater, temperature detector etc.
identical with what you ordered?
d. Is there any damage due to transportation?
e. Is the original transportation shaft lock fitted to the drive end shaft?
f. Are all accessories in good order?
g. If there are any specific requirements, please check if they conform with
your specification.
3.2. STORAGE
When storing motor, the following procedures should be undertaken.
3.2.1. Place.
a. It should be dry, well-ventilated and not subject to direct sunlight, dust or
corrosive gas.
b. It should not be located close to a boiler or freezer.
c. It should be entirely free from vibration and have easy access.
d. Motor should be stored on pallets to prevent moisture ingress.
3.2.2. During storage, the insulation resistance should be kept above the specified
values as follows:-
a. Stator: Above 50MΩ measured with 1000VDC megger.
b. If the motor has absorbed moisture as evidenced by low insulation
resistance, it must be dried with external heat until it is thoroughly dry and
the value of insulation resistance exceeds the minimum requirements.
c. Measurement of insulation resistance should be performed once every
month.
d. Anti-condensation heaters should always be connected where fitted.
3.2.3 Insulation resistance test should be performed before making high voltage
test.
a. Use 500VDC megger to measure insulation resistance.
i. Stator: Over 50MΩ between windings.
ii. Stator: Over 50MΩ between windings and earth.
b. High Voltage Test
i. This test can be undertaken only after the values of insulation resistance in
item 3.2.3 (a) are assured.
ii. The value of testing voltage is (1000 + 2E) X 0.8 where E: rated voltage.
3.2.4. Care should be taken to keep parts such as the fitting surface, key, shaft
extension and axial centre hole free of any foreign matter. Grease should
also be generously applied to stop rust.
3.2.5. The shaft should also be rotated by hand a few revolutions once per month.
3.2.6. If practical, a test run should be performed once every three months.
3.2.7. Clean the motor thoroughly, and replenish grease before the machine is put
back to operation.
3.2.8. The ventilation system should be covered to avoid the entry of foreign
matter or insects. It should be thoroughly cleaned before use.
3.2.9. Make sure the hoisting hook is correctly connected to eye bolts or lugs of
motors before hoisting.
Parts such as fan cowl, terminal boxes, etc. which have their
own lifting facilities can only carry their own weight.
They should not be used for lifting the entire motor.

An accident could occur if the motor eyebolt/lifting hook is overloaded.

They are suitable for the motor weights only.
Do not lift motor and load combined with motor lifting hook.
3.2.10. Points to note when hoisting:

a. Do not twist steel wires.
b. Make sure eye bolts have been firmly screwed in.
c. Keep the sling vertical when moving/lifting motor.
Fig. 1
Please keep the sling vertical when lifting / moving the motor.
Fig. 2
Motor is fitted with lifting points (arrowed). These points are designed to lift
motor weight only.
Teco Electric and Do
Machinery Company
not use other hooks or handles to lift motor. 8
3.3. TRANSPORTATION
To keep the rotating parts of motor from moving, thus causing damage
during Transportation, they should be held securely as follows:
3.3.1. Motors fitted with a retaining plate/bracket to secure the shaft must have it
fitted during transportation. Please retain this device for future
transportation of the motor.
3.3.2. After receiving motor, remove all securing studs, nuts, etc. before putting
motor into operation. (Fig.3)
Fig 3
Shaft Locks are fitted as standard and these should be fitted during
installation and should only be removed once the pulleys and guards are
ready to be fitted. The motor must not be transported without the shaft lock
fitted, damage to bearings caused by shaft locks being removed or moisture
ingress whilst awaiting commissioning is not covered under motor warranty.

3.4. INSTALLATION.
3.4.1. Site conditions for motor installation:

Standard site conditions for installation of motors are as follows:
a. Ambient temperature: -200C~400C.
b. Humidity: Relative humidity below 90% RH for totally enclosed type.
c. Elevation: Below 1000 metres.
d. Should the installation be in an industrial zone, it should be free of explosive
gases and liquids.
e. Foundation should be strong so as not to induce vibration.
3.4.2. Ventilation and Space.

a. Installation should be well ventilated.
b. The area should be large enough to facilitate heat dissipation and
maintenance.
3.4.3. Foundation.
Use rigid and solid sole plate or common bed as the foundation.
3.5. MOUNTING.
3.5.1. An adequate motor support (which is the responsibility of others) is very

important. It must have sufficient rigidity to maintain alignment between
the motor and its driven load. Inadequate or improperly designed motor
supporting structures can lead to serious vibration and alignment problems.
3.6. COUPLING & ALIGNMENT.
Two pole motors and motors larger than Frame 315M must not be coupled to
the driven equipment by means other than direct connection.
Please refer to TECO if belt connection is to be used.

3.6.1. Installation.
Field application of a coupling to the motor shaft should follow the
procedures recommended by the coupling manufacturer. Under no
circumstances may the motor shaft be modified as to configuration or
diameter without the approval of Teco Australia. The motor shaft extension
must not be subjected to either extreme heat or cold during coupling
installation. If it is necessary to exert axial force on the shaft, either
continuously or intermittently, during coupling application, it must be
properly restrained axially to prevent bearing damage.
3.6.2. After the motor has been properly aligned with the driven equipment and
the hold down bolts have been installed and tightened, at least two dowel
pins should be installed diagonally opposite motor feet.
The exposed rotating parts should be covered to prevent accidents.
3.6.3 Alignment.
Motors must always be accurately aligned. Incorrect alignment can lead to

bearing failure, vibration and even shaft fracture. As soon as bearing
failure or vibration is detected, the alignment should be checked.
In aligning the motor (and rotor) axially with the driven equipment,
consideration should be given to the axial shaft expansion and increase in
shaft centre line height due to thermal effects.
Shaft height growth (change in shaft centre line elevation) for TEFC
machines can be calculated as follows,
Growth =(0.0005) x (motor foot to shaft centre line dimension [in mm]).

3.6.4 It is desirable, in normal operation that the motor operates, so that no axial
force is exerted on the coupling.
The motor shaft and the driven shaft should be aligned within the following
tolerances in both angular and parallel alignment (refer Table 1).
Units in mm
TIR Solid Flexible
Total Indicated Coupling coupling
Runout
Dimension C Medium, Low speed up to 2500 0.04 0.05
RPM
High speed over 2500 RPM 0.03 0.03

Dimension A Medium, Low speed up to 2500 0.03 0.04
RPM
High speed over 2500 RPM 0.03 0.03
Table 1
3.6.5 Angular misalignment is the amount by which the centre lines of the driver
and driven shaft are skewed. It can be measured using a dial indicator set
up as shown in fig 4. The couplings are rotated together through 360
degrees so that the indicator does not measure runout of the coupling hub
face. The shaft should be forced against either the in or out extreme of
their end float while being rotated.
Fig. 4 Fig. 5
3.6.6 Parallel misalignment is the amount by which the centre lines of the driver
and the driven shafts are out of parallel. It can be measured using the dial
indicator as shown in fig. 5. Again the couplings are rotated together
through 360 degrees so that the indicator does not measure runout of the
coupling hub outside diameter.

3.6.7 After the motor has been properly aligned with the driven equipment and
the hold down bolts have been installed and tightened, at least two dowel
pins should be installed diagonally opposite motor feet.
3.7. INSTALLATION FOR BELT DRIVE
Do not hammer the conveyance devices such as coupling, belt sheaves, chain
wheels, gears, pulleys etc. onto the motor shaft. Those shaft fitments should
be fitted and removed only by means of suitable devices. Heat shrinking may
be a better alternative to avoid damaging bearings and other components.
3.7.1. Small, medium and large motors within frame sizes up to and including 315
frame are designed for use with belt transmission or direct coupling.
3.7.2. The diameter ratio between conveyance sheaves should not be greater 5 to
1 for flat belts, and 8 to 1 for V-belts. It is also advisable to limit the belt
velocity to under 35m/sec to limit belt abrasion and vibration. The smaller
the outer diameter of the V-belt sheave, the greater the shaft bending
stress will be. If bending stress is in excess of the shaft fatigue stress, the
shaft may break. If concerned please inform TECO of the size of the
sheaves and belt details for checking.
Place the sheave and belt as close as possible to the motor body and
shaft shoulder to reduce the bending moment and improve shaft life.
3.8. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
3.8.1. The rated conditions of operation for the motors are as shown by the
nameplate. Within the limits given below, of voltage and frequency variation
from the nameplate values, the motor will continue to operate but with
performance characteristics that may differ from those at the rated
conditions:
 +/- 10% of rated voltage
 +/- 5% of rated frequency
 +/- 10% combined voltage and frequency variation so long as frequency
variation is no more than +/- 5% of rated value.
Operating the motor at voltage and frequencies outside of the above limits
can result in both unsatisfactory motor performance and damage to/or
failure of the motor.
3.8.2. Motor connections should be carried out in accordance with the details
applicable to the appropriate supply voltage as shown on the motor
nameplate and should be undertaken by suitably qualified personnel.
3.8.3. The main lead box furnished with the motor has been sized to provide
adequate space for the make up of the connections between the motor lead
cables and the incoming power cables.
The bolted joints between the motor lead and the power cables must be
made and insulated in a workman-like manner following the best trade
practices and in accordance with the minimum requirements of the current
Australian Standards.
3.8.4. The motors are provided with grounding pads and/or bolts for the
connection of earthing.
The motor must be grounded by a proper connection to the electrical

grounding system and in accordance with the minimum requirements of the
Australian Standards.
Motors fitted with insulated bearings and rotor grounding brushes which are
used on VVVF Drives must be effectively earthed to the supply system.

3.9. AUXILIARY DEVICES
3.9.1. Please refer to your specification and the motor nameplate to determine if
the motor is fitted with thermal winding protection devices.
The following are the most common:
One set (one per phase – total 3 off) of PTC winding thermistors.
Two sets (two per phase – total 6 off) of PTC winding thermistors.
One set (one per phase – total 3 off) of PT100 winding Resistance
Temperature Detectors (RTD’s).
Two sets (two per phase – total 6 off) of PT100 winding Resistance
Temperature Detectors (RTD’s).
3.9.2. Where specified motors may also be equipped with PT100 bearing
Resistance Temperature Detectors (RTD’s).
3.9.3. Thermistors are positive temperature coefficient type (1000 ohm @ tripping
temperature) refer to specification table for tripping temperature.
They are a tripping device only and not a temperature detector.
Thermistor leads should be connected to an appropriate thermistor control
relay from a reputable supplier.
3.9.4. RTD’s where fitted are of the platinum type (PT100) with a reference
temperature of 0°C at 100.
RTD leads should be connected to an appropriate motor protection system
from a reputable supplier.
Recommended temperature settings for RTD’s are as per table 2 below.
DEVICE TYPE LOCATION ALARM TRIP

RTD PLATINIUM 100 @ 0OC WINDING 1400C 1500C
RTD PLATINIUM 100 @ 0OC DE & NDE BEARING 900C 950C
Table 2

Thermistors and/or RTD’s should not be meggered or tested at a

voltage above 2.5Volts.
Should the motor thermal protection circuit trip indicating over

temperature the cause/s should be thoroughly investigated before a
restart is attempted.
Failure to do so may lead to permanent damage or failure of the motor.
3.9.5. Where specified motors may be equipped with internal space heaters (check
for nameplate), to prevent the ingress of moisture into the motor insulation
system whilst motor is idle.
The incoming supply to the heaters should be in accordance with the details
contained on the heater nameplate.
The heater circuit should be inter-locked with the motor starter so as to de-
energise heaters when the motor is running.
Anti Condensation Heaters may be LIVE when the motor is switched

off. Isolate supply at all times before working on the motor.

Chapter 4: OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

4.1. EXAMINATION BEFORE START.
4.1.1. After motor is installed the following points should be noted:-

a. Check all wiring is correct and in accordance with connections appropriate to the
supply voltage as shown on motor nameplate.
b. Is the incoming cable size adequate?
c. Are all connections tight and properly insulated?
d. Check the rating of fuses, starter/contactor are correct & operating normally.
e. Check motor is correctly earthed especially if supplied via a VVVF drive.
f. Make sure starter/switches are set in correct position.
g. Check heater circuit if fitted is de-energised when motor is in operation.
h. Check bearings are filled with the correct quantity and grade of grease.
4.1.2. Measurement of insulation resistance.

a. Rated voltage below 1000V, measure with 500VDC megger.
b. In accordance with IEEE-43 clause 9.3 standards, refer to following formula:
R (M) = > (Rated Voltage + 1) x 10
1000
c. If a new winding has a low insulation resistance reading moisture ingress is
generally the problem. Drying the winding through the proper application of
heat will normally increase the insulation resistance to an acceptable level.
Following are several accepted methods for applying heat to a winding:
i. If the motor is equipped with anti condensation heaters these can be can be
energised to heat the winding.
ii. Direct current (as from a DC welder) can be passed through the winding. The
total current should not exceed approximately 50% of rated full load current.
Delta wound motors have six leads and the three phases should be connected
into one series circuit.
iii. Heated air can be either blown directly into the motor or into a temporary
enclosure surrounding the motor. The source of heated air should preferably

be electrical as opposed to fuelled (such as kerosene) where a malfunction of
the fuel burner could result in carbon deposits entering the motor.
Caution must be exercised, when heating the motor with any source
of heat other than self-contained space heaters, to raise the
winding temperature at a gradual rate to allow any entrapped
moisture to vaporise and escape without rupturing the insulation.
The entire heating cycle should extend over 15-20 hours.
Ensure adequate guarding is provided so live parts cannot be touched.
iv. Insulation resistance measurements can be made while the winding is being
heated. However, they must be corrected to 400C for evaluation since the
actual insulation resistance will decrease with increasing temperature. As an
approximation for a new winding, the insulation resistance will approximately
halve for each 100C increase in insulation temperature above the dew point
temperature.
d. Should the resistance fail to attain the specified value even after drying,
careful examination should be undertaken to eliminate all other possible
causes, if any.
4.1.3. Power Supply

a. Is the capacity of the power supply adequate?
b. Do voltage and frequency of supply match with those on the nameplate?
c. Voltage variation should be confined to within +/-10% of the rated value
and the phase to phase voltages should be balanced.

4.1.4. Bearing Lubrication
Grease Lubricated Type.
The bearings are initially lubricated with the correct grade of grease at
the factory. After installation, long storage and at initial start
up/commissioning the bearings must be fully purged with new grease.
Please refer to section 7.
a. Refer to the section “Maintenance of Bearing” for maintenance procedures

and grease type.
4.1.5. Other Points to note

a. Make sure the transmission system, including belts, screws, bolts, nuts and
set pins are in good condition.
b. Dismantle all locks which fasten the moveable parts of the motor during
transportation, and turn the shaft by hand (if practical) to check if it moves
freely.
c. Check if there is any evidence of foreign matter inside the motor before
starting.
d. Make sure the items above are examined. Test the motor with or without
load. Record and check according to “Maintenance” at 15 minute intervals
during the first three hours of operation. Then conduct regular examinations
after longer intervals. If problems are experienced test without load to
ascertain whether it is a load, structure, alignment or motor issue.
4.2. STARTING OPERATION.
4.2.1. Starting Load.

The initial test involves running the motor without load. Unless specified, a
motor is designed to start with light load, which is then gradually increased
to full load, as the motor accelerates to full speed.
4.2.2. Starting.
a. Motor can be restarted if the initial start fails. Three attempts are
permissible when the motor is at ambient (cold) temperature. Two starts in
succession are permitted when motor is at normal running temperature.
Smaller motors have a more frequent starting cycle.
b. Should an additional start be necessary beyond the conditions stated above,
the following restrictions should be noted:
i. Let the motor cool down for 60 minutes before a full load restart.
ii. Let the motor cool down for 30 minutes before a no load restart.
iii. Two inching starts can be regarded as one normal start.
c. If the motor rotor fails to start turning after two seconds, shut off power
supply immediately. This can result from:
i. Too low a voltage at the motor terminals.
ii. The load is too large for motor rating.
iii. The load has seized mechanically.
iv. Electrical connections incorrect.
v. Single phase power has been applied.
vi. Any combination of the above.
Note – Investigate thoroughly and take corrective action before attempting a
restart.
4.2.3. Direction of Rotation.

a. Motors are generally bi-directional. Some 2 pole and low noise motors are
uni directional only. If motor is uni-directional the fan cowl will be fitted with
a direction of rotation arrow.
b. If direction of rotation must be changed on a bi-directional motor, cut
power and wait until the motor stops, then interchange any two of the three
incoming phase leads.
4.2.4. Power Supply. Voltage/Current.

a. Check if the voltage and frequency of the power supply are identical to that
shown on the nameplate.

b. Voltage variation should be confined to within +/-10% of nameplate
voltage, and the three phase voltages should be balanced.
c. Check if the phase currents of the motor, without load, are within +/-5% of
the average values.
4.2.5. Frequency.
Frequency variation should be confined to within +/-5% of the nameplate
frequency. The aggregate variation of voltage and frequency should be
confined to within +/-10% of the absolute value of the rating.
4.2.6. Run Up Time.
The Run Up time is longer for motors connected to a load with a large inertia.
However, if the run up time exceeds what is deemed normal or there is
abnormal noise, the motor and load should be examined to establish the
cause before attempting a restart.
4.3. CAUTIONARY POINTS TO NOTE:
4.3.1. Bearings:
a. The motor is fitted with grease lubricated bearings. Following initial start up
the bearing temperatures should be closely monitored. A rapid rate of rise
in bearing temperature is more indicative of impending trouble, however,
when greasing an expected higher temperature is normal and should
equalize after a period of time.
b. When the rate of bearing temperature rise is less than 1°C per half hour,
the bearing temperature is considered to be stabilised.
c. If the total bearing temperature exceeds 100°C, the motor should be shut
down immediately and subsequent checks be undertaken.

4.3.2. Vibration:
a. The ideal values generally for motors are figures below 2.8mm/sec.
If vibration exceeds this level, an examination of the motor, load, structure
etc, should be made to determine the cause, the first check to undertake
would be to run the motor un-coupled and check if the vibration is still
evident, see section 5.4 Vibration.
4.3.3. Starting:
a. If the motor acceleration time exceeds the typical ramp time for this
application, shut off the power immediately.
Investigate thoroughly and take corrective action before attempting to
restart.
b. It should be recognised that each start of an induction motor subjects the
motor to current greater than full load current with resulting heating of the
stator and rotor windings. Each start can produce more heat than is
produced and dissipated by the motor under a full load condition.
c. The starting duty for which the motor is designed must not be exceeded if
long motor life is expected. Abnormally low terminal voltage and/or
excessive load torque during motor start up can cause lengthened
acceleration times during which the rotor ventilation is reduced. This can
cause rotor damage or lead to shortened rotor life.

Chapter 5: ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

5.1. IMPORTANCE OF DAILY INSPECTION.
5.1.1. Normally electric motors do not fail suddenly. It happens over time, and
regular inspection will detect a problem before a serious situation develops.
If operators in the plant are alert, faults can be detected early and action
taken to eliminate trouble.
Daily inspection, can be performed without interrupting the end user’s
normal operation.
5.1.2. Do not overlook any minor irregularities. If necessary, stop the machine
immediately to check and repair. Essentially, inspections should be
performed by the operator daily. But a maintenance technician should also
check the machine once a week together with the operator.
5.2. POINTS TO NOTE WHEN STARTING.

a. Check power supply to see if voltage and frequency are normal.
b. Is starter set at starting position?
c. Are there sparks during start?
d. Is the motor accelerating normally?
5.3. TEMPERATURE RISE.

5.3.1. The temperature of a motor is often determined by measuring the
temperature of the frame. This is not indicative of actual internal
winding operating temperature, however, this method can often be
referred to and compared with previous readings. If the temperature is
found to be higher than usual please check the following possibilities.
DO NOT MAKE TEMPERATURE READINGS WITH THE SENSE OF TOUCH.

Often the temperature of a motor is determined by touch. Human hands can only
tolerate temperatures below 600C. Most motors safely operate at temperatures
greater than this, therefore, the sense of touch should not be used. Temperature
readings by hand are also inaccurate. Readings should be made using a
thermometer probe or non-contact infra red thermometer.

5.3.2. Main causes of high temperature:
a. Motor Conditions
i. Voltage and frequency variation of power source is in excess of
tolerance.
ii. Unbalanced three phase voltage, open circuit or poor contact.
iii. Insufficient or excessive lubrication.
iv. Abnormal frequency of starts.
v. Single-phasing due to open circuit or short circuit.
vi. Damaged starter or improper operation.
vii. Blocked ventilation ducts.
viii. Motors cooling vents blocked.
b. Due to load or mechanical conditions:
i. Overload.
ii. Defective transmission coupling.
iii. Poor installation causing overload.
iv. High ambient temperature or radiant heat emitted from driven load
or surroundings.
5.4. VIBRATION.
5.4.1. Main causes inducing vibration:

i. Unbalanced load.
i. Misalignment of couplings.
ii. Unbalanced belt-sheaves.
iii. Improper couplings with belts or chains.
iv. Unsuitable foundation or poor installation.
v. Unbalanced motor rotor.
vi. Serious abrasion to motor or load machine drive bearing.
vii. Defective bearing or subsequent bearing damage.
5.4.2. No matter what causes the vibration, if it is not eliminated, the following
faults may develop:
i. Bearing damage.
ii. Deformation of shaft.
iii. Loose parts or couplings.
5.5. NOISE.
5.5.1. Points to Note.

Not all noise is the result of a fault or abnormality. For instance, wind and
slight electromagnetic sounds are perfectly normal. They will remain at the
same level no matter how long the motor is in operation. Generally the
louder the noise, the larger the vibration amplitude will be.
5.5.2. Bearing Sound.

i. Bearing noise is a guide to the condition of the motor bearings
without dismantling the motor.
ii. Normal bearing sound in general is continuous, not intermittent. The
sound may tend to increase with the age of the bearings, but its
increase is gradual and hardly noticeable by the ear.
iii. Abnormal bearing sound is intermittent, rarely continuous.
iv. Some motors will emit noise when unloaded or after greasing due to
skating. This is normal and temporary.
5.5.3. Abnormal bearing sound generally develops from the following causes:
i. Foreign matter in grease.
ii. Scratches on the contact surface of the bearing.
iii. Rust on the contact surfaces of the bearing due to moisture ingress.
iv. Poor quality of grease or wrong type of grease.
v. Insufficient grease (the sound could be continuous).
5.5.4. Causes of abnormal electromagnetic sound:

i. Single phasing.
ii. Short circuit in windings.
iii. Unbalanced air gap resulted from serious bearing wear.

5.6. ODOUR.
5.6.1. Causes of motor odours:

i. Short circuit or over current causing overheating of varnish.
ii. Poor lubrication due to insufficient or contaminated grease.
5.7. MEASUREMENT OF THREE PHASE CURRENT.
5.7.1. Causes & effects

When load current is above the rating on the nameplate, it means the
motor may be overloaded. However, the cause of over current is not
confined to overloading, but may be caused by poor coupling installation,
transmission structure, excessive high or low voltage, etc.
a. Causes of unbalanced three phase current.
i. Unbalanced three phase voltage.
ii. Open circuit in power distribution lines.
iii. Poor switch contact.
iv.Open or short circuit in winding.
v. Open circuit at power transformer.
b. Effects:
i. Overheating of the windings causing fire or short circuit.
ii. Vibration of motor.
iii. Reduction of motor output torque.
c. Causes of wavering of ammeter indicator:

The characteristics of devices such as compressor or press are apt to cause
wavering of the indicator. Other causes are,
i. Poor contact of switches.
ii. Uneven mechanism.
iii. Unbalanced air gap due to serious bearing aberration.
iv.Broken conductors of squirrel cage rotor.

5.8. MOTOR APPEARANCE.
5.8.1. Reasons for Cleaning
a. Excessive dust or oil accumulation on the motor surface leading to the

clogging of ventilation channels between cooling ribs will reduce the motors
cooling efficiency.
b. Keeping the motor and equipment clean will improve appearance and
longevity.
Motors should never be cleaned or disturbed whilst the motor is in

operation.

Chapter 6: PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
6.1. REGULAR INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE.
For safety, properly trained personnel must only carry out maintenance
and repairs.
Some testing, such as insulation resistance, usually requires the motor

to be fully stopped and isolated from any power supply/supplies.
High temperatures may arise under operating conditions on the motor

surfaces, so that touching should be prevented or avoided.
Keep away from moving and live parts.
Unless deemed necessary, do not remove guards whilst assessing the
motor.
6.1.1. Major points in regular inspection and maintenance:

a. Routine inspection and maintenance are usually performed by operators
with the sense of touch, sight, smell and simple meters. But it is difficult to
detect trouble such as insulation deterioration etc. unless the motor is
stopped and checked.
b. Replacement of worn-out parts will increase longevity and prevent
breakdown.
c. Regular inspection and maintenance is important in preventing breakdown
and lengthening service life.
c. Owing to the varied uses and environments motors are placed in, it is
difficult to set periods for regular inspection and maintenance. However, it
has to be performed at least once every 6 months. Generally, the inspection
time is determined by the following factors:

i. Ambient conditions.
ii. Start and stop frequency.
iii. Trouble with components affecting motor functions.
iv. Parts which wear (eg. bearings).
v. The important position of a motor in operation of a factory, mine etc.
should be fully recognised. Therefore, its condition should be monitored,
especially when it is operating in severe conditions.
6.1.2. Motor Windings.

a. For measurement of insulation resistance and tests to determine quality of
insulation resistance, please refer to measures stated in Section 4.1.2.
b. Inspection of coil end:
i. Grease and dust accumulated on coil may cause insulation
deterioration and a reduction in cooling efficiency.
ii. Moisture.
iii. Discolouring from original colour. Overheating mainly causes this.
c. Stator wedges, is there any change from their original position?
d. Is the tie wire at the coil ends in correct position with no movement?
6.1.3. Bearings.
a. Please refer to section 7 for bearing maintenance.
6.1.4. Cleaning the interior of the motor.

a. After a motor has been in operation for some time, accumulation of dust,
carbon powder and grease etc., on the inside is unavoidable, and may
cause damage. The inside should therefore, be regularly cleaned and
examined to assure reliable performance.
b. Points to note during cleaning:
i. If using compressed air or a blower (Typically for squirrel cage only).
 Compressed air should be free of moisture.
 Maintain air pressure at 4kg/cm2, since high pressure can cause
damage to coils.

ii. Vacuum – Recommended for wound rotor/slip ring type.
Vacuum cleaning can be used, both before and after other methods of
cleaning, to remove loose dirt and debris. It is a very effective way to
remove loose surface contamination from the winding. Vacuum cleaning
tools should be non-metallic to avoid any damage to the winding insulation.
iii. Wiping.
Surface contamination on the winding can be removed using a soft, lint-free
cloth. If the contamination is oily, the cloth can moistened (not dripping
wet) with a safety type petroleum solvent. In hazardous locations, a solvent
such as inhibited methyl chloroform may be used, but must be used
sparingly and immediately removed. While this solvent is non-flammable
under ordinary conditions, it is toxic and proper health and safety
precautions should be followed while using it.
Solvents of any type should never be used on windings provided with

abrasion protection. Abrasion protection is a grey, rubber-like coating
applied to the winding end-turns.
Adequate ventilation must always be provided in any area where solvents

are being used to avoid the danger of fire, explosion or health hazards. In
confined areas (such as pits), each operator should be provided with an air
line respirator, a hose mask, or self-contained breathing apparatus.
Operators should wear goggles, aprons and suitable gloves. Solvents and
their vapours should never be exposed to open flames or sparks and
should always be stored in approved safety containers.
6.1.5. Clean the exterior of the motor.

a. The inlet air openings should not be allowed to accumulate any dirt,
dust, slurry, lint, etc. that could restrict free air movement.
b. Totally enclosed fan cooled motors require special cleaning
consideration. The external fan must be cleaned thoroughly since any
dirt build up not removed can lead to balance issues and vibration.
Motors should never be cleaned or disturbed whilst the motor is in

operation.
Isolate motor from supply before cleaning.
6.1.6. Checking motor installation and coupling.

a. Installation:
i. Is foundation solid?
ii. Are all bolts and/or nuts tight and in good order?
b. Coupling:
i. Is coupling in good order?
ii. Are fasteners tight and in good order?
6.2. CLEANING OF COILS, DRYING & VARNISHING TREATMENT.

Age, constant heating and cooling and other factors may cause insulation
deterioration. Also, salt deposits or grease may lower insulation resistance.
Steam cleaning, drying and re-varnishing may be necessary if the motor has
been flooded or showing deterioration from age.
6.2.1. Cleaning:
a. If the coils are slightly contaminated, compressed air, cloth or a nylon brush
can be used to do the cleaning. However, when contamination is serious,
thorough washing has to be performed. The cleaning methods are as
follows:
b. Cleaning with water:
i. This method is applicable to motors having been immersed in water or
insulated with no cotton yarn and paper materials.
ii. After washing, dry immediately.
iii. Cleaning with steam.
 If the motor has been immersed in sea-water or a chemical solution, clean
with steam after washing thoroughly.
 Steam pressure must be kept between 2 – 4 kg/cm2. High pressure may
cause insulation damage.
c. Steam temperature should be maintained between 500C – 800C.
d. After cleaning, dry immediately.
6.2.3. Drying Method.

a. Application:
i. Drying after cleaning.
ii. Motor has absorbed moisture.
b. Hot air method (using heater and blower).
i. Parts to be dried are surrounded inside a steel plate leaving an inlet and an
outlet for hot air. Hot air will enter the inlet to dry parts (stator, rotor, etc.),
and will leave via the outlet carrying away moisture.
ii. The temperature within the area surrounded by the steel plate should be
maintained at 900C – 1000C.
c. Drying with infrared ray lamp:
i. Install the infrared ray lamp in a baking area surrounded with steel plate
with openings at the bottom.
ii. This method can cause partial overheating. So attention must be paid to the
parts heated and the temperature must be kept below 1000C.
d. Drying method with electric current:
i. The winding must have a minimum insulation resistance above 0.5MΩ
measured with 500VDC megger before using this method so as to avoid a
short circuit.
ii. Lock the rotor (short the secondary winding of the wound rotor motor),
apply rated voltage of approximately 5% - 10% to the winding.
iii. Temperature control settings:
Squirrel cage rotor induction motor: 700C – 800C for the stator.
e. Measurement of insulation resistance.
i. Measure the insulation resistance periodically during drying.
ii. At the initial stage of drying, insulation resistance may decline slightly.
When it returns to normal, the drying process is complete.
iii. When the current method is applied, be sure to turn off the power to
measure insulation resistance.

6.3. VARNISH.
Kind of Varnish
JIS-W-25 or W-28 are highly recommended.
a. Method of Varnish Treatment
i. Dipping method: Immerse windings completely into varnish until no
air bubbles appear.
ii. Pouring Method: Pour varnish completely over windings
Note: Let varnish drip to dry after dipping or pouring. Changing position of
the motor will obtain an even coverage.
b. Curing of Varnish
i. Set oven temperature at 110oC.
ii. Curing time should be 12 – 16 hours
iii. Ensure ventilation is adequate during curing. Combustible gases are
present.
To ensure adequate insulation the above procedure should be repeated.
6.4. KEY POINTS FOR MAINTENANCE & INITIAL OPERATION

INSPECTION AFTER LONG STORAGE.
6.4.1. If the motor has been out of service in excess of three months, careful
inspection should be made before putting the motor into operation again.
6.4.2. When the motor is not in operation, the following precautionary measures
should be undertaken:
The place for storage should be dry and well-ventilated. If the motor has to
be placed at work site for some time, it should be completely covered and
stored on pallets to prevent dust and moisture contamination.
Inspection and maintenance prior to storage.
Please refer to “Regular Inspection and Maintenance” (Section 6.1).

6.4.3. Items to be examined prior to initial operation.
a. Cleaning:
 Outside of motor.
 Motor interior.
b. Measurement of insulation resistance:

Measurement of insulation resistance and standards to determine quality if
Insulation resistance, please refer to measures stated in Section 4.1.2.
Measurement of insulation resistance.
6.4.4. Drying: If the motor has absorbed moisture, it must be dried.
6.4.5. Examination of bearings.

Turn the motor shaft by hand (if practical) to see if it rotates smoothly and
if there is any unusual noise.
6.4.6. Replenishment of grease. (Refer to bearing maintenance Section 7).
6.4.7. Switches and starters.

Clean off dust and any foreign matter etc.
Check if the operation is normal.
Are the moving parts functioning smoothly?
Check if all bolts and nuts are tight and in good order.
6.4.8. Examination and maintenance of standby motor.
Important: The purpose of a standby motor is to substitute as an

emergency motor if the motor in operation breaks down, this motor should
not be exposed to induced vibration whilst stationery.
It is important to always maintain the standby motor in top condition.
Maintenance should be performed strictly according to items and notes
stated previously.

6.5. RECORDS OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE.
6.5.1. Objective:
a. Fully understand the site conditions of the motor in operation and discover
any abnormalities in advance.
b. Prevent the neglect and act of maintenance.
c. Map pertinent maintenance plans after fully understanding the operation of
motor.
d. Assess the life of parts to determine the quantity of spare parts to be kept.
e. To plan the number of spare motors and replace or repair the motors in
operation according to a schedule.
6.5.2. Records of operation.

a. A maintenance card in table form is acceptable.
b. Principle contents:
i. Serial number of machine
ii. Model
iii. Three phase voltage
iv. Three phase current
v. Temperature of a motor in operation
vi. Ambient temperature, humidity, weather, date and time
vii. Time of start and stop
viii. Special remarks
ix. Operator’s name

6.6. POINTS TO NOTE ON DISASSEMBLY.
a. Disassemble according to the pre-set steps.
b. Necessary tools should be ready before disassembly.
c. Mark the disassembled parts so as to facilitate re-assembly.
d. Place parts, bolts and nuts etc, in a box to avoid misplacing.
e. Avoid damage to heavy parts during transportation.
f. Dust accumulation on coil-end, ducts etc., should be cleaned during
disassembly.
g. Coat parts with light oil.
h. Note if there is any shaft deflection or bearing damage when re-assembling.
i. Disassemble and assemble bearing according to the bearing maintenance
manual.
For safety and to prevent equipment damage properly trained

personnel must only carry out maintenance and repairs.

Chapter 7: BEARINGS
7.1. MAINTENANCE OF ROLLING BEARING.
Whilst Motors are installed awaiting commissioning they must be adequately

protected against the elements, all external components in particular the shaft
extension and external labyrinth seals at the drive end must be fully covered
to avoid water ingress entering the motor body whilst stationery.
Please ensure that both the non drive end and drive end antifriction bearings
are fully purged with sufficient grease at first start up/commissioning
with the recommended grade and quantity of grease.
7.1.1. General.
Bearings play a very important role in motor performance. It is essential to
keep bearings in good order for the motor to operate at optimum
performance. For this reason, please maintain bearings according to this
manual.
7.1.2. Motors within frame sizes D180 and below are complete with sealed for life
Bearings. (Unless the specification dictates these need to be re-greasible)
This type of bearing is a non maintainable item and has been pre packed
with grease and fitted with containment shields at point of manufacture.
These bearings do not require greasing for the life of the bearing.
7.1.3. Motors within frame sizes D200 and larger are equipped with through flush
greasing facilities.
Grease replenishment is required, if the motor has been out of service for 3
months or more and should also be carried out on initial start and at regular
intervals thereafter.
a. Replenishment of grease is recommended when the motor is running.
b. Clean the grease nipple and open the grease drain (if applicable) prior to
greasing. Restore after greasing.
c. A slight leakage of grease between the flinger and bearing cover is normal
and assists in totally sealing the bearing from ingress of dust and foreign
matter.
7.1.4. Grease Lubricated Type.
Keeping the bearing lubricant in top condition is extremely important in the
maintenance of bearings. It is a prerequisite of extended bearing life to
replenish grease using the correct grade, quantity and time interval, please
do not mix different types of grease.
The reasons for grease replenishment are:
a. Assure the rolling contact surface has no metal to metal contact.
b. Form a lubrication membrane on the rolling contact surface to reduce noise.
c. Purge the motor of old and contaminated grease, please ensure that the
grease in the discharge chute is pliable and will allow new grease to enter.
d. The presence of the correct grade and quantity of grease reduces corrosion,
protects and seals the bearing and lowers vibration.
7.1.5. Grease replenishment period:
The life of grease varies depending on model, speed, temperature,
operational conditions etc., it is, therefore, impossible to determine the
exact time interval for replenishment.
However, under normal conditions the greasing interval is shown in Table 3
can be used as a guide.

Bearing Speed(RPM)
Number 600 720 750 900 1000 1200 1500 1800 3000 3600
62XX 10 19000 18000 17500 16500 15500 14500 12500 11000 6000 4500
63XX 12 18000 17000 16500 15000 14500 13000 11000 9000 4500 3500
72XX 13 17500 16500 16000 14500 14000 12000 10000 8500 4000 3000
73XX 14 16500 15500 15000 13500 12500 11000 9000 7000 3500 2500
15 16500 15500 15000 13500 12500 11000 9000 7000 3000 2000
16 16000 15000 14500 13000 12000 10500 8500 6500 2500 1500
17 16000 14500 14000 12500 11500 10000 8000 6000 2500 1500
18 15500 14000 13500 12000 11000 9500 7500 5500 2500 1500
20 14500 13000 12500 11000 10000 8500 6000 4500
22 13500 12000 11500 10000 9000 7500 5500 4000
24 13000 11500 11000 9000 8000 6500 4500 3500
26 12000 10500 10000 8500 7500 6000 4000 3000
28 11500 10000 9500 8000 7000 5500 3500 2500
30 11000 9500 9000 7000 6500 4500 3000 2000
32 10500 8500 8500 6500 5500 4000 3000 2000
34 10000 8000 8000 6000 5500 4000 2500 1500
36 9500 7500 7500 5500 5000 3500
38 9000 7000 7000 5000 4500 3000
Bearing Speed(RPM)
Number 600 720 750 900 1000 1200 1500 1800
NU2XX 14 14000 12500 12000 10500 9500 8000 6000 4500
NU3XX 15 13500 12000 11500 11000 9000 7000 5500 4000
16 13000 11500 11000 9500 8500 6500 5000 3500
17 12500 11000 10500 9000 8000 6000 4500 3000
18 12000 10500 10000 8500 7500 5500 4000 2500
20 11000 9500 9000 7000 6000 4500 3000 2000
22 10000 8500 8000 6000 5500 4000 2500 1500
24 9000 7500 7000 5500 4500 3500 2000 1500
26 8500 7000 6500 5000 4000 3000 1500 1000
28 8000 6000 6000 4500 3500 2500 1000 500
30 7000 5500 5500 4000 3000 2000 1000 500
32 6500 5000 5000 3500 2500 1500 500 500
34 6000 4500 4500 3000 2500 1500 500
36 5500 4000 4000 2500 2000 1000 500
38 5000 4000 3500 2500 1500 1000 500
40 5000 3500 3000 2000 1500 1000
44 4000 3000 2500 1500 1000 500
48 3500 2500 2500 1000 1000 500
Table 3.
Remarks:
a. Please refer to lubrication nameplate fitted and follow the
recommended schedule stated.
b. The data as shown in Table 3 and/or lubrication nameplates are the
maximum recommended intervals under good conditions, please
consider site conditions, as a shortening of these periods may be
necessary.
7.1.6. Type of grease:

TECO motors can utilise different types of grease including Shell Gadus &
Mobil Polyrex EM Grease which has been selected based on the proposed
application.
Please check on the lubrication nameplate to confirm the type of grease
installed. Please use identical grease when servicing or alternatively
lubricants of different brands that have been established as being
equivalent in the areas of composition, physical properties and thickeners.
7.1.7. Amount of grease replenishment:

Amount of grease replenishment depends on the type, size and construction
and the bearings. For the maximum quantity used in one replenishment of
each bearing, as a guide, please refer to Table 4.
Please refer to lubrication nameplate fitted and follow the recommended
quantity stated.
7.1.8. Key points to note with grease filling:

Filling method for grease relief type bearing.
Use a good quality grease gun to pump grease through the grease nipple
into the bearings. The old contaminated grease is forced to drain out of the
discharge chute. While greasing it is recommended that the greasing
procedure is undertaken whilst the motor is running. The discharge outlet
may not be visible on some models, grease should be pumped in at the
recommended quantity and the sound of bearing should return to normal.
It is advisable to grease when the motor is operating as old grease is
expelled more easily.

Bearing No. Amount of Bearing No. Amount of

replenishment replenishment
62XX 6210 30g 63XX 6310 40g
72XX 6212 40 73XX 6312 60
NU2XX 6213 50 NU3XX 6313 80
222XX 6214 50 223XX 6314 80
6215 60 6315 100
6216 60 6316 100
6217 80 6317 120
6218 80 6318 120
6220 100 6320 160
6222 120 6322 220
6224 120 6324 270
6226 140 6326 300
6228 160 6328 400
6230 180 6330 450
6232 200 6332 500
6234 250 6334 600
6236 300 6336 700
6238 350 6338 800
6240 400 6340 900
6244 450 6344 900
6248 500 6348 900
Table 4.
*Fill new grease until it displaces the old grease completely.
Do not grease the motor whilst it is at standstill. If there is a draw-out

device for grease, draw out the used grease after greasing, please leave
excess grease on the rake as this will further protect the exit port from
moisture entry.
WARNING
Stay clear of rotating parts while relubricating motor when it is in
operation.
7.1.9. Temperature of bearing.

Temperature of the bearing will rise slightly, but this is temporary while
greasing and will return to normal a few minutes after greasing. Brief
temperature variations are of no concern, grease should be pumped in
sparingly to avoid excess temperatures being experienced.

7.1.10. Selection of grease gun.

There are two types of grease gun. High pressure lever type and hand press
type. As the hand press type has a lower force, grease replacement will
take more time. Greasing can be achieved quickly by using a lever type gun,
however, care should be taken to adjust the pressure and rate to avoid
excessive grease entry which may enter the motor’s interior.
7.2. NOISE OF BEARING.

a. Normal noise.
Noise is congenital to movement of the bearing. Generally bearing noise
that has a continuous rhythm with no sudden change is normal.
b. Abnormal noise.
It is difficult to detect the early stages of bearing failure with the human
ear. It takes a lot of experience and a sharp ear to detect abnormal noise.
Any sudden change in bearing noise should be investigated. Motors with
roller bearings at the drive end can emit more rotational noise than a ball
bearing and it is normal to hear skating/skidding of the rolling elements.
7.3. VIBRATION.
If the vibration of the bearing is unusually high, please test with vibroscope.
The preferred level for vibration should be below 2.8mm/sec. If the values
exceed this figure, an investigation should be undertaken to find and rectify
the problem.
7.4. REGULAR INSPECTION.
7.4.1. Regular monthly inspection.

Grease replenishment (refer to Section 7.1) and the motor lubrication plate.

7.4.2. Regular yearly inspection.
It is important to undertake regular inspection every year when the machine
is out of service for maintenance.
7.4.3. Inspection Notes.

a. Electrical etching.
When there are dark spots on bearing surface or outside the face of outer
ring and / or inside face of bearing housing, please check with a microscope
to see if they look like pock marks or fish scales which could be the result of
electrical etching due to poor installation etc.
b. Motors on VVVF Drives.
All TECO motors are suitable for running on VVVF drives, however, this does
depend on the application, kilowatt demand and speed range. TECO
recommend that when motors of 280/315 frame and above be fitted with at
least an insulated bearing at the non drive end and rotor grounding brush
fitted at the drive end, this is not categorical that this feature must be fitted,
purely a recommendation based on TECO’s experience, please consult with
the engineering specification whether the motor supplied requires this
feature.
c. Precision of installation.
The degradation of the bearing may be the result of misalignment due to
sinking foundations etc, after the motor has been in use for a long period.
Regularly check and record the alignment of couplings, and make
adjustments as necessary.
The bearing is a high precision component, it is important to avoid ingress

of dust, moisture and foreign matter. A hammer or similar object must not
be used during the cleaning and installation of the bearing.

Chapter 8: Troubleshooting.
8.1. FAULT FINDING & RECOGNITION
Kind of Symptom Cause Remedy

Fault
Fail to Motionless Power-off Consult power
start without And soundless company
load Switch-off Switch-on
No fuse Install fuse
Broken wires Check wires and
repair
Broken lead Check leads and
repair
Faulty winding Check winding and
repair
Fuse blowing – Short circuit Check circuit
(Circuit Breaker Incorrect wiring Check wiring
trips off, slow Poor contact in circuit Check and repair
start with switches
electromagneti Broken wiring Check and repair
c noise Poor contact of Check and repair
starting switch
Incorrect connection Check and repair
of starting switch
Overload Fuse blowing – Insufficient capacity Replace fuse or
after start Fail to restart of fuse or breaker breaker
due to circuit Overload Lighten load
breaker High load at low Check circuit
tripping voltage capacity and reduce
load

Kind of Fault Symptom Cause Remedy

Overload after start Overheating Overload or Lighten Load
of Motor Intermittent
Overload
Under-voltage Check circuit capacity
and power source
Over-voltage Check power source
Ventilation duct Remove the foreign
clogged matter in the duct
Ambient Lower ambient
temperature temperature
exceeds 450C
Friction between Repair
rotor and stator
Fuse blowing Install the specified
(Single phase fuse
rotating)
Poor contact of Check and repair
circuit switches
Poor contact of Check and repair
starting switch
Unbalanced three Check circuit or
phase voltage consult power
company
Speed falls Voltage drop Check circuit and
sharply power source
Sudden overload Check machine
Single phase Check circuit and
rotating repair
Switch overheat Insufficient Replace switch
capacity of switch
High load Lighten load

Overload after Bearing Overheat Misalignment Re-align
start between motor
and load
Not enough Fully purge
grease bearings with
grease
High bearing Replace damaged
noise bearing
Noise Electro-magnetic Occurrence from Check noise not
noise induced by first operation normal
electricity Sudden sharp Short circuit of
noise and windings. Repair.
smoking
Bearing noise Not enough Fully purge
grease bearings with
grease
Deterioration of Clean bearing
grease and re-grease
Excessive noise Replace the
damaged bearing
Mechanical noise Loose belt sheaf Adjust key and
caused by lock the screw
machinery Loose coupling Adjust the
position of
couplings and
tighten
Loose screw Tighten screw
Fan rubbing Adjust fan
position


Noise Mechanical noise Rubbing as a result Clean motor
caused by of ingress of interior and
machinery foreign matter ventilation ducts
Wind noise Noise induced by
air flowing through
ventilation ducts
Induced by Repair machine
conveyance
machine
Vibration Electro-magnetic Short circuit of Repair
vibration windings
Open circuit of Repair
rotor
Vibration Unbalanced rotor Repair
Unbalanced fan Repair
Mechanical Broken fan blade Replace fan
vibration Un-symmetrical Align central points
centres between
belt sheaf
Central points of Adjust the central
couplings do not lie points of couplings
on the same level on the same level
Improper mounting Lock the mounting
installation screw
Motor mounting Reinforce mounting
bed is not strong bed
Remarks:
i. Circuit switches: This includes knife switch, electromagnetic switch, fuse and
other connection switches etc.
ii. Starting switches: This includes Delta-Star starter, compensate starter,
reactance starter, resistor starter, starting controllers etc.

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031- Page No: D

Schenck Process Vibrating Equipment

Electric Motor List
Equipment Description Serial No. Equipment No.

1 OFF SDF304048 V124127.A01 3131-FE-304
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder
TECO Squirrel Cage Electric Motor

Power: 55kW
Frame Size: D280SC
# of Poles: 6
Frequency: 60Hz
Voltage: 460V
Current: 105.3A (Full Load)
IP Rating: IP 56

4 OFF SDF304048 V123743.A01 3142-FE-306
Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder V123744.A01 3142-FE-307
V123745.A01 3142-FE-308
TECO Squirrel Cage Electric Motor V123746.A01 3142-FE-309
Power: 37kW
Frame Size: D250SC
# of Poles: 6
Frequency: 60Hz
Voltage: 460V
IP Rating: IP 56

1 OFF SLR2148D V123645.A01 2111-FE-202
Primary Crusher Vibrating Grizzly
Feeder
TECO Squirrel Cage Electric Motor

Power: 30kW
Frame Size: D225MC
# of Poles: 6
Frequency: 60Hz
Voltage: 460V
IP Rating: IP 56
FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SMS\101031-EMLrev1.doc Page 2

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031- Page No: E


65 Epping Road 5 Elwell Close Unit 1/76-80 Vella Drive 862 Cockburn Road Suite No 2.05, 303 190 Evans St 197 Richardson Road
North Ryde NSW Beresfield NSW 2322 Sunshine VIC 3020 Henderson WA 6166 Milton QLD 4064 Mackay Qld 4740 N Rockhampton QLD 4701
Ph: + 61 2 9886 6800 Ph: +61 2 9043 8400 Ph: + 61 3 9300 8000 Ph: + 61 8 9494 6777 Ph: + 61 7 3511 4300 Ph: + 61 7 4952 7100 Ph: + 61 7 4930 1400
Fax:+ 61 2 9878 Fax: +61 2 4088 7047 Fax: + 61 3 9312 1263 Fax:+ 61 8 9437 4177 Fax: + 61 7 3511 7999 Fax: + 61 7 4951 0727 Fax: + 61 7 4922 0679
Schenck Process Vibrating Feeders

Instrument List
End-User Date
Marcobre 05.07.18
Location Contract No.
Mina Justa 10194601-0029A
End User Document No. Schenck Process Job No.
JU-001-06-0029A-0000-07-29-0002 101031
SDRL Code Ausenco Document No. Schenck Process Doc No.
7.02 V-101946-0029A-0032 101031-IS-01
1 OFF SLR2148 GRIZZLY FEEDER V123645.A01 2111-FE-202
1 OFF SDF304048 DIVERGING PAN FEEDER V123743.A01 3142-FE-306
1 OFF SDF304048 DIVERGING PAN FEEDER V123746.V01 3142-FE-309
The equipment serial number must always be quoted when ordering replacement parts.
Rev. Date Description Orig Review Approval
0 23.08.18 Issued for Construction G Swords F Domingo G Swords
we make processes work

101031 MINA JUSTA
TECHNICAL SCHEDULE
INSTRUMENT LIST
DRAWING NUMBER:
NO. INSTRUMENT NO. DESCRIPTION SUPPLIER TYPE VOLT SERIES SUPPLIED BY INSTALLED BY REV
55 2111-FE-202-PNL-A1 CONiQ TSU DRIVE END SCHENCK PROCESS 3D MEMS 24 CONiQ Online 101031-750153-01 SCHENCK PROCESS OTHERS A
56 2111-ZT-20111A DRIVE END ACCELEROMETER TOP SHAFT SCHENCK PROCESS PIEZOELECTRIC 18-30 CONiQ Online 101031-750153-01 SCHENCK PROCESS OTHERS B
57 2111-ZT-20111B DRIVE END ACCELEROMETER BOTTOM SHAFT SCHENCK PROCESS PIEZOELECTRIC 18-30 CONiQ Online 101031-750153-01 SCHENCK PROCESS OTHERS B
58 2111-TE-20112 DRIVE END TEMPERATURE SENSOR SCHENCK PROCESS PT100 - CONiQ Online 101031-750153-01 SCHENCK PROCESS OTHERS B
60 3142-ZT-30975A DRIVE END ACCELEROMETER TOP SHAFT SCHENCK PROCESS PIEZOELECTRIC 18-30 CONiQ Online 101031-750154-01 SCHENCK PROCESS OTHERS 0
61 3142-ZT-30975B DRIVE END ACCELEROMETER BOTTOM SHAFT SCHENCK PROCESS PIEZOELECTRIC 18-30 CONiQ Online 101031-750154-01 SCHENCK PROCESS OTHERS 0
62 3142-TE-30976 DRIVE END TEMPERATURE SENSOR SCHENCK PROCESS PT100 - CONiQ Online 101031-750154-01 SCHENCK PROCESS OTHERS 0
66 3142-TE-30978 DRIVE END TEMPERATURE SENSOR SCHENCK PROCESS PT100 - CONiQ Online 101031-750154-01 SCHENCK PROCESS OTHERS 0
79 3131-FE-304-PNL-A2 CONiQ TSU NON-DRIVE END SCHENCK PROCESS 3D MEMS 24 CONiQ Online 101031-750155-01 SCHENCK PROCESS OTHERS A
80 3131-ZT-30463A NON-DRIVE END ACCELEROMETER TOP SHAFT SCHENCK PROCESS PIEZOELECTRIC 18-30 CONiQ Online 101031-750155-01 SCHENCK PROCESS OTHERS B
81 3131-ZT-30463B NON-DRIVE END ACCELEROMETER BOTTOM SHAFT SCHENCK PROCESS PIEZOELECTRIC 18-30 CONiQ Online 101031-750155-01 SCHENCK PROCESS OTHERS B
82 3131-TE-30464 NON-DRIVE END TEMPERATURE SENSOR SCHENCK PROCESS PT100 - CONiQ Online 101031-750155-01 SCHENCK PROCESS OTHERS B
101031-IS-01rev0.xlsx Page 2 of 2 we make processes work

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031- Page No: F

Product Name: MOBILARMA 524
Revision Date: 21 Nov 2012
Page 1 of 13
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SAFETY DATA SHEET

SECTION 1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE / MIXTURE AND OF THE
COMPANY / UNDERTAKING
As of the revision date above, this (M)SDS meets the regulations in the United Kingdom & Ireland.
1.1. PRODUCT IDENTIFIER

Product Description: Base Oil and Additives
Product Code: 201570401030, 400288, 667139-60
1.2. RELEVANT IDENTIFIED USES OF THE SUBSTANCE OR MIXTURE AND USES ADVISED AGAINST
Intended Use: Corrosion inhibitor
Uses advised against: None unless specified elsewhere in this SDS.
1.3. DETAILS OF THE SUPPLIER OF THE SAFETY DATA SHEET

Supplier: EXXONMOBIL MARINE LIMITED
EXXONMOBIL HOUSE
MAILPOINT 31, ERMYN WAY
KT22 8UX LEATHERHEAD
United Kingdom
Supplier General Contact: +44 1372 222 000

E-Mail: [email protected]
1.4. EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBER

24 Hour Environmental / Health Emergency +44 (0)23 80891558
Telephone:
SECTION 2 HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
2.1. CLASSIFICATION OF SUBSTANCE OR MIXTURE
Classification according to EU Directive 67/548/EEC / 1999/45 EC
Not Classified
Page 2 of 13
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.2. LABEL ELEMENTS
Not regulated according to EU Directive 67/548/EEC / 1999/45 EC
.
.
Contains: CALCIUM SULPHONATE May produce an allergic reaction.
2.3. OTHER HAZARDS
PHYSICAL / CHEMICAL HAZARDS

No significant hazards.
HEALTH HAZARDS
This product may be used in certain applications where misting can occur. Excessive exposure to liquids and
mists may cause skin and eye irritation. In addition, excessive exposure to mists may cause respiratory
irritation and damage and aggravate pre-existing emphysema or asthma.
ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS
No significant hazards. Material does not meet the criteria for PBT or vPvB in accordance with REACH Annex
XIII.
NOTE: This material should not be used for any other purpose than the intended use in Section 1 without expert
advice. Health studies have shown that chemical exposure may cause potential human health risks which may
vary from person to person.
SECTION 3 COMPOSITION / INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
3.1. SUBSTANCES Not Applicable. This material is regulated as a mixture.
3.2. MIXTURES
This material is defined as a mixture.
Reportable hazardous substance(s) complying with the classification criteria and/or with an exposure limit
(OEL)
Name CAS# EC# Registration# Concentration* GHS/CLP
classification
SULFONIC ACIDS, PETROLEUM, CALCIUM 61789-86-4 263-093-9 NE 1 - 5% Skin Irrit. 2 H315,
SALTS Eye Irrit. 2 H319,
Skin Sens. 1 H317
Note - any classification in brackets is a GHS building block that was not adopted by the EU in the CLP regulation (No 1272/2008)
and therefore is not applicable in the EU or in non-EU countries which have implemented the CLP regulation and is shown for
informational purposes only.
Name CAS# EC# Registration# DSD Symbols/Risk

Concentration* Phrases
Kerosine (petroleum) 8008-20-6 232-366-4 01-2119485517- 0.1 - 1% R10, Xi;R38, Xn;R65,
Page 3 of 13
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
27 N;R51/53, Note H
SULFONIC ACIDS, PETROLEUM, CALCIUM 61789-86-4 263-093-9 NE 1 - 5% Xi;R36/38, Xi;R43
SALTS
* All concentrations are percent by weight unless ingredient is a gas. Gas concentrations are in percent by volume.
Note: See (M)SDS Section 16 for full text of the R-Phrases. See (M)SDS Section 16 for full text of hazard
statements.
SECTION 4 FIRST AID MEASURES
4.1. DESCRIPTION OF FIRST AID MEASURES
INHALATION
Remove from further exposure. For those providing assistance, avoid exposure to yourself or others. Use
adequate respiratory protection. If respiratory irritation, dizziness, nausea, or unconsciousness occurs, seek
immediate medical assistance. If breathing has stopped, assist ventilation with a mechanical device or use
mouth-to-mouth resuscitation.
SKIN CONTACT
Wash contact areas with soap and water. Remove contaminated clothing. Launder contaminated clothing
before reuse.
EYE CONTACT
Flush thoroughly with water. If irritation occurs, get medical assistance.
INGESTION
First aid is normally not required. Seek medical attention if discomfort occurs.
4.2. MOST IMPORTANT SYMPTOMS AND EFFECTS, BOTH ACUTE AND DELAYED
No important symptoms or effects.
4.3. INDICATION OF ANY IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION AND SPECIAL TREATMENT NEEDED
The need to have special means for providing specific and immediate medical treatment available in the
workplace is not expected.
SECTION 5 FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES
5.1. EXTINGUISHING MEDIA

Suitable Extinguishing Media: Use water fog, foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide (CO2) to extinguish
flames.
Unsuitable Extinguishing Media: Straight streams of water
5.2. SPECIAL HAZARDS ARISING FROM THE SUBSTANCE OR MIXTURE

Hazardous Combustion Products: Smoke, Fume, Aldehydes, Sulphur oxides, Incomplete combustion
products, Oxides of carbon
Page 4 of 13
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5.3. ADVICE FOR FIRE FIGHTERS

Fire Fighting Instructions: Evacuate area. Prevent run-off from fire control or dilution from entering
streams, sewers or drinking water supply. Fire-fighters should use standard protective equipment and in
enclosed spaces, self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA). Use water spray to cool fire exposed surfaces
and to protect personnel.
FLAMMABILITY PROPERTIES
Flash Point [Method]: >215°C (419°F) [ASTM D-92]
Upper/Lower Flammable Limits (Approximate volume % in air): UEL: 7.0 LEL: 0.9 [Estimated]
Autoignition Temperature: No data available
SECTION 6 ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
6.1. PERSONAL PRECAUTIONS, PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES
In the event of a spill or accidental release, notify relevant authorities in accordance with all applicable
regulations.
PROTECTIVE MEASURES
Avoid contact with spilled material. Warn or evacuate occupants in surrounding and downwind areas if
required, due to toxicity or flammability of the material. See Section 5 for fire fighting information. See the
Hazard Identification Section for Significant Hazards. See Section 4 for First Aid Advice. See Section 8
for advice on the minimum requirements for personal protective equipment. Additional protective measures
may be necessary, depending on the specific circumstances and/or the expert judgment of the emergency
responders.
For emergency responders: Respiratory protection: respiratory protection will be necessary only in special
cases, e.g., formation of mists. Half-face or full-face respirator with filter(s) for dust/organic vapor or Self
Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) can be used depending on the size of spill and potential level of
exposure. If the exposure cannot be completely characterized or an oxygen deficient atmosphere is
possible or anticipated, SCBA is recommended. Work gloves that are resistant to hydrocarbons are
recommended. Gloves made of polyvinyl acetate (PVA) are not water-resistant and are not suitable for
emergency use. Chemical goggles are recommended if splashes or contact with eyes is possible. Small
spills: normal antistatic work clothes are usually adequate. Large spills: full body suit of chemical resistant,
antistatic material is recommended.
6.2. ENVIRONMENTAL PRECAUTIONS

Large Spills: Dyke far ahead of liquid spill for later recovery and disposal. Prevent entry into waterways,
sewers, basements or confined areas.
6.3. METHODS AND MATERIAL FOR CONTAINMENT AND CLEANING UP

Land Spill: Stop leak if you can do so without risk. Recover by pumping or with suitable absorbent.
Water Spill: Stop leak if you can do so without risk. Confine the spill immediately with booms. Warn other
shipping. Remove from the surface by skimming or with suitable absorbents. Seek the advice of a specialist
before using dispersants.
Water spill and land spill recommendations are based on the most likely spill scenario for this material;
however, geographic conditions, wind, temperature, (and in the case of a water spill) wave and current direction
Page 5 of 13
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
and speed may greatly influence the appropriate action to be taken. For this reason, local experts should be
consulted. Note: Local regulations may prescribe or limit action to be taken.
6.4. REFERENCES TO OTHER SECTIONS

See Sections 8 and 13.
SECTION 7 HANDLING AND STORAGE
7.1. PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING

Avoid breathing mists or vapour. Avoid contact with skin. Prevent small spills and leakage to avoid slip hazard.
Material can accumulate static charges which may cause an electrical spark (ignition source). When the
material is handled in bulk, an electrical spark could ignite any flammable vapors from liquids or residues that
may be present (e.g., during switch-loading operations). Use proper bonding and/or earthing procedures.
However, bonding and earthing may not eliminate the hazard from static accumulation. Consult local
applicable standards for guidance. Additional references include American Petroleum Institute 2003
(Protection Against Ignitions Arising out of Static, Lightning and Stray Currents) or National Fire Protection
Agency 77 (Recommended Practice on Static Electricity) or CENELEC CLC/TR 50404 (Electrostatics - Code of
practice for the avoidance of hazards due to static electricity).
Static Accumulator: This material is a static accumulator.
7.2. CONDITIONS FOR SAFE STORAGE, INCLUDING ANY INCOMPATIBILITIES

The container choice, for example storage vessel, may effect static accumulation and dissipation. Do not
store in open or unlabelled containers.
7.3. SPECIFIC END USES: Section 1 informs about identified end-uses. No industrial or sector specific guidance
available.
SECTION 8 EXPOSURE CONTROLS / PERSONAL PROTECTION
8.1. CONTROL PARAMETERS
Exposure limits/standards for materials that can be formed when handling this product: When mists/aerosols
can occur the following is recommended: 5 mg/m³ - ACGIH TLV (inhalable fraction).
Note: Information about recommended monitoring procedures can be obtained from the relevant
agency(ies)/institute(s):
UK Health and Safety Executive (HSE)
Page 6 of 13
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
For hydrocarbon UVCBs, no single PNEC value is identified for the overall substance or used in risk assessment
calculations. Therefore, no PNEC values are disclosed in the above table. For further information, please contact
ExxonMobil.
8.2. EXPOSURE CONTROLS
ENGINEERING CONTROLS
The level of protection and types of controls necessary will vary depending upon potential exposure conditions.
Control measures to consider:
No special requirements under ordinary conditions of use and with adequate ventilation.
PERSONAL PROTECTION
Personal protective equipment selections vary based on potential exposure conditions such as applications,
handling practices, concentration and ventilation. Information on the selection of protective equipment for use
with this material, as provided below, is based upon intended, normal usage.
Respiratory Protection: If engineering controls do not maintain airborne contaminant concentrations at a

level which is adequate to protect worker health, an approved respirator may be appropriate. Respirator
selection, use, and maintenance must be in accordance with regulatory requirements, if applicable. Types of
respirators to be considered for this material include:
Particulate air-purifying respirator approved for dust or oil mist is recommended. European
Committee for Standardization (CEN) standards EN 136, 140 and 405 provide respirator masks and EN
149 and 143 provide filter recommendations.
For high airborne concentrations, use an approved supplied-air respirator, operated in positive pressure mode.
Supplied air respirators with an escape bottle may be appropriate when oxygen levels are inadequate,
gas/vapour warning properties are poor, or if air purifying filter capacity/rating may be exceeded.
Hand Protection: Any specific glove information provided is based on published literature and glove
manufacturer data. Glove suitability and breakthrough time will differ depending on the specific use conditions.
Contact the glove manufacturer for specific advice on glove selection and breakthrough times for your use
conditions. Inspect and replace worn or damaged gloves. The types of gloves to be considered for this material
include:
Chemical resistant gloves are recommended. If contact with forearms is likely wear gauntlet style
gloves. Nitrile, Viton, CEN standards EN 420 and EN 374 provide general requirements and lists of
glove types.
Eye Protection: If contact is likely, safety glasses with side shields are recommended. Chemical type
goggles should be worn during misting operations.
Skin and Body Protection: Any specific clothing information provided is based on published literature or
manufacturer data. The types of clothing to be considered for this material include:
Chemical/oil resistant clothing is recommended.
Specific Hygiene Measures: Always observe good personal hygiene measures, such as washing after
handling the material and before eating, drinking, and/or smoking. Routinely wash work clothing and protective
equipment to remove contaminants. Discard contaminated clothing and footwear that cannot be cleaned.
Practice good housekeeping.
Page 7 of 13
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
Comply with applicable environmental regulations limiting discharge to air, water and
soil. Protect the environment by applying appropriate control measures to prevent or limit
emissions.
SECTION 9 PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
Note: Physical and chemical properties are provided for safety, health and environmental considerations only
and may not fully represent product specifications. Contact the Supplier for additional information.
9.1. INFORMATION ON BASIC PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
Physical State: Liquid

Colour: Amber
Odour: Characteristic
Odour Threshold: No data available
pH: Not technically feasible
Melting Point: Not technically feasible
Freezing Point: No data available
Initial Boiling Point / and Boiling Range: > 260°C (500°F) [Estimated]
Flash Point [Method]: >215°C (419°F) [ASTM D-92]
Evaporation Rate (n-butyl acetate = 1): No data available
Flammability (Solid, Gas): Not technically feasible
Upper/Lower Flammable Limits (Approximate volume % in air): UEL: 7.0 LEL: 0.9 [Estimated]
Vapour Pressure: < 0.013 kPa (0.1 mm Hg) at 20 °C [Estimated]
Vapour Density (Air = 1): > 2 at 101 kPa [Estimated]
Relative Density (at 15 °C): 0.87 [test method unavailable]
Solubility(ies): water Negligible
Partition coefficient (n-Octanol/Water Partition Coefficient): > 3.5 [Estimated]
Autoignition Temperature: No data available
Decomposition Temperature: No data available
Viscosity: 82.95 cSt (82.95 mm2/sec) at 40ºC | 10.5 cSt (10.5 mm2/sec) at 100°C [ASTM D 445]
Explosive Properties: None
Oxidizing Properties: None
9.2. OTHER INFORMATION
Pour Point: -18°C (0°F) [ASTM D97]

DMSO Extract (mineral oil only), IP-346: < 3 %wt
SECTION 10 STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

Page 8 of 13
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
10.1. REACTIVITY: See sub-sections below.
10.2. CHEMICAL STABILITY: Material is stable under normal conditions.
10.3. POSSIBILITY OF HAZARDOUS REACTIONS: Hazardous polymerization will not occur.
10.4. CONDITIONS TO AVOID: Excessive heat. High energy sources of ignition.
10.5. INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS: Strong oxidisers
10.6. HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: Material does not decompose at ambient temperatures.
SECTION 11 TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
11.1. INFORMATION ON TOXICOLOGICAL EFFECTS
Hazard Class Conclusion / Remarks

Inhalation
Acute Toxicity: No end point data for Minimally Toxic. Based on assessment of the components.
material.
Irritation: No end point data for material. Negligible hazard at ambient/normal handling temperatures.
Based on assessment of the components.
Ingestion
material.
Skin
material.
Skin Corrosion/Irritation: No end point data Mildly irritating to skin with prolonged exposure. Based on
for material. assessment of the components.
Eye
Serious Eye Damage/Irritation: No end point May cause mild, short-lasting discomfort to eyes. Based on
data for material. assessment of the components.
Sensitisation
Respiratory Sensitization: No end point data Not expected to be a respiratory sensitizer.
for material.
Skin Sensitization: No end point data for Not expected to be a skin sensitizer. Based on assessment of the
material. components.
Aspiration: Data available. Not expected to be an aspiration hazard. Based on
physico-chemical properties of the material.
Germ Cell Mutagenicity: No end point data Not expected to be a germ cell mutagen. Based on assessment of
for material. the components.
Carcinogenicity: No end point data for Not expected to cause cancer. Based on assessment of the
material. components.
Reproductive Toxicity: No end point data Not expected to be a reproductive toxicant. Based on assessment
for material. of the components.
Lactation: No end point data for material. Not expected to cause harm to breast-fed children.
Specific Target Organ Toxicity (STOT)
Single Exposure: No end point data for Not expected to cause organ damage from a single exposure.
material.
Repeated Exposure: No end point data for Not expected to cause organ damage from prolonged or repeated
material. exposure. Based on assessment of the components.
Page 9 of 13
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
OTHER INFORMATION
For the product itself:
Repeated and/or prolonged exposure may cause irritation to the skin, eyes, or respiratory tract. The levels of
sulphonates in this material are not expected to cause dermal sensitisation based on experimental data with structurally
similar materials.
Oil Mist (highly refined oils): Animals exposed to high concentrations of mist developed oil retention, inflammation, and
oil granulomas in the respiratory tract. Oils exposed to high temperatures, cracking conditions, or mixing with tramp /
used oils may introduce polycyclic aromatic compounds or microbial contaminants that could result in cancer or severe
respiratory hazards.
Contains:
Base oil severely refined: Not carcinogenic in animal studies. Representative material passes IP-346, Modified Ames
test, and/or other screening tests. Dermal and inhalation studies showed minimal effects; lung non-specific infiltration of
immune cells, oil deposition and minimal granuloma formation. Not sensitising in test animals.
Additional information is available by request.
SECTION 12 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

The information given is based on data available for the material, the components of the material, and similar materials.
12.1. TOXICITY
Material -- Not expected to be harmful to aquatic organisms.
12.2. PERSISTENCE AND DEGRADABILITY

Biodegradation:
Base oil component -- Expected to be inherently biodegradable
12.3. BIOACCUMULATIVE POTENTIAL

Base oil component -- Has the potential to bioaccumulate, however metabolism or physical properties may
reduce the bioconcentration or limit bioavailability.
12.4. MOBILITY IN SOIL

Base oil component -- Low solubility and floats and is expected to migrate from water to the land.
Expected to partition to sediment and wastewater solids.
12.5. PERSISTENCE, BIOACCUMULATION AND TOXICITY FOR SUBSTANCE(S)

This product is not, or does not contain, a substance that is a PBT or a vPvB.
12.6. OTHER ADVERSE EFFECTS

No adverse effects are expected.
Page 10 of 13
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 13 DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
Disposal recommendations based on material as supplied. Disposal must be in accordance with current applicable
laws and regulations, and material characteristics at time of disposal.
13.1. WASTE TREATMENT METHODS

Product is suitable for burning in an enclosed controlled burner for fuel value or disposal by supervised
incineration at very high temperatures to prevent formation of undesirable combustion products.
REGULATORY DISPOSAL INFORMATION
European Waste Code: 12 01 09*
NOTE: These codes are assigned based upon the most common uses for this material and may not reflect
contaminants resulting from actual use. Waste producers need to assess the actual process used when
generating the waste and its contaminants in order to assign the proper waste disposal code(s).
This material is considered as hazardous waste pursuant to Directive 91/689/EEC on hazardous waste, and
subject to the provisions of that Directive unless Article 1(5) of that Directive applies.
Empty Container Warning Empty Container Warning (where applicable): Empty containers may contain residue and
can be dangerous. Do not attempt to refill or clean containers without proper instructions. Empty drums should be
completely drained and safely stored until appropriately reconditioned or disposed. Empty containers should be taken
for recycling, recovery, or disposal through suitably qualified or licensed contractor and in accordance with
governmental regulations. DO NOT PRESSURISE, CUT, WELD, BRAZE, SOLDER, DRILL, GRIND, OR EXPOSE
SUCH CONTAINERS TO HEAT, FLAME, SPARKS, STATIC ELECTRICITY, OR OTHER SOURCES OF IGNITION.
THEY MAY EXPLODE AND CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH.
SECTION 14 TRANSPORT INFORMATION
LAND (ADR/RID): 14.1-14.6 Not Regulated for Land Transport
INLAND WATERWAYS (ADNR/ADN): 14.1-14.6 Not Regulated for Inland Waterways Transport
SEA (IMDG): 14.1-14.6 Not Regulated for Sea Transport according to IMDG-Code
SEA (MARPOL 73/78 Convention - Annex II):

14.7. Transport in bulk according to Annex II of MARPOL 73/78 and the IBC Code
Not classified according to Annex II
AIR (IATA): 14.1-14.6 Not Regulated for Air Transport
SECTION 15 REGULATORY INFORMATION

Page 11 of 13
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
REGULATORY STATUS AND APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Complies with the following national/regional chemical inventory requirements: AICS, DSL, IECSC,
KECI, PICCS, TSCA
15.1. SAFETY, HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS/LEGISLATION SPECIFIC FOR THE

SUBSTANCE OR MIXTURE
Applicable EU Directives and Regulations:
1907/2006 [... on the Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals ... and
amendments thereto]
1272/2008 [on classification, labelling and packaging of substances and mixtures.. and
amendments thereto]
Refer to the relevant EU/national regulation for details of any actions or restrictions required by the above
Regulation(s)/Directive(s).
15.2. CHEMICAL SAFETY ASSESSMENT
REACH Information: A Chemical Safety Assessment has been carried out for one or more substances present in the
material.
SECTION 16 OTHER INFORMATION
REFERENCES: Sources of information used in preparing this SDS included one or more of the following: results
from in house or supplier toxicology studies, CONCAWE Product Dossiers, publications from other trade associations,
such as the EU Hydrocarbon Solvents REACH Consortium, U.S. HPV Program Robust Summaries, the EU IUCLID
Data Base, U.S. NTP publications, and other sources, as appropriate.
List of abbreviations and acronyms that could be (but not necessarily are) used in this safety data sheet:
Acronym Full text
N/A Not applicable
N/D Not determined
NE Not established
VOC Volatile Organic Compound
AICS Australian Inventory of Chemical Substances
AIHA WEEL American Industrial Hygiene Association Workplace Environmental Exposure Limits
ASTM ASTM International, originally known as the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
Page 12 of 13
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
DSL Domestic Substance List (Canada)
EINECS European Inventory of Existing Commercial Substances
ELINCS European List of Notified Chemical Substances
ENCS Existing and new Chemical Substances (Japanese inventory)
IECSC Inventory of Existing Chemical Substances in China
KECI Korean Existing Chemicals Inventory
NDSL Non-Domestic Substances List (Canada)
NZIoC New Zealand Inventory of Chemicals
PICCS Philippine Inventory of Chemicals and Chemical Substances
TLV Threshold Limit Value (American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists)
TSCA Toxic Substances Control Act (U.S. inventory)
UVCB Substances of Unknown or Variable composition, Complex reaction products or Biological materials
LC Lethal Concentration
LD Lethal Dose
LL Lethal Loading
EC Effective Concentration
EL Effective Loading
NOEC No Observable Effect Concentration
NOELR No Observable Effect Loading Rate
KEY TO THE RISK CODES CONTAINED IN SECTION 2 AND 3 OF THIS DOCUMENT (for information only):
R10; Flammable.
R36; Irritating to eyes.
R38; Irritating to skin.
R43; May cause sensitisation by skin contact.
R51/53; Toxic to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment.
R65; Harmful: may cause lung damage if swallowed.
KEY TO THE H-CODES CONTAINED IN SECTION 3 OF THIS DOCUMENT (for information only):
Skin Irrit. 2 H315: Causes skin irritation; Skin Corr/Irritation, Cat 2
Skin Sens. 1 H317: May cause allergic skin reaction; Skin Sensitization, Cat 1
Eye Irrit. 2 H319: Causes serious eye irritation; Serious Eye Damage/Irr, Cat 2
THIS SAFETY DATA SHEET CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING REVISIONS:

No revision information is available.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The information and recommendations contained herein are, to the best of ExxonMobil's knowledge and belief, accurate
and reliable as of the date issued. You can contact ExxonMobil to insure that this document is the most current
available from ExxonMobil. The information and recommendations are offered for the user's consideration and
examination. It is the user's responsibility to satisfy itself that the product is suitable for the intended use. If buyer
repackages this product, it is the user's responsibility to insure proper health, safety and other necessary information is
included with and/or on the container. Appropriate warnings and safe-handling procedures should be provided to
handlers and users. Alteration of this document is strictly prohibited. Except to the extent required by law,
re-publication or retransmission of this document, in whole or in part, is not permitted. The term, "ExxonMobil" is used
for convenience, and may include any one or more of ExxonMobil Chemical Company, Exxon Mobil Corporation, or any
affiliates in which they directly or indirectly hold any interest.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Internal Use Only

Page 13 of 13
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
MHC: 0B, 0B, 0, 0, 2, 0 PPEC: A
DGN: 2010594QGB
(549426)---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
ANNEX
Annex not required for this material.
FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031- Page No: G

Ph: + 61 2 9886 6800 Ph: + 61 2 9043 8400 Ph: + 61 3 9300 8000 Ph: + 61 8 9494 6777 Ph: + 61 7 3511 4300 Ph: + 61 7 4952 7100 Ph: + 61 7 4930 1400
Schenck Process Vibrating Screen

Lubrication Schedule
End-User Date
Marcobre S.A.C – Mina Justa 20/03/19
Location Contract No.
Marcona, Ica, Perú. 10194601-0029A
Marcobre Schenck Process Schenck Process Job
Ausenco Document No.
Document No. Document No. No.
JU-001-06-0029A-0000-
V-101946-0029A-0044 101031-LS 101030
00-29-0001
1 OFF Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder V124127.A01 3131-FE-304

3.0m to 4.0 x 4.8m Schenck Process
Diverging Pan Feeder
Model SDF304048
Featuring:
Drive motor: TECO 55kW D280SC, 460V,
60Hz 6 Poles
Universal Joint Drive Shaft
Exciter: DF504S (2off)
4 OFF Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder V123743.A01 3142-FE-306

3.0m to 4.0 x 4.8m Schenck Process V123744.A01 3142-FE-307
Diverging Pan Feeder V123745.A01 3142-FE-308
Model SDF304048 V123746.A01 3142-FE-309
Featuring:
Drive motor: TECO 55kW D280SC, 460V,
60Hz 6 Poles
Universal Joint Drive Shaft
Exciter: DF601S (1off)
1 OFF Single Deck Grizzly Feeder V123645.A01 2111-FE-202

2.1 x 4.8m Schenck Process Grizzly
Model SLR2148D
Featuring:
Electric Motor – TECO 30 kW, D225M,
460V, 60Hz, 6 Poles
Exciters – DF604V
The equipment serial number must always be quoted when ordering replacement parts.
L. Zhang/
0 05/07/19 Certified Final F Chand J Burgess
Rev. Date Description By Checked
05/07/19
FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\101031-LSrev0.docx Page No: 1

PASS - Service you can rely on

Fast, comprehensive, anywhere in the world
Quality and reliability are the cornerstones of our company’s

philosophy. That is why we consider a comprehensive service
concept simply par for the course, from strict quality control,
installation and commissioning through to seamless support
across the entire product life cycle.
During office hours, service specialists from all divisions are

on hand to analyze problems and failures. Look at
www.schenckprocess.com.au for your nearest
Schenck Process Location.
Are you looking for individual, perfect-fit service solutions?

Then our service system PASS is the ticket. It covers the
entire service spectrum, from simple inspections through to
full service. Interested?
Then find out more about the individual components at
www.schenckprocess.com/en/service.
Service:
In House Support (Monday through Friday from at least 8 a.m.
to 5 p.m. AEST)
Service specialists are available for technical assistance to
answer your questions or assist you in trouble shooting.
Heavy Industry
Phone: +61 2 9886 6800
Fax: +61 2 9878 4400
Light Industry
Phone: +61 2 9886 6800
Fax: +61 2 9878 4400
Spare Parts and Components

Phone: +61 2 9886 6800
Fax: +61 2 9878 4400
[email protected]
© by Schenck Process Australia Pty Ltd, 65 Epping Road, North Ryde, 2113 NSW, (www.schenckprocess.com.au). A
subsidiary of Schenck Process GmbH, 64293 Darmstadt, Germany (www.schenckprocess.com).
All intellectual property rights associated with any design,

drawings and any other forms of documentation remain the
property of Schenck Process Australia Pty Ltd. Any
reproduction of this documentation, regardless of method,
without prior permission by Schenck Process Australia in
writing, even by excerpt, is prohibited.
Subject to change without prior notice.
Note: The Original Instruction Manual is English

Ph: + 61 2 9886 6800 Ph: + 61 2 9043 8400 Ph: + 61 3 9300 8000 Ph: + 61 8 9494 6777 Ph: + 61 7 3511 4300 Ph: + 61 7 4952 7100 Ph: + 61 7 4930 1400

Contents
Part 1 Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder -

SDF304048
Part 2 Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder -

SDF304048
Part 3 Single Deck Grizzly Feeder -

SLR2148D
Part 4 Appendix


Table of Contents
Section Title Page

Introduction 5
a) Preface 5
b) How to use this manual 6
c) Occupational Health and Safety 7
d) Safety 8
d.1) Safety Notes 8
d.2) Signal Words for Safety Warnings 9
d.3) Signal Words for Application Notes 10
d.4) Five Safety Rules of Electrical Engineering 10
d.5) Damaged / Defective Electrical Components 10
Part 1 Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 11
Section 1.2 Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 Lubrication 12
1.2.1 Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 Exciter lubrication 12
1.2.2 Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 Drive System Lubrication 16
Part 2 Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 17
Section 2.1 Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 Lubrication 18
2.1.1 Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 Exciter lubrication 18
2.1.2 Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 Drive System Lubrication 22
Part 3 Single Deck Grizzly Feeder - SLR2148D 23
Section 3.1 Single Deck Grizzly Feeder - SLR2148D Lubrication 24
3.1.1 Single Deck Grizzly Feeder - SLR2148D Exciter Lubrication 24
3.1.2 Single Deck Grizzly Feeder - SLR2148D Drive System Lubrication 29
Part 4 Appendices 30
Appendix A Electric Motor Manual A

Introduction
a) Preface
Thank you for purchasing Schenck Process equipment. We are keen to assist you in receiving the maximum
productive benefit from your new equipment and also to minimise the long term cost of maintenance and operation.
Schenck Process believes that the delivery of a new machine is not the end of a contract but the beginning of a
relationship with the customer. To maintain this relationship Schenck Process must ensure customer satisfaction is
complete.
Queries on new equipment, process development, technical matters, service exchange, Exciter and Vibrator
Motors, spare parts and maintenance should be directed to one of our offices by dialling:
1300 551 645 or contacting one of our branches directly:
• Perth (61 8 9494 6777) • Mackay (61 7 4952 7100)

• Hunter Valley (Beresfield) (61 2 9043 8400) • Rockhampton (61 7 4930 1400)
• Melbourne (61 3 9300 8000) • Sydney (61 2 9886 6800)
• Brisbane (61 7 3511 4300)
Alternatively contact us by email at [email protected]
Schenck Process has skilled Technicians and Engineers available for installation, commissioning, maintenance
inspections, on-site service and machine refurbishments. Please contact our “Service and Process Solutions”
(S&PS) department should you require our services.
Vibrating equipment is normally used with material transport chutes that contain confined spaces. Great care should
be taken when working in confined spaces. Always check site specific safety requirements before starting work and
ensure all procedures are followed throughout the course of the job.
We recommend that you take the time to read this manual and reference documents in detail before handling, storing
and installing the equipment. Please feel free to contact one of our offices if you are unsure of any matters discussed
in this manual.
Please keep this manual in a safe place that makes it available to all users of the equipment. We advise you keep
spare parts on hand at “Start-up” and maintenance. When ordering parts please quote the screen model number,
serial number, part numbers and the description provided on the drawings included in this manual. This will allow us
to correctly identify the part you require, speeding up the delivery process. If in doubt as to the items required, please
contact our “Service and Process Solutions” (S&PS) department and we will assist you in identifying the parts
required.
Schenck Process generally stocks parts that are typically required for routine maintenance and consumable items.
However, many parts have been specifically tailored to meet your requirements and in this case we may not have
these components in stock.
Correct installation and commissioning is vital to the long-term performance of any machine. Modification or
alteration to the equipment, including the use of non-genuine spares without prior written approval from Schenck
Process Australia will void the equipment warranty and may result in catastrophic failure of the equipment,
personnel injury or death for which Schenck Process Australia will not be responsible.
To assist our customers Schenck Process can provide the following services:
• Service Exchange Components.
Where it is possible to repair components, such as Exciters and/or Vibrator Motors, we offer a service exchange
programme. This allows the end user to replace their Exciter and Vibration Motors with the minimum down time

and at a pre-agreed cost structure. All Schenck Process service exchange components are supplied with a
warranty. Only genuine parts made to the correct specifications are used.
• Spares and Service Frequent Buyer Programmes
A Service and Supply contract can be negotiated where an agreed discount applies for larger or regular purchases
of spares and services. This benefits the customer through reduced prices, genuine parts and regular inspections.
• Inspection and Maintenance Services
Schenck Process also offers Inspection and Maintenance services. This service is provided to maximise the
service life of components and to provide timely notice of potential problems allowing maintenance to be performed
in a timely manner.
b) How to use this manual

This document is the “Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual” and is a component of the operating
instructions for your product.
This document is a fixed component of your product.
The Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual contains information, procedures, data, spares and drawings
of a standard nature relating to this Equipment design.
It should always be stored in the immediate area of the equipment and should be made available to the personnel
handling the equipment. If you pass this equipment onto others, please also pass on this documentation and the
entire operating instructions.

c) Occupational Health and Safety

This manual does not contain specific information regarding National or State laws and regulations regarding your
Company and personal legal obligation to Occupational, Health and Safety laws and/or requirements for
Environmental protection.
Specific information and compliance can include but not be limited to;
a) Risk assessment of machine installation, machine, associated equipment, machine
operation, maintenance, modifications to existing plant or after necessary “control
measures” are put into place where applicable
b) Training and registration of maintenance personnel to maintain the equipment in a fit
and proper state to perform the task as designed
c) The collation and storage of all plant maintenance and modification records
d) Isolation of system energy including surrounding equipment during plant
maintenance and inspection
e) “Lock-out” and / or “tag out” of system energy to prevent entanglement, engulfment
or accident
f) Training and registration of operational personnel
g) Permit system to “enter confined spaces”
h) Permit system for the “Authority to work”
i) Development of process and equipment specific Standard Operating Procedures
(SOP)
Schenck Process Australia Pty Ltd recommends that your company seeks the advice of the relevant State or National
authority regarding the applicable information and requirements, company OH&S manager, or an independent OH&S
consultant.

d) Safety
d.1) Safety Notes
Follow the safety regulations listed below to avoid personal injury and material damage.
Also pay attention to:
• Safety instructions given in order-specific documentation.
• Safety instructions relating to mechanical components.
• Instructions and safety tips for parts manufactured by sub-suppliers or that are not part of
Schenck Process scope of delivery.
Observe all applicable codes of practice when performing installation, commissioning and service work.
Intended Application
The Screening system and its connected mechanical components are exclusively designed for Screening
tasks. Any use beyond that is considered not intended.
Sources of Risk
If the system has been correctly installed and commissioned, it should not pose any danger during Screening
operations. Hazards may arise when the system is used incorrectly.
The Screening system can be part of a more complex plant. The system operating company is fully
responsible for the operating safety of the system.
Personnel
Preparation, assembly, commissioning, operation, maintenance and servicing may only be carried out by
qualified personnel.
All persons working on the Screening system are required to observe the safety hints and know the parts of
the technical documentation relevant to their work.
The operating company is responsible for instructing its operators to observe all regulations and instructions
given.
Changing Parameters
The Screening system's functionality is determined by parameters. Only personnel familiar with the device's
mode of operation may alter these parameters after written approval of Schenck Process.
Incorrectly set parameters may cause injury or material (Equipment) damage. Furthermore, they may also
cause considerable disruption to Screening operations.
Password
Passwords safeguard the Condition Monitoring parameters against unauthorized alteration. The Screen
System operating company must ensure that the password is handled safely.

Acknowledging Event Messages

Condition Monitoring warning messages may be acknowledged only after the cause of the fault has been
remedied.
Ensure that any connected peripheral devices are functioning correctly before acknowledging an event. Any
connected control systems in particular must be in a safe state.
Service and Maintenance

• All warning and instruction signs on the Screen and associated equipment must be observed.
• The measuring system must be shut down before work is performed on mechanical equipment or
peripheral devices (control systems in particular). Take appropriate action to ensure that the
measuring system cannot be inadvertently restarted.
• Before performing work on the electrical equipment, disconnect the power supply (pull the plug).
• The devices may only be operated in the casings provided, as there would otherwise be a risk of
coming into contact with live parts.
Moisture and Humidity

All Condition Monitoring parts, electrical components in particular, must be protected from moisture and
humidity when the housing is opened e.g. maintenance and service. In other respects the protection classes
of the housing must be observed.
Design Modifications
Schenck Process assumes no liability or guarantee for any design modifications made to the Screening
system or additional components fitted to it that were not supplied by Schenck Process. This especially
applies to alterations which could affect the operating safety of the Screening system.
Replacing Components
If parts must be replaced in the course of a repair, only original spare parts from Schenck Process may be
used. Using other spare parts renders the warranty invalid.
d.2) Signal Words for Safety Warnings

Potential dangers will always exist when working with technical devices. Dangers will arise if the machine:
• is incorrectly installed
• is started up incorrectly
• is operated by untrained personnel or
• is repaired by unqualified personnel
The following signal words throughout this manual indicate inherent dangers that may arise when handling
this machine:
DANGER
This signal word indicates a danger that can immediately cause the most severe injuries up to
and including death.
WARNING
This signal word indicates a danger that can cause serious injuries up to and including death.
CAUTION
This signal word indicates a danger that can cause slight or medium injuries.

d.3) Signal Words for Application Notes

Signal words for information.
NOTICE
Signal word that contain important information
Follow all preventative instructions.
NOTICE
Signal words that are informative.
d.4) Five Safety Rules of Electrical Engineering

These fives safety rules must be followed in the order shown before work is begun on electrical systems.
Once the work is finished, they are to be applied in reverse order.
DANGER
Electric shock from live components.
– Take all possible precautions to ensure safety before work is begun on live components. Observe,
among other things, the following:
1. Disconnect the components.
2. Secure them against inadvertent restart.
3. Ensure that the components have been de-energized.
4. Above 1 KV: earth and bypass the cables.
5. Cover or shield adjacent, live components.
d.5) Damaged / Defective Electrical Components
DANGER
– Always have qualified personnel ensure that the components are neither damaged nor defective.
1. Qualified personnel must immediately replace or, if possible, repair damaged or defective electrical
components.

Ph: + 61 2 9886 6800 Ph: + 61 2 9043 8400 Ph: + 61 3 9300 8000 Ph: + 61 8 9494 6777 Ph: + 61 7 3511 4300 Ph: + 61 7 4952 7100 Ph: + 61 7 4930 1400
Part 1
Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048

Equipment Number 3131-FE-304

Section 1.2 Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 Lubrication

1.2.1 Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 Exciter lubrication
DANGER
1. Confirm the Exciter Mechanism has been filled with the correct quantity as per Table 1.2.1-2 for
each Exciter and suitable oil as per Table 1.2.1-3: Oil Type and Viscosity Chart.
a) Exciters are treated with a corrosion inhibitor before delivery.
b) Oil fill plugs are provided in the Housing End and Lid. See Figure “Oil Level Measurement”
c) The required quantity of oil depends on the “Installation Angle” of the Exciter (Refer Figure
1.2.1-1) and quantity indicated in Table 1.2.1-2 for each Exciter are a nominal value intended to
be used for ensuring enough oil is available.
d) The required Oil Level is specified in Table 1.2.1-2 for each Exciter and shall be determined by
use of the Dipstick included in Schenck Process supply. The Dipstick shall be removed from
the Exciter after checking the oil level. Ensure that the oil Fill Plug is replaced using a new Seal
Washer.
e) The viscosity grade and oil type required depends on the actual service temperature of the
f) Change the oil after the first 50 hours of operation and every 1000 hours thereafter (or 3 months
the water content.
g) If the oil is very dirty and/or the Exciter is operating at high operating temperature, reduce the
h) When changing the oil, it is best to drain the oil from Exciters immediately after Shut-down and
i) Frequent oil changes and premium quality oil increase the service life of the Exciter.
j) Replace Seal Washers on Drain and Fill Plugs with new Washers.
1.2.1.1 Replace Exciter Oil with the following procedure:

NOTICE
1.2.1.2 Refer to Table 1.2.1-1for ISO Oil Cleanliness levels recommended by Schenck Process.
1 2
3 4
Figure 1.2.1-1: Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 Oil Level Measurement
Item Description
3 Oil Level
Lubrication type in Table 1.2.1-3, Table 1.2.1-4 and Table 1.2.1-5 is based on:
Reference document: 101946-DC-0101, JU-001-06-AUS-0000-17-23-0001, Revision Number 2:
Mina Justa Project, Site Conditions and General, Project Requirements, Design Criteria.
Section 7.2 Ambient Temperature:
Minimum air temperature: 6.7 °C,
Maximum air temperature: 26.8 °C

Table 1.2.1-2: Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Exciter Oil Level Chart
Installation angle Side Dipstick oil level Approximate Volume*
Degrees mm Litres
0 65 3.9 – 4.5
5 75 3.9 – 4.5
10 90 3.9 – 4.5
15 100 3.9 – 4.5
20 115 3.9 – 4.5
25 125 3.9 – 4.5
30 135 3.9 – 4.5
35 145 3.9 – 4.5
40 155 3.9 – 4.5
45 165 3.9 – 4.5
50 175 3.9 – 4.5
55 190 3.9 – 4.5
60 190 3.9 – 4.5
65 N/A 4.0 – 4.6
70 N/A 4.1 – 4.7
75 N/A 4.6 – 5.3


Oil Type Mineral
626 S2 G 68 BM 68
627 S2 G 100 BM 100
o
Viscosity at 40 C in cSt 98.0 99.0 100 100 100 100
629 S2 G 150 BM 150
630 S2 G 220 BM 220
Meropa 9822
EP 220 SHC 220 S4 GX 220 EP 220
220
320 SHC 320 S4 GX 320
320

o o
(Viscosity at C. C
40 oC)
ISO 68 100 70 60 158 75 65
ISO 100 100 80 70 160 90 80
ISO 150 100 90 80 163 105 95
ISO 220 100 98 88 160 115 105
ISO 320 100 108 98 160 125 110
specific oil used.
probe temperature.

Ambient Operating
-10 to +30 oC +20 to +60 oC
+60 to Energrease Gradus Caltex
+30 to +70 oC MobilGrease HP
+100oC LS-EP 2 S2 V220 2 EP C2
+70 to +90 C +100 to +130 C

1.2.2 Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 Drive System Lubrication

1.2.2.1 The Drive Shaft is supplied with Grease Nipples by which to grease them. The maximum interval
between lubrication is specified in Table 1.2.2-1: Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048
Lubrication Schedule.
1.2.2.2 The Drive Shaft Spline is to be purged with fresh grease prior to the first start-up. This is done using the
1.2.2.3 There are two possible type of Drive Shaft joints
1.2.2.4 The Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Intermediate Shaft is Lubrication free.
1.2.2.5 The Motor Bearings are to be greased in accordance with the Electric Motor Maintenance Manual – see
Appendix. The maximum interval between lubrication is specified in Table 1.2.2-1: Secondary Oxide
Screen Feeder - SDF304048 Lubrication Schedule.
1.2.2.6 Use grease equivalent to, and compatible with those listed in Table 1.2.1-5 : Grease Type Chart.
Table 1.2.2-1: Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 Lubrication Schedule
No. Off Item Description Lubricant Type Activity
Check using
As required to
2 DF504S Exciter achieve level in 200
1.2.1-3 Top-up if
Table 1.2.1-2
required
2 DF504S Exciter Drain & refill 1000
1.2.1-3 1.2.1-2
Grease Refer
1 Drive Shaft Spline 30g Grease Point 4000
Table 1.2.1-5
2 20g Grease Point 4000
Secondary Oxide
Inspection
1 Screen Feeder Grease N/A 4000
Only
Intermediate Shaft
Electric Motor
1 Bearing; Non-
Information
Drive end
Electric Motor
1 Bearing; Drive
Information
end
N/A Maximum Inspection Period 1000 Hours Operation or 6 months

Ph: + 61 2 9886 6800 Ph: + 61 2 9043 8400 Ph: + 61 3 9300 8000 Ph: + 61 8 9494 6777 Ph: + 61 7 3511 4300 Ph: + 61 7 4952 7100 Ph: + 61 7 4930 1400
Part 2
Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048

Equipment Numbers
3142-FE-306
3142-FE-307
3142-FE-308
3142-FE-309

Section 2.1 Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 Lubrication

2.1.1 Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 Exciter lubrication
DANGER
1. Confirm the Exciter Mechanism has been filled with the correct quantity as per Table 2.1.1-2 for
each Exciter and suitable oil as per Table 2.1.1-3: Oil Type and Viscosity Chart
2.1.1-1) and quantity indicated in Table 2.1.1-2 for each Exciter are a nominal value intended to
be used for ensuring enough oil is available.
d) The required Oil Level is specified in Table 2.1.1-2 for each Exciter and shall be determined by
use of the Dipstick included in Schenck Process supply. The Dipstick shall be removed from
the Exciter after checking the oil level. Ensure that the oil Fill Plug is replaced using a new Seal
Washer.
the water content.

NOTICE
2.1.1.2 Refer to Table 2.1.1-1for ISO Oil Cleanliness levels recommended by Schenck Process.
1 2
3 4
Figure 2.1.1-1:Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 Oil Level Measurement
Item Description
3 Oil Level

Table 2.1.1-2: Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder Exciter Oil Level Chart
Installation Angle Side Dipstick Oil Level Approximate Volume
Degrees mm Litres
0 100 9.5
5 115 9.5
10 125 9.5
15 145 9.5
20 155 9.0
25 165 8.5
30 175 8.5
35 190 8.0
40 200 8.0
45 210 7.5
50 220 7.5
55 230 7.0
60 245 7.0
65 260 7.0
70 280 7.0
75 N/A 7.0

Oil Type Mineral
626 S2 G 68 BM 68
627 S2 G 100 BM 100
o
629 S2 G 150 BM 150
630 S2 G 220 BM 220
Meropa 9822
EP 220 SHC 220 S4 GX 220 EP 220
220
320 SHC 320 S4 GX 320
320

o o
(Viscosity at C. C
40 oC)
ISO 68 100 70 60 158 75 65
ISO 100 100 80 70 160 90 80
ISO 150 100 90 80 163 105 95
ISO 220 100 98 88 160 115 105
ISO 320 100 108 98 160 125 110
specific oil used.
probe temperature.

Ambient Operating
-10 to +30 oC +20 to +60 oC
+100oC LS-EP 2 S2 V220 2 EP C2
+70 to +90 C +100 to +130 C

2.1.2 Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 Drive System Lubrication

2.1.2.1 The Drive Shaft is supplied with Grease Nipples by which to grease them. The maximum interval
between lubrication is specified in Table 2.1.2-1:Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 Lubrication
Schedule.
2.1.2.3 There are two possible type of Drive Shaft joints
2.1.2.4 The Secondary Oxide Screen Feeder Intermediate Shaft is Lubrication free.
Appendix. The maximum interval between lubrication is specified in Table 2.1.2-1:Tertiary Oxide Screen
Feeder - SDF304048 Lubrication Schedule.
Table 2.1.2-1:Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder - SDF304048 Lubrication Schedule
No. Off
per Item Description Lubricant Type Activity
Feeder
Check using
As required to
1 DF601S Exciter achieve level in 200
Table 2.1.1-3 Top-up if
Table 2.1.1-2
required
1 DF601S Exciter Drain & refill 1000
2.1.1-3 2.1.1-2
Grease Refer
Table 2.1.1-5
Electric Motor
1 Bearing; Non-
Information
Drive end
Electric Motor
1 Bearing; Drive
Information
end

Ph: + 61 2 9886 6800 Ph: + 61 2 9043 8400 Ph: + 61 3 9300 8000 Ph: + 61 8 9494 6777 Ph: + 61 7 3511 4300 Ph: + 61 7 4952 7100 Ph: + 61 7 4930 1400
Part 3
Single Deck Grizzly Feeder - SLR2148D

Equipment Number 2111-FE-202

Section 3.1 Single Deck Grizzly Feeder - SLR2148D Lubrication

3.1.1 Single Deck Grizzly Feeder - SLR2148D Exciter Lubrication
DANGER
1.Confirm the Exciter Mechanism has been filled with the correct quantity as per Table 3.1.1-2 and
suitable oil as per Table 3.1.1-3
3.1.1-1) and quantity indicated in Table 3.1.1-2 is a nominal value intended to be used for
ensuring enough oil is available.
d) The required Oil Level is specified in Table 3.1.1-2 and shall be determined by use of the
Dipstick included in Schenck Process supply. The Dipstick shall be removed from the Exciter
after checking the oil level. Ensure that the oil Fill Plug is replaced using a new Seal Washer.
Exciter. The recommended viscosity grade and oil type is listed in Table 3.1.1-3: Oil Type and
Viscosity Chart. The ambient temperature listed is a guide only for the initial selection of the oil
prior to commissioning. Final oil selection shall be made on the basis of the measured
operating temperature of the Exciter by an oil immersion probe. Refer to Table 3.1.1-4: Oil
Viscosity vs. Service Temperature.
the water content. Return results of oil analysis to Schenck Process Engineers.
All tools, pumps, funnels, jugs, filters etc. are to be cleaned before use.
Drain the oil while it is hot i.e. immediately after Shut-down and Isolation.
Clean the region around the oil plug for a radius of 150mm before undoing the plug.
When preparing to change the oil, the top plug is opened before the bottom plug and a filter is
Opening the drain plug only after the top plug hole has a filter in place minimises the amount of
Clean both drain plugs while the oil is flowing out.
“Sacrifice” about one litre (1L) of new oil to flush the remnants of the used oil out of the sump.

Use a new seal washer on both drain plug and fill plug.
Close the drain plug soon after the oil has stopped flowing.
Fill with clean oil to the predetermined level measured using the dip stick.
Initially add 10 litres of oil, replace fill plug filter and wait 60 seconds before checking oil level on
the dip stick.
Continue to add one litre of oil at a time, replacing fill plug filter and waiting 60 seconds before
checking dip stick oil level.
Continue to add one litre at a time until oil is within 15mm or required oil level on the dip stick.
At this stage, add 100 millilitres of oil at a time, waiting 60 seconds before checking oil level on
dipstick.
Should the Exciter be overfilled, drain excess oil cracking the Drain plug allowing oil to weep
out.
NOTICE
3.1.1.2 Refer to Table 3.1.1-1 for ISO Oil Cleanliness levels recommended by Schenck Process.

1 2
3 4
Figure 3.1.1-1: Oil Level Measurement
Item Description
3 Oil Level

Table 3.1.1-2: Single Deck Grizzly Feeder Exciter Oil Level Chart
Installation Angle Side Dipstick Oil Level Approximate Volume
Degrees mm Litres
0 100 9.5
5 115 9.5
10 125 9.5
15 145 9.5
20 155 9.0
25 165 8.5
30 175 8.5
35 190 8.0
40 200 8.0
45 210 7.5
50 220 7.5
55 230 7.0
60 245 7.0
65 260 7.0
70 280 7.0
75 N/A 7.0

Oil Type Mineral
626 S2 G 68 BM 68
627 S2 G 100 BM 100
o
629 S2 G 150 BM 150
630 S2 G 220 BM 220
Meropa 9822
EP 220 SHC 220 S4 GX 220 EP 220
220
320 SHC 320 S4 GX 320
320

o o
(Viscosity at C. C
40 oC)
ISO 68 100 70 60 158 75 65
ISO 100 100 80 70 160 90 80
ISO 150 100 90 80 163 105 95
ISO 220 100 98 88 160 115 105
ISO 320 100 108 98 160 125 110
specific oil used.
probe temperature.
Ambient Operating
-10 to +30 oC +20 to +60 oC
+100oC LS-EP 2 S2 V220 2 EP C2
Consult Schenck Consult Schenck Consult Schenck Consult Schenck
+70 to +90 oC +100 to +130oC

3.1.2 Single Deck Grizzly Feeder - SLR2148D Drive System Lubrication

3.1.2.1 The Lay Shaft, Lay Shaft Bearings and Drive Shaft are supplied with Grease Nipples by which to grease
them. The maximum interval between lubrication is specified in Table 3.1.2-1 : Single Deck Grizzly
Feeder - SLR2148D Lubrication Schedule.
3.1.2.3 The Drive Shaft with universal joints that require lubrication at the Grease Nipples on the Universal
Joints
Appendix. The maximum interval between lubrication is specified in Table 3.1.2-1 : Single Deck Grizzly
Feeder - SLR2148D Lubrication Schedule.
Table 3.1.2-1 : Single Deck Grizzly Feeder - SLR2148D Lubrication Schedule

No. Off Item Description Lubricant Type Activity
Check using
As required to
1 DF604V Exciter achieve level in 200
3.1.1-3 Top-up if
Table 3.1.1-2
required
1 DF604V Exciter Drain & refill 1000
3.1.1-3 3.1.1-2
Grease Refer
2 Lay Shaft Bearing 30g Grease Point 1000
Table 3.1.1-5
Grease Refer
Table 3.1.1-5
Drive Shaft Spline Grease Refer
Electric Motor
1 Bearing; Non-
Information
Drive end
Electric Motor
1 Bearing; Drive
Information
end

Ph: + 61 2 9886 6800 Ph: + 61 2 9043 8400 Ph: + 61 3 9300 8000 Ph: + 61 8 9494 6777 Ph: + 61 7 3511 4300 Ph: + 61 7 4952 7100 Ph: + 61 7 4930 1400
Part 4
Appendices

Appendix A
Electric Motor Manual
Refer to IOM Manual - Appendix C
FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\101031-LSrev0.docx Page No: A


Manual Alimentadores Vibratorios

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual Alimentadores Vibratorios

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual Alimentadores Vibratorios

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Schenck Process Australia Pty Ltd

ABN 91 073 312 437 www.schenckprocess.com.au

PASS - Service you can rely on

Quality and reliability are the cornerstones of our company’s

During office hours, service specialists from all divisions are

Are you looking for individual, perfect-fit service solutions?

Spare Parts and Components

All intellectual property rights associated with any design,

Note: The Original Instruction Manual is in English

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031-SDF304048D- Page No: 2

SYDNEY HUNTER VALLEY MELBOURNE PERTH BRISBANE MACKAY ROCKHAMPTON

Schenck Process Vibrating Feeder

Part 1 Installation and Commissioning

Part 4 Drawing List

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031-SDF304048D- Page No: 3

Schenck Process Vibrating Feeder

Section Title Page

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031-SDF304048D- Page No: 4

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031-SDF304048D- Page No: 5

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031-SDF304048D- Page No: 6

Schenck Process Austral S.A.

• Service Exchange Components.

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031-SDF304048D- Page No: 7

• Spares and Service Frequent Buyer Programmes

• Inspection and Maintenance Services

b) How to use this manual

This document is a fixed component of your product.

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031-SDF304048D- Page No: 8

c) Occupational Health and Safety

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031-SDF304048D- Page No: 9

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031-SDF304048D- Page No: 10

Acknowledging Event Messages

Service and Maintenance

Moisture and Humidity

d.2) Signal Words for Safety Warnings

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031-SDF304048D- Page No: 11

d.3) Signal Words for Application Notes

d.4) Five Safety Rules of Electrical Engineering

d.5) Damaged / Defective Electrical Components

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031-SDF304048D- Page No: 12

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031-SDF304048D- Page No: 13

Exciter Speed = 800 RPM (example speed)

Frequency in Hertz – 800/60 = 13.3 Hz (Nominal Frequency)

From the above example

Exciter Nominal Frequency = 13.3 Hz

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031-SDF304048D- Page No: 14

Equipment Function – Exciter Driven Feeder

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031-SDF304048D- Page No: 15

Equipment Configuration Summary

Equipment Description Diverging Feeder

Model Number SDF304048

Spring Data Feed End Discharge End

Damper Data Feed End Discharge End

Condition Monitoring System Schenck Process Condition Monitoring System

FILE:J:\JobsSAP\61001\jobs 101000 - 101999\6100101031 - Marcobre Mina Justa\Engineering\Manuals\SDF304048\101031-SDF304048D- Page No: 16

Tertiary Oxide Screen Feeder Configuration Summary

Equipment Description Diverging Pan Feeder

Model Number SDF304048

Spring Data Feed End Discharge End